Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / PATHOLOGICAL PHYSIOLOGY

Course:

PATHOLOGICAL PHYSIOLOGY/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
28	Obavezan	4	5	3+2+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	none
Aims	Objectives of studying the course: Acquiring knowledge about pathophysiological processes important for understanding the etiology and pathogenesis of systemic and dental diseases
Learning outcomes	After completing the course and passing the exam in Pathological Physiology, the Dentistry student should have the following learning outcomes: 1. Possess the theoretical framework and practical knowledge and skills for interpreting the way the body reacts in disease. 2. Possesses basic knowledge for studying the nosology of disorders and diseases in various branches and directions of medicine and dentistry. 3. Understands and explains the etiology and pathogenesis of basic metabolic and functional disorders of human organs and organ systems, based on measurable data and evidence. 4. He is able to connect the clinical manifestations of diseases with the causes and mechanisms of their occurrence, he understands clinical events, based on the study of the nosology of certain disorders and diseases, which are encountered during studies and in dental practice. 5. It has a pathophysiological basis for forming a diagnostic strategy in case of pathological phenomena. 6. He is able to adequately present medically relevant facts and possesses the skill of connecting biochemical, morphological, ultrastructural, functional and clinical data (symptoms, signs, dysfunctions, test indicators) into a complete and unique picture of the disease. 1. The student will have theoretical frame and practical knowledge and skills about reactions of human body during illnesses. 2. The student will have appropriate pathophysiolohical knowledge for studying the nosology of the disorders and illnesses in different general and dental medical areas. 3. The student will be able to understand the etiology and pathogenesis of metabolic and functional disorders of organs and organ systems based on the measurable facts and evidences. 4. The student will be able to connect clinical signes of the diseases with their causes and machanisms of their occurrence, to understand the relationship between clinical signes and the nosology of the disorders in the different areas. 5. The student will have pathophysiological base to make diagnostic strategie in the case of the appearance of pathological events. 6. The student will be able to understand (using active analysis, comparison and synthesis of every problem) the order of the appearance of pathophysiological precesses and their clinical implications. 7. The student will be able to make correct relationship among biochemical, morfological, ultrastructured, functionals and clinical data and parameters in order to understand the signes and symptoms of different diseases .
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Name and surname of teachers and associates: Milica Martinović, PhD, full professor and teaching assistants engaged at the Faculty of Medicine of UoM
Methodology	Education methods: Lectures, exercises, work in small groups, consultations, seminar papers

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Pathophysiology- development and position in relation to other medical disciplines. Relationship between health and illness. bases of pathophysiological mechanisms. Functional tests in the assessment of condition of organism.
I week exercises	Introduction to basic facts of laboratory medicine, the base of interpretation of laboratory parameters connected with clinical detection of symptoms and signes of the diseases
II week lectures	Disorders of metabolism of proteins. Nitrogen balance. Malnutrition.Hypoproteinaemia. Disorders of metabolism of carbohydrates: etyopathogenetic mechanisms of diabetes mellitus type I and type II,hyperglycemia, hypoglycemia. Acute and chronic complication
II week exercises	The measurement of laboratory parameters which are very important in the diagnosis of the inflammation: velocity of the precipitation of the erythrocytes, counting of leukocytes, the number of different types of leukocytes, C-reactive protein, rheumatoid
III week lectures	Disorders of metabolism of lipids: hyperlipoproteinemie, hypolipoproteinemie. atherosclerosis. Obesity. Disorders of metabolism of vitamines.
III week exercises	The measurement of total quantity of serum proteins. Electrophoresis of serum proteins. Interpretation of lab. parameters which are typical for disorders of methabolism of proteins: hypoproteinaemia, hyperproteinaemia, paraproteinaemia.
IV week lectures	Disorders of metabolism of body liquids and electrolytes, dehydrations and hyperhydrations, mechanisms of the occurrence an pathophysiological base of clinical detection.Shock. Disorders of metabolism of calcium and phosphorus.
IV week exercises	The measurement of glycemia. Interpretation of laboratory parameters which are typical for diabetes mellitus and its complications.
V week lectures	Disorders of the blood composition and i function of the hematopoietic organs: red blood cells, anemia, polycythemija and erythrocytosis
V week exercises	Calcemia i calciuria. Interpretation of laboratory parameters which are typical for different types of dehydrations(isotonic, hypotonic, hypertonic) and hyperhydrations, disordes of serum levels of elictrolytes and its clinical implications
VI week lectures	Disorders of the blood composition and i function of the hematopoietic organs: white blood cells, the immune cells phagocytes. Pathophysiology of spleen. Pathophysiology of acute and i chronic leukemias.
VI week exercises	Interpretation of laboratory parameters which are typical for different types of anemia and erythrocytosis. Pathophysiological base of clinical signs.
VII week lectures	Disorders of blood coagulability. Risks of bleeding. Hemorrhagic syndromes. Hypercoagulability of blood.
VII week exercises	Interpretation of laboratory analyses and microscopic preparations typical for different types of white blood cells disorders and its clinical implications
VIII week lectures	Pathophysiology of the cardiovascular system: heart rhythm disorders. Pathogenesis and hemodynamic consequences of arrhythmia. Ischemic heart disease.Hemodinamske and metabolic changes in the ischemic myocardium
VIII week exercises	Electrocardiogram, interpretation of basic elements. Changes in the electrocardiogram typical for certain disorders of cardiac function
IX week lectures	Customizing the heart load. The dynamics of cardiac hypertrophy. Heart failure.Shock. Disorders of blood pressure,hypertension. Disorders of the local tissue perfusion.
IX week exercises	Biochemical findings in myocardial infarction: determination of serum concentrations of the enzyme which is the amount of blood increases during heart attack, the dynamics change. Interpretation of pathological ECG findings in different locations of myoca
X week lectures	Pathophysiology of breathing. Respiratory insufficiency.
X week exercises	Spirometry: spirometry parameters calculation and interpretation of ventilation disorder obstructive and restrictive type
XI week lectures	Endocrinopathies: disorders in hormones secretion. Disorders in the target tissues and the regulatory mechanisms. Disorders in the function of hypophysis.Disorders in the function of thyroid gland.Disorders of metabolism of calcium and phosphorus
XI week exercises	Interpretation of laboratory parameters which are typical for disorders in the function of hypophysis and thyroid gland: acromegaly, hyperprolactinemia, hyper i hypothyireoidism
XII week lectures	Endocrinopathies: Disorders in the function of adrenal glands. Disorders in the function of the gonads.
XII week exercises	Interpretation of laboratory parameters which are typical for disorders in the function of adrenal glands (Sy Cushing, hyperaldosteronism, kongenital adrenal hyperplasia, M.Addison ) and the gonads
XIII week lectures	Nervous system disorders, pathophysiology of pain
XIII week exercises	Seminar: types of pain, quality of pain
XIV week lectures	Pathophysiological fundamentals of dental diseases: caries
XIV week exercises	Calcemia and calciuria. Disorders of metabolism of calcium and phosphorus
XV week lectures	Pathophysiological fundamentals of dental disease: periodontal disease, pulpitis
XV week exercises	Seminar: reversible and irreversible hyperemia

Student workload	Per week: 7 credits x 40/30 = 9.3 hours. Structure:3 hours lectures, 2 hours exercises 2 hour students work, by his/her own 2 h seminar Per semester: Teaching and final exam: (9.3 x 16 =148.8 h) Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration,enrollment,verification) Total: 7 x 30= 210 h Total load for the subject 2h x 9.3 = 18.6 h hours Additional work for preparation of the exam in correctional term including passing exam from 0 to 33 hours (remaining time from first two week up to total load for the subject 165 hours) additional work 42.6 h Structure 148.8 h + 18.6 h + 42.6 h = 210 h
Per week	Per semester
5 credits x 40/30=6 hours and 40 minuts 3 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =106 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =13 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 5 x 30=150 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 106 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Students are requested to attend lectures and exercises, to prepare practical work and to take colloquiums
Consultations	Every days when students have lectures according to schedule
Literature	General Pathophysiology, editor Milenko Kulauzov, Novi Sad,2015, Clinical Pathophysiology I and II,editor Milenko Kulauzov, Novi Sad, 2015, . Handbook of practical exercises and seminars of pathophysiology, editors Dujmović, Stošić, Đerić ,Med. Faculty
Examination methods	Chekup and assessment during the semester 50 points Final exam 50 points Student must have at least 50 points cumulatively to pass exam. colloquium = 2 x 20 poena Seminar = 10 poena Završni ispit = 50 poena
Special remarks	The students attend the lectures all together, for practical exercises they are devided into groups up to 10 students
Comment	-

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / BIOPHYSICS

Course:

BIOPHYSICS/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
639	Obavezan	1	4	2+2+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites
Aims
Learning outcomes
Lecturer / Teaching assistant
Methodology

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures
I week exercises
II week lectures
II week exercises
III week lectures
III week exercises
IV week lectures
IV week exercises
V week lectures
V week exercises
VI week lectures
VI week exercises
VII week lectures
VII week exercises
VIII week lectures
VIII week exercises
IX week lectures
IX week exercises
X week lectures
X week exercises
XI week lectures
XI week exercises
XII week lectures
XII week exercises
XIII week lectures
XIII week exercises
XIV week lectures
XIV week exercises
XV week lectures
XV week exercises

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations
Consultations
Literature
Examination methods
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / CHEMISTRY

Course:

CHEMISTRY/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
645	Obavezan	1	5	3+2+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	There are no conditions for registering and listening to the subject
Aims	Introduction to the basics of general chemistry, inorganic and organic chemistry. Acquiring knowledge that is necessary for understanding chemical processes at the cell level. One of the aims is to encourage students to take a studious approach to the problems of modern chemistry and to understand its laws and principles.
Learning outcomes	-The student is familiar with the basics of general, inorganic and organic chemistry. - He knows basic types of reactions and chemical phenomena, laws and principles -He understands chemical elements of PSE and their important compounds and properties -Use the acquired knowledge for the classification of compounds important for dentistry -He understands relationship: structure-properties-application
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Dr Milica Kosović - teacher
Methodology	Lectures, laboratory and arithmetic exercises, independent homework assignments. Additional, preparatory terms for taking exams and colloquiums. Consultations.

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Ceremonial reception of students. Introduction to the student with teaching, homework, colloquiums, final exam. Sharing Information for students and work plans.
I week exercises	Getting acquainted with the chemical laboratory, laboratory work rules, safety measures and first aid.
II week lectures	Structure of the atom. Chemical laws. Chemical bonds, intermolecular forces.
II week exercises	Basic laboratory equipment and operations. Separating the components of the mixture.
III week lectures	Types of inorganic compounds (oxides, hydrides, hydroxides, acids, salts)
III week exercises	Basic stoichiometric calculations. 1. Homework
IV week lectures	Electrolytic dissociation. Arrhenius, proteolytic and Luiss theory of acids and bases. Solutions
IV week exercises	Preparation of a solution of certain concentrations. 2. Homework
V week lectures	Chemical balance in low electrolyte solution. pH ionic reaction. Neutralization
V week exercises	Quantitative determination of electrolytes. Volumetric method.
VI week lectures	Salt hydrolysis. Buffers. Colligative properties of the solution.
VI week exercises	Determination of the pH of the solution and the buffer.
VII week lectures	Oxidation–reduction reactions. Oxidation and reduction in biological systems
VII week exercises	Oxidation–reduction reactions. 3. Homework
VIII week lectures	Energy of chemical reactions. Chemical kinetics. Chemical equilibrium.
VIII week exercises	Chemical kinetics
IX week lectures	Coordination compounds, chelates and chelate ligands.
IX week exercises	Coordination compounds
X week lectures	Introduction to Organic Chemistry. Hydrocarbons. Test 1.
X week exercises	Hydrocarbon derivatives. 4. Homework
XI week lectures	Oxygen organic compounds.
XI week exercises	Reactions of biologically important functional groups of organic compounds.
XII week lectures	Carbohydrates (structure and properties)
XII week exercises	Reactions of monosaccharides, disaccharides and polysaccharides.
XIII week lectures	Organic compounds with nitrogen. Amines, amino acids. Proteins. TEST II
XIII week exercises	Color reactions of amino acids and proteins.
XIV week lectures	Lipids, free fatty, phospho- and sphingolipids, steroids.
XIV week exercises	Colloquium
XV week lectures	Preparation for the final exam
XV week exercises	Correction colloquium

Student workload	in the semester Teaching and final exam: (6,6) x16 = 105,6 Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, enrollment, certification) 2 x (6.6) = 13.2 Total load for subject 5x30 = 150 hours Supplementary work for the preparation of the exam in the corrective test period, including the passing of the examination exam from 0 - 31,2 h Structure of load: 105.6 (teaching) + 13.2 (preparation) + 31.2 (supplementary work):
Per week	Per semester
5 credits x 40/30=6 hours and 40 minuts 3 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =106 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =13 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 5 x 30=150 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 106 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Students are required to complete all program of the foreseen exercises
Consultations	Monday 10 am - 12 pm
Literature	- Arsenijevic ,, General and Inorganic Chemistry, Scientific Paper-Belgrade 1998 - P. Đurđević, M. Đuran, General and Inorganic Chemistry, PMF Kragujevac 2002 - J. Bojanović, M. Čorbić, General Chemistry for Medical Students, Medical Book, Belgrade - R
Examination methods	- 4 homework: 0-4 points - Activity on exercises and submit reports: 0-4 points, - Activity during lectures: 0-4 - Tests: 2x4 - Colloquium: 0-30 points, , - Final exam: 0-50 points,
Special remarks	/
Comment	Laboratory exercises are performed in groups of 12 students

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / BIOLOGY WITH HUMAN GENETICS

Course:

BIOLOGY WITH HUMAN GENETICS/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
647	Obavezan	1	6	3+3+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites
Aims	By studying Biology with a focus on Human Genetics, dental students will become familiar with the fundamental principles of modern biology and genetics, whose achievements are essential for understanding, diagnosing, and treating human diseases. Students will learn the basics of cell biology, molecular biology, developmental biology, and genetics, with a focus on important molecular mechanisms that are relevant to human health.
Learning outcomes	After completing a semester of instruction and passing the exam in the subject of Human Genetics, a medical student will be able to: 1. Describe the structure and function of the human genetic basis, including nucleic acids, replication mechanisms, translation and transcription, basic enzyme regulatory systems, the genetic code, chromosome organization, gene expression control, and the genetic basis of reproduction. 2. Define the mechanisms of mutation formation and their impact on human health, as well as the mechanisms of repairing errors in hereditary material. 3. Define the rules of inheritance and describe various groups of inherited diseases (chromosomal, monogenic, polygenic) and their impact on human health and offspring. 4. Define basic cytogenetic cell culture methods, karyotype preparation, and analyze the human karyotype using a light microscope. 5. Describe basic molecular genetics methods, including DNA isolation, PCR, endonuclease restriction, and gel electrophoresis. 6. Describe the application of modern cytogenetic and molecular-genetic techniques in the diagnosis and treatment of inherited disorders. 7. Demonstrate a high level of expertise in using relevant literature, websites, and databases for Human Genetics research and utilizing these sources to evaluate, develop, and test hypotheses in the field of Human Genetics.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	prof. Dr. Andrej Perović, prof. Dr Svetlana Perović, Mr. Borislav Ivanović
Methodology	Lectures, laboratory exercises, consultations, and independent work on seminar topics.

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Introduction to the history and influence of genetics on medicine. Basic structure and organization of eukaryotic and prokaryotic cells.
I week exercises	Theoretical teaching.
II week lectures	Structure of DNA and RNA. Genetic code. Principles and molecular basis of genetic information flow.
II week exercises	Prokaryotes. Preparation and analysis of microscopic slides: Bacterial cells.
III week lectures	Regulation of gene expression. Lac operon. Molecular basis and significance of epigenetic mechanisms.
III week exercises	Cell division in Eukaryotes. Mitosis: Analysis of microscopic slides of plant and animal cells.
IV week lectures	Molecular mechanisms of gene mutations. Mutagens and carcinogens. Mutagenesis and mutation-related diseases.
IV week exercises	Meiosis and gametogenesis: Analysis of microscopic slides of stages of spermatogenesis and stages of folliculogenesis.
V week lectures	Molecular mechanisms of DNA repair. Gene recombination. Genetic maps.
V week exercises	Inheritance of a single trait. Monohybrid cross.
VI week lectures	Techniques for diagnosing gene mutations. Isolation of genomic DNA, PCR, and gel electrophoresis.
VI week exercises	Inheritance of two traits. Dihybrid cross.
VII week lectures	Teory Test 1.
VII week exercises	Sex-linked inheritance.
VIII week lectures	Chromosome structure and human karyotype. Genetic control of the cell cycle. Disorders.
VIII week exercises	Practic Test1.
IX week lectures	Principles and types of inheritance, Gametogenesis.
IX week exercises	Sex chromatin. Preparation and analysis of microscopic slides: Barr body (X-chromatin).
X week lectures	Structural chromosomal aberrations. Numerical chromosomal aberrations.
X week exercises	Analysis of human karyotype. Analysis of microscopic slides: Human chromosomes.
XI week lectures	Sex determination and differentiation. Developmental genetics.
XI week exercises	Preparation of human karyogram. Analysis of microphotographs of human chromosomes.
XII week lectures	Common inherited diseases in humans. Genetic testing and ethical issues. Prenatal diagnosis. Clinical genetics and counseling. Population genetics.
XII week exercises	Inheritance of multiple alleles.
XIII week lectures	Immune genetics. Carcinogenesis.
XIII week exercises	Inheritance of blood groups in humans.
XIV week lectures	Genetics of Aging. Recombinant DNA and its application in medicine. Gene engineering. Gene therapy.
XIV week exercises	Population genetics. Calculation of allele frequencies and genotype frequencies in human populations.
XV week lectures	Teory Test 2.
XV week exercises	Practic Test2.

Student workload	Teaching and final exam: (8 hours) x 16 = 128 hours Preparation before the start of the semester (administration, enrollment, validation): (8 hours) x 2 = 16 hours Total workload for the subject: 6 x 30 = 180 hours Structure of workload: 128 hours (teaching and final exam) + 16 hours (preparation) + 36 hours (additional work)
Per week	Per semester
6 credits x 40/30=8 hours and 0 minuts 3 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 3 excercises 2 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =128 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =16 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 6 x 30=180 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 36 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 128 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 16 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 36 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Attendance of lectures and exercises, preparation of seminar work, taking quizzes, tests, and final exams.
Consultations	Consultations take place by arrangement with students and are tailored to their needs.
Literature	1. Guć-Šćekić i D. Radivojević: Priručnik iz Medicinske genetike. Biološki fakultet, Univerzitet u Beogradu 2009. 2. V. Diklić, M. Kosanović, J. Nikoliš, S. Dukić: Biologija sa humanom genetikom. Medicinska knjiga. 2009. 3. G.M. Cooper i R.E. Hausman: Stanica, molekularni pristup, Medicinska naklada 2010. 4. Cox TM, Sinclair J. Molekularna biologija u medicini. Medicinska naklada Zagreb,2000 (prevod).
Examination methods	Two Teory Test worth 15 points each, one seminar paper worth 4 points, two Exercises Tests worth 6 points each, class and exercise participation worth 4 points, and an oral final exam worth 50 points. The passing grade is achieved if at least 50 points are accumulated cumulatively.
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / OPHTHALMOLOGY

Course:

OPHTHALMOLOGY/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
654	Obavezan	7	2	1+1+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	No conditionality.
Aims	In this course, students will learn about the morphology of the eye, causes of eye diseases, as well as their clinical presentation and treatment.
Learning outcomes	AftercompletingthecourseandpassingtheexamintheOphthalmology,thestudentofDentistryshouldhavethefollowinglearningoutcomes: 1.be familiar with the most common eye diseases 2. knows the causes of the disease, the clinical presentation and the treatment method 3. Applies the acquired knowledge with the aim of timely treatment of dental diseases and thus has a preventive effect on the reduction of inflammatory processes in the eye.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Prof. dr Antoaneta Adzić-Zečević, dr Danijela Đurović
Methodology	Lectures,exercises,consultations,seminarwork,colloquium,finalexam

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Introduction to ophthalmology. Eye anatomy and embryology
I week exercises
II week lectures	The Assessment of Visual Function and Functional Vision.
II week exercises	Introduction to ophthalmology equipment such as ophthalmoscope, slit lamp, tonometer, OCT machine, phacoemulsifier, microperimeter
III week lectures	Anatomy, physiology and pathology of cornea and sclera
III week exercises	Examination of patients’ eyes using slit lamp
IV week lectures	Anatomy, physiology and pathology of the choroid
IV week exercises	Examination of patients’ eyes using slit lamp
V week lectures	Anatomy, physiology and pathology of the retina
V week exercises	Examination of patients’ eyes using slit lamp. Introduction to OCT and OCT angiography, fluorescein angiography, Goldmann perimetry
VI week lectures	Anatomy of the anterior eye chamber. Glaucoma.
VI week exercises	Measurement of the patients’ ocular pressure using tonometer
VII week lectures	Anatomy, physiology and pathology of the lens. Cataract. First colloquium.
VII week exercises	Examination of patients’ eyes using slit lamp, with the special attention to the patients’ lens position and opacity
VIII week lectures	Anatomy of the orbit Orbital tumors.
VIII week exercises	Introduction to Hertel exophthalmometer.
IX week lectures	Accomodation of the eye. Refraction.
IX week exercises	Refraction Eye exam.
X week lectures	Binocular vision and anatomy of the extraocular muscles (bulbomotors)
X week exercises	Examination of the patients in the orthoptic-pleoptic cabinet.
XI week lectures	Anatomy, physiology and pathology of the optical nerve. Treatment of the optical nerve diseases. Second colloquium.
XI week exercises	ophthalmoscopy, OCT of the optic nerve, perimetry and pseudoisochromatic tables
XII week lectures	Eye injuries.
XII week exercises	Taking an anamnesis from an injured patient and examination of the injured eye using slit lamp.
XIII week lectures	Diagnosis and treatment of the emergencies in ophthalmology.
XIII week exercises	Examination using ophthalmoscope.
XIV week lectures	The teeth as a focal point of eye disease.
XIV week exercises	Pre-final exam consultaitons.
XV week lectures	Remedial colloquium.
XV week exercises	Examination of patients’ eyes using slit lamp

Student workload	Student load (per week): 1x45 minutes of lectures, 2x45 minutes of excercise Totalload: (2 h 15 mins) x 15 = 33 hours and 45 minutes
Per week	Per semester
2 credits x 40/30=2 hours and 40 minuts 1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 0 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =42 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =5 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 2 x 30=60 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 42 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Regular attendance of lectures and exercises.
Consultations	Consultations are provided if necessary.
Literature	Obavezna literatura S.Golubović, OFTALMOLOGIJA za studente medicine, Beograd, Medicinski fakultet Univerziteta u Beogradu, 2009.
Examination methods	Colloquium(s) = 2 x 20 points each Attendance at the lectures= 5 points Attendance at the exercise = 5 points FinalExam = 50 points. An overrun rating is obtained if you accumulate a minimum of 50 points cumulatively
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / MEDICAL PSYCHOLOGY

Course:

MEDICAL PSYCHOLOGY/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
664	Obavezan	3	2	1++0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	There is no mandatory
Aims	The aims are to provide students with knowledge of medical psychology
Learning outcomes	After passing this exam,the student will be able to : 1. Knows the theories about bio-psycho-social acceptable and unacceptable ways of behaviour. 2. Conducts working plans in relation to patients who suffer frorm psychological and/or psychomatic disorders. 3. Analyzes and compares tradicional and contemporary models of healthy and unhealthy behaviour. 4. Creates individual action plan for identifying health habits and suggests strategies for removal of unhealthy practices. 5. Knows psychological reactions of patients for disease,professional communication ( with patient, patient`s family ), basics of work in the team. 6. Plans changes in behaviour of individual in order to improve the quality of life. Specific competencies : 1. Knows and observes emotional interactions between the patient and health officer, solving problem techniques and making decisions as help in working with healthy and ill persons. 2. Knows to recognize students with psychological aspects of organic illnesses, the impact of stress on health of both patients and health officers. 3. Knows skills for improvement of communication with patient and his family, and professional communication within the team. 4. Builds attitudes about the nursing role in health system. 5. Distinguishes adaptive and maladptive forms of behaviour, identifies the causes of behaviour and pshychological estimates of individual`s capacity to change the behaviour.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Professor Lidija Injac Stevović
Methodology	Teaching and Studying Lectures, exercises, tests, final exam-test

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Subject and tasks of psychology
I week exercises	Psychological testing and psychometrics. Application of psychometric tests. IQ testing. Projective techniques. Organic brain tests
II week lectures	The principles of teamwork
II week exercises	Basic principles of teamwork. The role of individual team members, especially the role of psychologists. Organization of modern psychiatric and psychological care.
III week lectures	Subject and tasks of medical psychology. Psychological findings
III week exercises	Psychological principles of promoting changes in human attitudes, behavior and thinking in relation to health. Prevention of behavior harmful to health. Promotion of healthy behavior.
IV week lectures	Mental functions in human
IV week exercises	Processing of psychological functions: cognitive (cognitive): attention, perception, memory, thinking, intelligence - case reports
V week lectures	The development of mental functions
V week exercises	Development of mental functions, processing of psychological functions: instinctive-affective (conative): instinct, will and emotions - case reports
VI week lectures	The structure of personality
VI week exercises	Psychic function consciousness-case report Instances in personality structure. Healthy psyche, neurotic, psychotic and psychopathic psyche
VII week lectures	The relationship of patients to disease
VII week exercises	Basic characteristics of patients. The importance of the first interview, diagnostic and prognostic and therapeutic value
VIII week lectures	Patient-doctor-nurse relationship
VIII week exercises	Therapeutic setting, therapeutic relationship, specific techniques and method of application, adequate implementation within the framework of ethical principles. Getting to know the moral qualities of doctors. The importance and role of the nurse. Behavior of the patient in contact with the doctor and the nurse. Transfer relations
IX week lectures	Psychology of developmental age group
IX week exercises	Disorders of psychological development. Behavioral and emotional disorders that usually begin in childhood and adolescence.
X week lectures	Psychology of aging
X week exercises	Types of aging, agepsychology, physical cognitive and emotional development
XI week lectures	Basics of psychotherapy
XI week exercises	Therapeutic setting, therapeutic relationship, specific techniques and method of application
XII week lectures	Methods of psychotherapy
XII week exercises	Psychoanalysis, cognitive-behavioral psychotherapy, supportive, family education, sociotherapy
XIII week lectures	The art of communication
XIII week exercises	Elements of the communication process, aims, Interpersonal and communication at work
XIV week lectures	Verbal and nonverbal communication
XIV week exercises	Successful verbal communication, scheme of non-verbal communication and meaning, written communication
XV week lectures	Overcoming barriers to successful communication
XV week exercises	Communication styles

Student workload	for 1 hour lecture 1 hour for exercises 2 hours individual work including consultations
Per week	Per semester
2 credits x 40/30=2 hours and 40 minuts 1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 0 excercises 1 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =42 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =5 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 2 x 30=60 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 42 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	The presence of students in theoretical and practical training is mandatory.
Consultations	The teacher held consultations with students once a week in the period which is defined at the beginning of academic year
Literature	Medical psychology, Milovanovic R (2005)
Examination methods	Attendance at lecture 0-3 points Homework from 0-3 points Seminar work 0-5 points Colloquiums from 0-20 points Final exam test 50 points A passing grade is obtained if a cumulative minimum of 50 points is collected Final exam practical and oral -50 points
Special remarks	No
Comment	No

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / NEUROLOGY

Course:

NEUROLOGY/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
902	Obavezan	5	2	1+1+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites
Aims
Learning outcomes
Lecturer / Teaching assistant
Methodology

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures
I week exercises
II week lectures
II week exercises
III week lectures
III week exercises
IV week lectures
IV week exercises
V week lectures
V week exercises
VI week lectures
VI week exercises
VII week lectures
VII week exercises
VIII week lectures
VIII week exercises
IX week lectures
IX week exercises
X week lectures
X week exercises
XI week lectures
XI week exercises
XII week lectures
XII week exercises
XIII week lectures
XIII week exercises
XIV week lectures
XIV week exercises
XV week lectures
XV week exercises

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
2 credits x 40/30=2 hours and 40 minuts 1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 0 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =42 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =5 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 2 x 30=60 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 42 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations
Consultations
Literature
Examination methods
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / ANATOMY

Course:

ANATOMY/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
1043	Obavezan	2	13	3+3+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	There is no requirement for applying.
Aims	Subject aims to familiarize students with the structure of a healthy human body.
Learning outcomes	After completing the two-semestral course and passing the exam in Anatomy, Dental students should have the following learning outcomes: 1. Knows the complete anatomical terminology and masters all relevant concepts in anatomy. 2. Knows the morphology and topography of all organs and regions of the human body. 3. Knows the detailed morphology and topography of the head and neck. 4. Applies anatomical principles and concepts with anatomic sections and in the description of topographic units 5. He/she is qualified to recognize and describe all physical structures on the model (cadaver): bones, muscles, organs, major blood vessels and nerves. 6. He/she is qualified to recognize and describe the detailed morphology and topography of the head and neck on the model (cadaver). 7. He/she is capable to apply the knowledge of the morphology of organs and systems in mastering teaching units in clinical and dental medicine (in the following years of study).
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Professor Miroslav Radunović, MD, Professor Aleksandra Vuksanović Božarić, MD, and assistants.
Methodology	Lectures, practical classes, colloquia, consultations.

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Anatomy – introduction, osteologia – introduction, clavicula, scapula, humerus, radius, ulna.
I week exercises	Osteologia – introduction, clavicula, scapula, humerus, radius, ulna - osteological characteristics, attachment of muscles.
II week lectures	Ossa manus – osteological characteristics, carpal canal, arthrologia – introduction, joints of upper extremity, myologia – introduction, regions of upper extremity.
II week exercises	Ossa manus – osteological characteristics, carpal canal. Division and types of joints. Joints of upper extremity. Division and types of muscles. Regions of upper extremity.
III week lectures	Muscles of upper extremity.
III week exercises	Muscles of upper extremity.
IV week lectures	Blood vessels and nerves of upper extremity.
IV week exercises	Division and types of blood vessels. Arteries and veins of upper extremity. Division and types of nerves. Plexus brachialis – lateral and final branches.
V week lectures	Walls of thorax (bones, joints, muscles, orientation lines and points, blood vessels and nerves).
V week exercises	Walls of thorax (bones, joints, muscles, orientation lines and points, blood vessels and nerves).
VI week lectures	Thoracic cavity – division, trachea, bronchus, radix pulmonis, pulmo, pleura, cor – external and internal morphology, structure.
VI week exercises	Thoracic cavity – division, trachea, bronchus, radix pulmonis, pulmo, pleura, cor – external and internal morphology.
VII week lectures	Blood vessels and nerves of the heart, projections, pericardium, mediastinum – division and content.
VII week exercises	Blood vessels and nerves of the heart, projections, pericardium, mediastinum – division and content.
VIII week lectures	Vertebrae lumbales, os sacrum, os coxae, femur, patella, tibia, fibula. Colloquium I
VIII week exercises	Vertebrae lumbales, os sacrum, os coxae, femur, patella, tibia, fibula - osteological characteristics, attachment of muscles. Colloquium I
IX week lectures	Ossa pedis, joints of lower extremity, muscles of lower extremity – anterior side.
IX week exercises	Ossa pedis, joints of lower extremity, muscles of lower extremity – anterior side.
X week lectures	Muscles of lower extremity – posterior side, blood vessels and nerves of lower extremity.
X week exercises	Muscles of lower extremity – posterior side, blood vessels and nerves of lower extremity.
XI week lectures	Abdomen: borders, regions, musles of abdominal walls, inguinal canal, division of abdominal cavity, peritoneum, gaster, intestinum tenue et crassum, mesenterium, mesocolon.
XI week exercises	Abdomen: borders, regions, musles of abdominal walls, inguinal canal, division of abdominal cavity, peritoneum, gaster, intestinum tenue et crassum, mesenterium, mesocolon.
XII week lectures	Hepar, bile ducts, v. portae hepatis, spatium retroperitoneale, ren, glandula suprarenalis, ureter.
XII week exercises	Hepar, bile ducts, v. portae hepatis, spatium retroperitoneale, ren, glandula suprarenalis, ureter.
XIII week lectures	Pancreas, splen, pars abdominalis aortae, v. cava inferior, plexus coeliacus, pelvis, perineum.
XIII week exercises	Pancreas, splen, pars abdominalis aortae, v. cava inferior, plexus coeliacus, pelvis, perineum.
XIV week lectures	Blood vessels and nerves of pelvis, pelvic cavity - division, vesica urinaria, rectum, organa genitalia masculina.
XIV week exercises	Blood vessels and nerves of pelvis, pelvic cavity - division, vesica urinaria, rectum, organa genitalia masculina.
XV week lectures	Organa genitalia feminina. Colloquium II
XV week exercises	Organa genitalia feminina. Colloquium II
XVI week lectures	Os frontale, os occipitale, os sphenoidale, os ethmoidale.
XVI week exercises	Os frontale, os occipitale, os sphenoidale, os ethmoidale – osteological characteristics, attachment of muscles.
XVII week lectures	Os parietale, os temporale, mandibula, vomer, os hyoideum, vertebrae cervicales.
XVII week exercises	Os parietale, os temporale, mandibula, vomer, os hyoideum, vertebrae cervicales - osteological characteristics.
XVIII week lectures	Even facial bones, craniofacial cavities, scull of a newborn, joints of head and neck, regio cervicalis anterior.
XVIII week exercises	Even facial bones, craniofacial cavities, scull of a newborn, joints of head and neck, regio cervicalis anterior.
XIX week lectures	Regio cervicalis lateralis et posterior (plexus cervicalis, a. subclavia), regio retromandibularis (n. facialis, a. carotis externa, v. jugularis externa).
XIX week exercises	Regio cervicalis lateralis et posterior (plexus cervicalis, a. subclavia), regio retromandibularis (n. facialis, a. carotis externa, v. jugularis externa).
XX week lectures	Regio infratemporalis (mm. masticatorii, a. maxillaris, n. trigeminus), spatium peripharyngeum (division and content).
XX week exercises	Regio infratemporalis (mm. masticatorii, a. maxillaris, n. trigeminus), spatium peripharyngeum (division and content).
XXI week lectures	Cavitas nasi, sinus paranasales, pharynx, cavitas oris.
XXI week exercises	Cavitas nasi, sinus paranasales, pharynx, cavitas oris - morphological characteristics.
XXII week lectures	Larynx, nervus II, III, IV, VI, bulbus oculi.
XXII week exercises	Larynx - morphological characteristics. Nervus II, III, IV, VI, bulbus oculi.
XXIII week lectures	Organa oculi accessoria, auris externa, auris media.
XXIII week exercises	Organa oculi accessoria, auris externa, auris media.
XXIV week lectures	Auris interna, n. VIII, neurologia – introduction, division of central nervous system, medulla spinalis – external and internal morphology.
XXIV week exercises	Auris interna, n. VIII. Division of central nervous system, medulla spinalis – external and internal morphology.
XXV week lectures	Medulla oblongata, pons, cerebellum (external and internal morphology), ventriculus IV.
XXV week exercises	Medulla oblongata, pons, cerebellum (external and internal morphology), ventriculus IV.
XXVI week lectures	Mesencephalon, diencephalon (external and internal morphology), ventriculus III.
XXVI week exercises	Mesencephalon, diencephalon (external and internal morphology), ventriculus III.
XXVII week lectures	Telencephalon, commissures of forbrain (external and internal morphology).
XXVII week exercises	Telencephalon, commissures of forbrain (external and internal morphology) - parts, morphological characteristics, functional significance.
XXVIII week lectures	Olfactory brain (external morphology), ventriculus lateralis, limbic system. Motor pathways.
XXVIII week exercises	Olfactory brain, ventriculus lateralis, limbic system - parts, morphological characteristics, functional significance. Motor pathways - division, description, functional significance.
XXIX week lectures	Extrapyramidal motor system, sensitive and sensory pathways.
XXIX week exercises	Extrapyramidal motor system - parts, morphological characteristics, functional significance. Sensitive and sensory pathways - division, description, functional significance.
XXX week lectures	Moždanice, međumoždanični prostori, liquor cerebrospinalis, arterije i vene CNS-a.
XXX week exercises	Meninx, intercerebral spaces, liquor cerebrospinalis, arteries and veins of centtral nervous system.

Student workload	I semester: Weekly: 6 credits x 40/30 = 8 hours; Structure: 3 hours of lectures, 3 hours of practical classes, 2 hours of independent work. During the semester: Classes and final exam: 8 hours x 16 = 128 hours; Necessary preparations before the beginning of semester (enrollment, certification...) 8 hours x 2 = 16 hours; Overall workload: 6 x 30 = 180 hours Supplementary work from 36 hours Structure of workload: 128 hours (classes and final exam) + 16 hours (preparation) + 36 hours (supplementary work) = 180 hours II semester: Weekly: 7 credits x 40/30 = 9 hours and 20 minutes; Structure: 3 hours of lectures, 3 hours of practical classes, 3 hours and 20 minutes of independent work. During the semester: Classes and final exam: 9 hours and 20 minutes x 16 = 149 hours and 20 minutes; Necessary preparations before the beginning of semester (enrollment, certification...) 9 hours and 20 minutes x 2 = 18 hours and 40 minutes; Overall workload: 7 x 30 = 210 hours; Supplementary work from 42 hours; Structure of workload: 149 hours and 20 minutes (classes and final exam) + 18 hours and 40 minutes (preparation) + 42 hours (supplementary work) = 210 hours.
Per week	Per semester
13 credits x 40/30=17 hours and 20 minuts 3 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 3 excercises 11 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 17 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =277 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 17 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =34 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 13 x 30=390 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 78 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 277 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 34 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 78 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	It is compulsory to the students theoretical and practical teaching.
Consultations	Consultations once a week for two academic hours for all teachers and staff.
Literature	Basic literature: Antić S, Čukuranović R, Stefanović N, Pavlović S, Vasović LJ, Arsić S. Anatomija čoveka – za studente stomatologije (ruka, grudni koš, trbuh, karlica, noga). Medicinski fakultet Niš; 2009. Stefanović N, Antić S. Anatomija gornjeg ekstremiteta. Medicinski fakultet Niš; 1998. Stefanović N, Vlajković S, Bjelaković Daković M, Ugrenović S, Jovanović I. Anatomija čoveka - grudni koš. Medicinski fakultet Niš; 2008. Čukuranović R. Anatomija čoveka – abdomen. Medicinski fakultet Niš; 2000. Marjanović S, Stefanović N, Bakić V, Čukuranović R. Anatomija čoveka – mala karlica. Medicinski fakultet Niš; 1997. Stefanović N, Antić S, Pavlović S. Anatomija donjeg ekstremiteta. Medicinski fakultet Niš; 2002. Stefanović N, Pavlović S, Vasović LJ, Antić S, Čukuranović R, Arsić S. Anatomija čoveka – glava i vrat. Medicinski fakultet Niš; 2006. Pavlović S, Stefanović N, Vučetić R, Antić S, Čukuranović R, Arsić S. Anatomija centralnog nervnog sistema i čula. Medicinski fakultet Niš; 2004. Netter F. Atlas anatomije čoveka, Beograd: Data Status; 2011. Additional literature: Drake R, Vogel W, Mitchell A. Grays anatomy for students. Philadelphia: Elsevier Churchill Livingstone; 2005.
Examination methods	I semester: Forms of knowledge assessment and evaluation: The presence on lectures and practical classes: 5 points; Colloquium I – Upper extremity and thorax – 9 do 20 points; Colloquium II – Lower extremity, abdomen and pelvis – 9 do 20 points; II semester: The presence on lectures and practical classes: 5 points; Final exam – 50 points; A passing grade is obtained if a minimum of 50 points is collected; Marks formation: the presence + results of C I + the results of C II + final exam Mark: A B C D E Points: 90 - 100 80 - 89 70 - 79 60 - 69 50 - 59
Special remarks	No.
Comment	Colloquia and consultations will be held according to an agreement with students. Exercises follow the schedule of lectures. Additional information about the subject can be obtained from the subject teacher, the head of the study program and the vice dean for teaching.

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / ENGLISH LANGUAGE I

Course:

ENGLISH LANGUAGE I/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
2093	Obavezan	1	3	2+1+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	None.
Aims	Knowledge of Medical English grammatical structures and medical terminology; effective use of English in medical context; ability to read and understand medical literature in English.
Learning outcomes	At the end of this course student will be able to: - predict lecture content and organization from the introduction - follow signposts to lecture organization - choose an appropriate form of lecture notes - recognize the lecturer’s stance and level of confidence/tentativeness - use topic sentences to get an overview of the text - use Internet effectively - speak from notes and summarize - effectively write notes and paraphrase.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Prof. dr Nataša Kostić, dr Dragana Čarapić
Methodology	Lectures and discussions.

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	What is medicine - introduction to the course
I week exercises	Basic medical vocabulary – prefixes and suffixes
II week lectures	Preparing for a lecture
II week exercises	Predicting lecture content
III week lectures	Lecture organization
III week exercises	Choosing the best form of notes
IV week lectures	Achievements in medicine
IV week exercises	Achievements in medicine
V week lectures	Using research questions
V week exercises	Using research questions
VI week lectures	Topic sentences and summarizing
VI week exercises	Topic sentences and summarizing
VII week lectures	Basic principles in medicine
VII week exercises	Basic principles in medicine
VIII week lectures	Using information sources and reporting research findings
VIII week exercises	Using information sources and reporting research findings
IX week lectures	Asking for information and reporting information
IX week exercises	Asking for information and reporting information
X week lectures	Computers in medicine
X week exercises	Computers in medicine – abbreviations and acronyms
XI week lectures	Preparation for reading research – topic development
XI week exercises	Preparation for reading research – topic development
XII week lectures	Analyzing Internet search results and reporting research findings
XII week exercises	Analyzing Internet search results and reporting research findings
XIII week lectures	Causes and effects of disease – describing trends
XIII week exercises	Causes and effects of disease – describing trends
XIV week lectures	Lecture organization – ‘signpost’ language
XIV week exercises	Lecture organization – ‘signpost’ language
XV week lectures	Lecture language; making effective contribution to a seminar
XV week exercises	Lecture language; making effective contribution to a seminar
XVI week lectures
XVI week exercises
XVII week lectures
XVII week exercises
XVIII week lectures
XVIII week exercises
XIX week lectures
XIX week exercises
XX week lectures
XX week exercises
XXI week lectures
XXI week exercises
XXII week lectures
XXII week exercises
XXIII week lectures
XXIII week exercises
XXIV week lectures
XXIV week exercises
XXV week lectures
XXV week exercises
XXVI week lectures
XXVI week exercises
XXVII week lectures
XXVII week exercises
XXVIII week lectures
XXVIII week exercises
XXIX week lectures
XXIX week exercises
XXX week lectures
XXX week exercises

Student workload	15 lectures + 15 seminars
Per week	Per semester
3 credits x 40/30=4 hours and 0 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 1 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =64 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =8 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 3 x 30=90 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 64 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Regular class attendance, participation in discussions, homework and presentations.
Consultations
Literature	-Patrick Fitzgerald, Marie McCullagh and Ros Wright (2010) English for Medicine in Higher Education Studies. Garnet Edu. (Units 1–5). - Oxford Concise Medical Dictionary (2003), OUP. - Cambridge Advanced Learner’s Dictionary (2013), CUP. - S
Examination methods	- Presentations: 30 points; - activity in class: 10 points; - final exam: 60 points.
Special remarks	Lectures and seminars are in English.
Comment	-

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / ENGLISH LANGUAGE I

Course:

ENGLISH LANGUAGE I/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
2093	Obavezan	1	3	2+1+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	None.
Aims	Knowledge of Medical English grammatical structures and medical terminology; effective use of English in medical context; ability to read and understand medical literature in English.
Learning outcomes	At the end of this course student will be able to: - predict lecture content and organization from the introduction - follow signposts to lecture organization - choose an appropriate form of lecture notes - recognize the lecturer’s stance and level of confidence/tentativeness - use topic sentences to get an overview of the text - use Internet effectively - speak from notes and summarize - effectively write notes and paraphrase.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Prof. dr Nataša Kostić, dr Dragana Čarapić
Methodology	Lectures and discussions.

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	What is medicine - introduction to the course
I week exercises	Basic medical vocabulary – prefixes and suffixes
II week lectures	Preparing for a lecture
II week exercises	Predicting lecture content
III week lectures	Lecture organization
III week exercises	Choosing the best form of notes
IV week lectures	Achievements in medicine
IV week exercises	Achievements in medicine
V week lectures	Using research questions
V week exercises	Using research questions
VI week lectures	Topic sentences and summarizing
VI week exercises	Topic sentences and summarizing
VII week lectures	Basic principles in medicine
VII week exercises	Basic principles in medicine
VIII week lectures	Using information sources and reporting research findings
VIII week exercises	Using information sources and reporting research findings
IX week lectures	Asking for information and reporting information
IX week exercises	Asking for information and reporting information
X week lectures	Computers in medicine
X week exercises	Computers in medicine – abbreviations and acronyms
XI week lectures	Preparation for reading research – topic development
XI week exercises	Preparation for reading research – topic development
XII week lectures	Analyzing Internet search results and reporting research findings
XII week exercises	Analyzing Internet search results and reporting research findings
XIII week lectures	Causes and effects of disease – describing trends
XIII week exercises	Causes and effects of disease – describing trends
XIV week lectures	Lecture organization – ‘signpost’ language
XIV week exercises	Lecture organization – ‘signpost’ language
XV week lectures	Lecture language; making effective contribution to a seminar
XV week exercises	Lecture language; making effective contribution to a seminar
XVI week lectures
XVI week exercises
XVII week lectures
XVII week exercises
XVIII week lectures
XVIII week exercises
XIX week lectures
XIX week exercises
XX week lectures
XX week exercises
XXI week lectures
XXI week exercises
XXII week lectures
XXII week exercises
XXIII week lectures
XXIII week exercises
XXIV week lectures
XXIV week exercises
XXV week lectures
XXV week exercises
XXVI week lectures
XXVI week exercises
XXVII week lectures
XXVII week exercises
XXVIII week lectures
XXVIII week exercises
XXIX week lectures
XXIX week exercises
XXX week lectures
XXX week exercises

Student workload	15 lectures + 15 seminars
Per week	Per semester
3 credits x 40/30=4 hours and 0 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 1 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =64 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =8 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 3 x 30=90 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 64 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Regular class attendance, participation in discussions, homework and presentations.
Consultations
Literature	-Patrick Fitzgerald, Marie McCullagh and Ros Wright (2010) English for Medicine in Higher Education Studies. Garnet Edu. (Units 1–5). - Oxford Concise Medical Dictionary (2003), OUP. - Cambridge Advanced Learner’s Dictionary (2013), CUP. - S
Examination methods	- Presentations: 30 points; - activity in class: 10 points; - final exam: 60 points.
Special remarks	Lectures and seminars are in English.
Comment	-

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / ENGLISH LANGUAGE II

Course:

ENGLISH LANGUAGE II/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
2094	Obavezan	2	3	2+1+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	-
Aims	Knowledge of Medical English grammatical structures and medical terminology; effective use of English in medical context; ability to read and understand medical literature in English.
Learning outcomes	At the end of this course student will be able to: - use research questions to focus on relevant information - recognize the writer’s stance and level of confidence/tentativeness - make effective contributions to a seminar - ask for clarification – formulating questions - report findings from other sources – avoiding plagiarism.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Prof. dr Nataša Kostić, dr Dragana Čarapić
Methodology	Lectures and seminars.

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Biology, biochemistry and pharmacology
I week exercises	Biology, biochemistry and pharmacology
II week lectures	Identifying subject-verb-object in long sentences
II week exercises	Subject-verb-object in long sentences and paraphrasing
III week lectures	Understanding and writing complex sentences
III week exercises	Understanding and writing complex sentences
IV week lectures	Clinical setting: acute care
IV week exercises	Clinical setting: acute care
V week lectures	Sequencing information in sentences
V week exercises	Sequencing information in sentences: fixed phrases
VI week lectures	Giving sentences a special focus; making effective contribution to a seminar
VI week exercises	Giving sentences a special focus; making effective contribution to a seminar
VII week lectures	Clinical setting: primary care
VII week exercises	Essay types; complex sentences within passives
VIII week lectures	Passives in dependent clauses; essay plans
VIII week exercises	Passives in dependent clauses; essay plans
IX week lectures	Writing complex sentences
IX week exercises	Writing essay plans and writing essays
X week lectures	Non-clinical setting: public health
X week exercises	Public health: medical terms
XI week lectures	Using the Cornell note-taking system
XI week exercises	Using the Cornell note-taking system
XII week lectures	Recognizing digression; writing source references
XII week exercises	Recognizing digression; writing source references
XIII week lectures	Evidence-based medicine
XIII week exercises	Evidence-based medicine
XIV week lectures	Identifying stance and level of confidence; inferring implicit ideas
XIV week exercises	Identifying stance and level of confidence; inferring implicit ideas
XV week lectures	Situation-problem-solution-evaluation essays
XV week exercises	Situation-problem-solution-evaluation essays

Student workload	30 Lectures + 30 Seminars
Per week	Per semester
3 credits x 40/30=4 hours and 0 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 1 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =64 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =8 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 3 x 30=90 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 64 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Regular class attendance, participation in discussions, homework and presentations.
Consultations
Literature	-Patrick Fitzgerald, Marie McCullagh and Ros Wright (2010) English for Medicine in Higher Education Studies. Garnet Edu. (Units 6–10). - Oxford Concise Medical Dictionary (2003), OUP. - Cambridge Advanced Learner’s Dictionary (2013), CUP. -
Examination methods	- Presentations: 30 points; - activity in class: 10 points; - final exam: 60 points.
Special remarks	Lectures and seminars are in English.
Comment	-

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / ENGLISH LANGUAGE II

Course:

ENGLISH LANGUAGE II/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
2094	Obavezan	2	3	2+1+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	-
Aims	Knowledge of Medical English grammatical structures and medical terminology; effective use of English in medical context; ability to read and understand medical literature in English.
Learning outcomes	At the end of this course student will be able to: - use research questions to focus on relevant information - recognize the writer’s stance and level of confidence/tentativeness - make effective contributions to a seminar - ask for clarification – formulating questions - report findings from other sources – avoiding plagiarism.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Prof. dr Nataša Kostić, dr Dragana Čarapić
Methodology	Lectures and seminars.

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Biology, biochemistry and pharmacology
I week exercises	Biology, biochemistry and pharmacology
II week lectures	Identifying subject-verb-object in long sentences
II week exercises	Subject-verb-object in long sentences and paraphrasing
III week lectures	Understanding and writing complex sentences
III week exercises	Understanding and writing complex sentences
IV week lectures	Clinical setting: acute care
IV week exercises	Clinical setting: acute care
V week lectures	Sequencing information in sentences
V week exercises	Sequencing information in sentences: fixed phrases
VI week lectures	Giving sentences a special focus; making effective contribution to a seminar
VI week exercises	Giving sentences a special focus; making effective contribution to a seminar
VII week lectures	Clinical setting: primary care
VII week exercises	Essay types; complex sentences within passives
VIII week lectures	Passives in dependent clauses; essay plans
VIII week exercises	Passives in dependent clauses; essay plans
IX week lectures	Writing complex sentences
IX week exercises	Writing essay plans and writing essays
X week lectures	Non-clinical setting: public health
X week exercises	Public health: medical terms
XI week lectures	Using the Cornell note-taking system
XI week exercises	Using the Cornell note-taking system
XII week lectures	Recognizing digression; writing source references
XII week exercises	Recognizing digression; writing source references
XIII week lectures	Evidence-based medicine
XIII week exercises	Evidence-based medicine
XIV week lectures	Identifying stance and level of confidence; inferring implicit ideas
XIV week exercises	Identifying stance and level of confidence; inferring implicit ideas
XV week lectures	Situation-problem-solution-evaluation essays
XV week exercises	Situation-problem-solution-evaluation essays

Student workload	30 Lectures + 30 Seminars
Per week	Per semester
3 credits x 40/30=4 hours and 0 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 1 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =64 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =8 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 3 x 30=90 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 64 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Regular class attendance, participation in discussions, homework and presentations.
Consultations
Literature	-Patrick Fitzgerald, Marie McCullagh and Ros Wright (2010) English for Medicine in Higher Education Studies. Garnet Edu. (Units 6–10). - Oxford Concise Medical Dictionary (2003), OUP. - Cambridge Advanced Learner’s Dictionary (2013), CUP. -
Examination methods	- Presentations: 30 points; - activity in class: 10 points; - final exam: 60 points.
Special remarks	Lectures and seminars are in English.
Comment	-

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / ENGLISH LANGUAGE III

Course:

ENGLISH LANGUAGE III/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
2095	Obavezan	6	3	1+1+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	None.
Aims	Knowledge of basic medical terminology and grammatical structures; the ability to use English in medical context as well as to interpret medical literature.
Learning outcomes	At the end of this course student will be able to: - read medical journals and textbooks more fluently - take part in conferences conducted in English - work in English as a medical professional - recognize and use words and expressions related to basic medical investigations, medical and surgical treatment - recognize and use words and expressions related to prevention, epidemiology and medical ethics.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Dr Olivera Kusovac, Assistant professor; Milica Kadić Aković, MA
Methodology	Lectures, written exercises, group and pair work, student presentations and discussions.

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Basic investigations in medicine
I week exercises	Basic investigations in medicine
II week lectures	Laboratory tests
II week exercises	Laboratory tests
III week lectures	Endoscopy
III week exercises	Endoscopy
IV week lectures	X-ray and CT
IV week exercises	X-ray and CT
V week lectures	MRI and ultrasound
V week exercises	MRI and ultrasound
VI week lectures	ECG
VI week exercises	ECG
VII week lectures	Mid-term test
VII week exercises	Mid-term test
VIII week lectures	Medical treatment
VIII week exercises	Medical treatment
IX week lectures	Surgical treatment
IX week exercises	Surgical treatment
X week lectures	Therapies
X week exercises	Therapies
XI week lectures	Screening and immunization
XI week exercises	Screening and immunization
XII week lectures	Epidemiology
XII week exercises	Epidemiology
XIII week lectures	Medical ethics
XIII week exercises	Medical ethics
XIV week lectures	Mid-term test (2nd term)
XIV week exercises	Mid-term test (2nd term)
XV week lectures	Preparation for the final exam
XV week exercises	Preparation for the final exam

Student workload	2
Per week	Per semester
3 credits x 40/30=4 hours and 0 minuts 1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 2 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =64 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =8 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 3 x 30=90 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 64 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Regular attendance and activity in class.
Consultations
Literature	E. Glendinning & R. Howard: Professional English in Use – Medicine (2007), CUP (Units 34-45). Oxford Concise Medical Dictionary (2003), OUP. Sofija Mićić: Medicinski rečnik (2007), Zavod za udžbenike, Beograd.
Examination methods	- Mid-term test: 50 pts. - Final test: 50 pts.
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / GRADUATION PAPER

Course:

GRADUATION PAPER/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
2149	Obavezan	12	9	1++0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites
Aims
Learning outcomes
Lecturer / Teaching assistant
Methodology

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures
I week exercises
II week lectures
II week exercises
III week lectures
III week exercises
IV week lectures
IV week exercises
V week lectures
V week exercises
VI week lectures
VI week exercises
VII week lectures
VII week exercises
VIII week lectures
VIII week exercises
IX week lectures
IX week exercises
X week lectures
X week exercises
XI week lectures
XI week exercises
XII week lectures
XII week exercises
XIII week lectures
XIII week exercises
XIV week lectures
XIV week exercises
XV week lectures
XV week exercises

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
9 credits x 40/30=12 hours and 0 minuts 1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 0 excercises 11 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =192 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 9 x 30=270 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 54 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 192 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 54 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations
Consultations
Literature
Examination methods
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / MICROBIOLOGY AND IMMUNOLOGY

Course:

MICROBIOLOGY AND IMMUNOLOGY/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
3431	Obavezan	3	6	3+2+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	Passed exams in Anatomy, Histology with Embryology and Human Genetics.
Aims	Study of microorganisms and understanding their pathogenic activity. Studding immune system in humans.
Learning outcomes	After completing two semestral course and passing the exam in the subject Microbiology and Immunology, student of medicine should have the following learning outcomes: 1. Describing the normal micro flora of the human body and the normal functioning of the immune system, as well as their mutual relationship (microbe-host-immune system). 2. Describing the possible etiological microorganisms within certain infections and immune response of host as part of the infection. 3. Choosing a proper and acceptable sample for microbiological processing based on the analyzing the infection. 4. Sample collecting independently from different systems in patients, keeping them properly, transport to the microbiological laboratory and seeding. 5. Analyzing and interpreting the basic results of microbiological analysis. 6. Using acquired knowledge on timely application of antimicrobial therapy and the possible negative consequences of its application. 7. Analyzing the map of present bacteria in a given hospital setting, and proposing basic measures for prevention and control, using methods of sterilization and disinfection.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	prof. dr Vineta Vuksanović, dr Marijana Mimović, dipl bioh Vaid Frljićkić
Methodology	Lectures, exercises, Seminar papers, tests, regular consultations, preparation for final exam.

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Introduction to Microbiology. Structure, biosynthesis and function of bacterial cells.
I week exercises	Organisation of bacterial laboratory.Microscope and visualization of morphological and functional structures in bacterial cell.
II week lectures	The genome of the bacteria. Pathogenicity, virulence factors and virulence of bacteria.
II week exercises	Sampling and transport of material for bacteriological analysis. Cultural exam and identification of bacteria.
III week lectures	The mechanisms of antibiotic activity and chemotherapeutics. Mechanisms of bacterial resistance.
III week exercises	Methods of exam in vitro bacterial sensitivity to antibiotics and chemiotherapeutics.
IV week lectures	Characteristics and significance of Streptococcus and Staphylococcus genus.
IV week exercises	Bacteriological diagnostics of infection caused by Streptococcus i Staphylococcus genus.
V week lectures	Characteristics and significance of Neisseria genus and bacteria: Haemophilus influenzae, Bordetella pertussis, Legionella pneumophila.
V week exercises	Bacteriological diagnostics of infection caused by genus Neisseria, Moraxella and species Haemophilus influenzae, Bordetella pertussis, Legionella pneumophila.
VI week lectures	Characteristics and significance of Mycobacterium genus.
VI week exercises	Bacteriological diagnostics of infection caused by genus Mycobacterium.
VII week lectures	Characteristics and significance of Clostridium genus.
VII week exercises	Bacteriological diagnostics of infection caused by anaerobes.
VIII week lectures	Characteristics and importance of Enterobacteriaceae family. Escherichia coli and patogen strains: EIEC, EPEC, ETEC, EHEC, EAggEC.
VIII week exercises	Bacteriological diagnostics of infection caused by intestine bacteria, Escherichia coli and patogen strains: EIEC, EPEC, ETEC, EHEC, EAggEC.
IX week lectures	Primary pathogen intestin bacteria: Salmonella spp, Shigella spp, Yersinia enterocolitica.
IX week exercises	Bacteriological diagnostics of infection caused by primary pathogen intestine bacteria: Salmonella spp, Shigella spp, Yersinia enterocolitica.
X week lectures	Gram negative afermentativ bacteria and curved bacteria: Vibro cholerae, Campylobacter spp, Helicobacter pylori.
X week exercises	Bacteriological diagnostics of non-fermentative bacteria and curved bacteria: Vibro cholerae, Campylobacter spp, Helicobacter pylori.
XI week lectures	Microbiological caracteristics and medical importance of spiral bacteria and genus Chlamydia, Mycoplasma, Ureplasma.
XI week exercises	Bacteriological diagnostics of spiral bacteria and genus Chlamydia, Mycoplasma, Ureplasma.
XII week lectures	Test and oral exam in bacteriology.
XII week exercises	Practical exam in bacteriology.
XIII week lectures	The morphology of the protozoa. Antiprotozoal agents. Protozoa of the digestive and urogenital tract.
XIII week exercises	The diagnostics of protozoa of the digestive and urogenital tract.
XIV week lectures	Blood and tissue protozoa.
XIV week exercises	The diagnostics of protozoa of the blood and tissue protozoa and helminthes.
XV week lectures	The morphology and biology of parasites. Nematode of bowel and tissues. Cestode of intestines and tissue.
XV week exercises	Consultations.

Student workload	Weekly: 5 credits x 40/30 = 6 hours and 40 minutes 2 hours of lectures 2 hours of exercises 1 hour and 20 minutes Seminar papers 1 hour and 20 minutes Individual work In the semester: Lectures and final exam: (6h 40 min) x 16 = 106h 40 min Necessary preparations (administration, enrolment, verification): 2 x 6 h 40 min = 13 h 20 min Cumulative course load: 5 x 30 = 150 h Additional work: preparation for correction exam period, including final exam up to 30h Load structure: 106h 40 min+ 13 h 20 min + 30 h
Per week	Per semester
6 credits x 40/30=8 hours and 0 minuts 3 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 3 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =128 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =16 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 6 x 30=180 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 36 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 128 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 16 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 36 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Regular attendance at lectures, exercises, presentations of seminars, passing tests, practical and oral exams.
Consultations	Tuesday from 13,00 to 14,00.
Literature	Basic literature: Smilja Kalenić et al. Medical microbiology. Medical edition 2013 Zagreb. Additional literrature: The basic immunology, Abul Abbas and Andrew Lichtman third ed. 2007. Editor Zorica Ramic. Medical Bacteriology, group of authors, editor
Examination methods	I. Before exams: 50 points. − Attendance at lectures/exercises: up to 5 points. − Seminar paper: up to 5 points. − Practical exam: 10 to 20 points. − Colloquiums: 10 to 20 points. II. Final exam: up to 50 points. Oral exam. Final exam provides poss
Special remarks
Comment	Additional information can be received by Chief of the Subject.

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / GENERAL AND ORAL BIOCHEMISTRY

Course:

GENERAL AND ORAL BIOCHEMISTRY/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
4116	Obavezan	2	6	4+2+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	No prerequsites.
Aims	Acquiring basic knowledge in metabolism of organic matters and regulatory mechanisms of these processes, cilinical and diagnostic importance of determining basic biochemical parametres in bodily fluids and secretions. Acquiring knowledge in biochamical composition of saliva, dental tissues, including biochemical basis of dental cavity and paradontopathy.
Learning outcomes	After completing one-semestral course and passing the final exam in General and Oral Biochemistry, a dental student should have the following learning outcomes : 1. General principles of metabolic processes in human body (metabolism of carbohydrates, proteins, and lipids). 2. Biochemical organization and biochemical processes of certain tissues and organs and their interrelatedness; molecular and biochemical mechanisms in maintaining homeostasis in human body . 3. The importance of understanding basic methods used in biochemical laboratory. 4. Clinical-diagnostic significance of defining certain biochemical parameters in bodily liquids and secretions (blood serum, saliva, urine). 5. Biochemical composition and mechanism of saliva secretion and development of dental plaque. 6. Biochemical mechanisms of development of mouth cavity diseases (dental caries and paradontopathy).
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Snežana Pantović, PhD, Associate Professor Aleksandra Klisić, PHD, Assistant Professor
Methodology	Lectures, exercises, seminar papers, consultations, colloquiums, discussion and e-learning.

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Introduction in Biochemistry. Enzymology - part 1.
I week exercises	/
II week lectures	Enzymology - part 2.
II week exercises	Being introduced to laboratory work; collecting and processing biological materials.
III week lectures	Biological oxidation and respiratory chain
III week exercises	Enzymology - Determination of amylase activity.
IV week lectures	Metabolism of carbohydrates - part 1
IV week exercises	Enzymology - Determination of AST, ALT and CK activity.
V week lectures	Metabolism of carbohydrates - part 2
V week exercises	Enzymology - Determination of LDH, GGT and ALP activity.
VI week lectures	Metabolism of lipids - part 1
VI week exercises	Carbohydrates - Determination of serum glucose concentration.
VII week lectures	Metabolism of lipids - part 2
VII week exercises	Lipids - Determination of serum total cholesterol, triglycerides and HDL concentrations.
VIII week lectures	Metabolism of proteins - part 1. Colloquium 1.
VIII week exercises	Proteins - Determination of total proteins and albumin concentration. Infection - Determination of fibrinogen and CRP concentration.
IX week lectures	Metabolism of proteins - part 2. Colloquium 1 - corrective.
IX week exercises	Non-protein nitrogen substances - Determination of urea, creatinine and uric acid concentration.
X week lectures	Biochemistry of hormones - part 1
X week exercises	Bilirubin - Determination of total and direct bilirubin concentration.
XI week lectures	Biochemistry of hormones - part 2
XI week exercises	Electrolytes - Determination of sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium and phosphorus concentration.
XII week lectures	Mechanism of secretion of saliva. Biochemical composition of saliva.
XII week exercises	Urine - Biochemical analysis
XIII week lectures	Biochemical composition of dental tissues. Colloquium 2.
XIII week exercises	Urine - Sediment
XIV week lectures	Biochemistry of dental plaque. Colloquium 2 - corrective.
XIV week exercises	Biochemical properties of saliva
XV week lectures	Biochemical basis of caries and paradontopathy
XV week exercises	Visit to laboratory of Clinical Center of Montenegro

Student workload	Per week: 6 points x 40/30 = 8 hours Structure: 3 hours lectures; 2 hours exercises; 1 hour paper; 2 hours self-study
Per week	Per semester
6 credits x 40/30=8 hours and 0 minuts 4 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 2 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =128 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =16 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 6 x 30=180 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 36 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 128 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 16 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 36 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	The student is obliged to regularly attend theoretical classes and exercises; to work colloquiums, to do seminar work and to take practical and final exams.
Consultations	Wednesday, 10-12h.
Literature	1. T.Todorović, I.Dožić, Opšta i oralna biohemija,Čigoja,Beograd 2012; 2. S. Pantović, I. Dožić - Priručnik za laboratorijsku dijagnostiku, Podgorica, 2017.
Examination methods	Maximum 100 points in the course General and Oral Biochemistry is arranged so that the pre-examination obligations are 50 points and the final exam is 50 points, as follows: 1. Presence on theoretical lectures and activity - max. 5 points 2. Presence of
Special remarks	Pass mark is based on cummulatively collected 50 credits.
Comment	Students get their schedule of seminar papers at their first lecture.

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / GENERAL AND ORAL HISTOLOGY AND EMBRIOLOGY

Course:

GENERAL AND ORAL HISTOLOGY AND EMBRIOLOGY/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
4828	Obavezan	2	8	2+2+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	None
Aims	To learn microscopic techniques, prepare histological slides, to get familiar with the structure of human tissues and organs, especially oral cavity.
Learning outcomes	Having finnished the two-semester course and passed the exam in the course General and oral histology and embryology, the student of Dentistry should have the following learning outcomes: 1. Recognizes the morphological characteristics of the cells and tissues of the human organism and connects them to their function. 2. Knows the mechanisms and modalities of the integration of same and different kinds of cellsinto larger morphological structures , as well as specific organization of the extracellular matrix. 3. Analyzes the histological preparations by the method of light microscopy, describes the methodology of making histological preparations. 4. The capability of recognizing and defining the histological characteristics of tissues of the human organism. 5. The capability of describing the basic principles of osteogenesis and organogenesis and knows the regulatory mechanisms involved in embryonic and fetal development. 6. Ability to recognize and describe all microscopic structures of the cells and tissue of the oral cavity and knows the principles of their embryonic development. 7. The capability of using acquired knowledge in histology and embryology to understand the function of the human organism and the etiology and pathogenesis of the disease of the orofacial region at the cellular level.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Associate Professor Ljiljana Vučković, MD and Teaching assistants
Methodology	Lecturers, exercises, seminars, tests, pre exam exercise

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Introduction to Histology. Methodology of histological slide preparation.
I week exercises	MIcroscopic techniques. Methodology of histological slide preparation.
II week lectures	Cytology
II week exercises	Cytology
III week lectures	Epithelial tissues
III week exercises	Epithelial tissues
IV week lectures	Epithelial tissues
IV week exercises	Epithelial tissues
V week lectures	Connective tissues (embrional and adult connective tissues)
V week exercises	Connective tissues (embrional and adult connective tissues)
VI week lectures	Connective tissue (Cartilage)
VI week exercises	Connective tissue (Cartilage)
VII week lectures	Connective tissue (Bone)
VII week exercises	Connective tissue (Bone)
VIII week lectures	Bone marrow, hematopoesis and blood
VIII week exercises	Bone marrow, hematopoesis and blood
IX week lectures	Muscle tissues
IX week exercises	Muscle tissues
X week lectures	Nervous tissue
X week exercises	Nervous tissue
XI week lectures	Embriology
XI week exercises	Embriology
XII week lectures	Male and female reproductive system
XII week exercises	Male and female reproductive system
XIII week lectures	Circulatory systema and development
XIII week exercises	Circulatory system
XIV week lectures	Respiratory system and development
XIV week exercises	Respiratory system
XV week lectures	Urinary system and development
XV week exercises	Urinary system
XVI week lectures	Endocrine system and development
XVI week exercises	Endocrine system
XVII week lectures	Skin, senses and development
XVII week exercises	Skin and senses
XVIII week lectures	Nervous system and development
XVIII week exercises	Nervous system
XIX week lectures	Digestive system and development
XIX week exercises	Digestive system
XX week lectures	Immune system, lymphatic organs and development
XX week exercises	Lymphatic organs
XXI week lectures	Development of the face and oral cavity
XXI week exercises	Development of the face and oral cavity (seminar)
XXII week lectures	Development and growth of teeth
XXII week exercises	Development of teeth
XXIII week lectures	Development of tooth root
XXIII week exercises	Tooth root
XXIV week lectures	Salivary glands
XXIV week exercises	Salivary glands
XXV week lectures	Dentin and dental pulp
XXV week exercises	Dentin and dental pulp
XXVI week lectures	Enamel
XXVI week exercises	Enamel
XXVII week lectures	Cementum and periodontium
XXVII week exercises	Cementum and periodontium
XXVIII week lectures	Alveolar bone, gingiva
XXVIII week exercises	Alveolar bone, gingiva
XXIX week lectures	Oral mucosa, temporomandibular joint, maxillary sinus
XXIX week exercises	Oral mucosa
XXX week lectures	Nadokanada
XXX week exercises	Additional lectures

Student workload	Weekly: 4 credits x40/30 = 5.33 hours, structure of load: 2 hours of lectures, 2 hours of exercises, 1.33 hours individual work
Per week	Per semester
8 credits x 40/30=10 hours and 40 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =170 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =21 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 8 x 30=240 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 48 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 170 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 21 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 48 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Students are obligated to attend theorethical and practical trainings, prepare seminar, pass tests and final exam
Consultations	Lecturer and Teaching assistents will organise consultations with students once a week, in the period which will be defined at the beginning of the academic year
Literature	Lačković V, Nikolić I, Todorović V. Osnovna i oralna histologija i embriologija. 3rd ed. Data status: Belgrade; 2019. Danilović V, Radujković Kuburović G. Oralna histologija i embriologija. Zavod za udžbenike: Belgrade; 2012. Nikolić I. Embriologija čoveka. Data status: Belgrade; 2018.
Examination methods	Tests: 4x10 points; Seminar= 5 points, Attendance=5 points, Final exam=50 points. Passed exam means cumulatively 50 points and more
Special remarks	None
Comment	None

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / PREVENTIVE DENTISTRY I

Course:

PREVENTIVE DENTISTRY I/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
4832	Obavezan	3	4	2+2+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	No conditionality
Aims	Getting to know the causes of oral diseases and the means and methods for their prevention. Mastering the skills to be applied in the prevention of dental diseases.
Learning outcomes	After finishing one-semester course and passing exam in Preventive Dentistry I, dental student should possess the following learning outcomes : 1. Identifies and explains the biological mechanisms of protection of the oral cavity. 2. Knows and explains the most common etiology, pathophysiology of oral diseases (caries, periodontal disease, oral cancer, orthodontic anomalies , injuries) . 3. Knows and explains the complex interaction of oral and general health as well as a number of common risk factors ( diet, bad habits - smoking, alcohol, drugs, drug use). 4. Knows the diagnosis and procedure for making intraoral mouth-guards. 5.He/she is competent to assume the correct position and using mirror and probe in the review of the patient. 6. He/she is competent to diagnose the presence of soft deposits on the teeth and make them mechanically removed. 7.He/she is competent to diagnose the presence of hard deposits on teeth and master the manual and mechanical removal.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Assis Prof Snežana Matijević Assis Prof Mirjana Đuričković Dr Aleksandar Brajović
Methodology	Lectures, exercises, seminars, colloquia

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Introduction to Preventive Dentistry
I week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
II week lectures	Social-medical aspects of oral diseases
II week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
III week lectures	Oral homeostasis (balance)
III week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
IV week lectures	Dental plaque
IV week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
V week lectures	Etiology of dental caries
V week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
VI week lectures	Pathogenesis of early carious lesions of enamel - a white patch
VI week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
VII week lectures	Dental erosion
VII week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
VIII week lectures	Preventing injuries of mouth and teeth
VIII week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
IX week lectures	Prevention of periodontal disease
IX week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
X week lectures	Prevention of Oral Cancer
X week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
XI week lectures	Strategies in preventing oral diseases
XI week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
XII week lectures	Promotion of Oral Health
XII week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
XIII week lectures	Health education in dentistry
XIII week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
XIV week lectures	School dental care
XIV week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
XV week lectures	Programme dental care
XV week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture

Student workload	Load students (week): 5 credits x 40/30 = 6.6 hours Structure: 2 hour lectures 2 hours of exercises 1 hour seminar Load students (semester): Teaching and the final exam (6.6 hx 16 h = 105.6). Necessary preparation (before semester enrollment, etc ...) 2h x 6.6 = 13.2 Total load: 5 x 30 = 150 h Additional work 31.2h Structure of load 105.6 + 13.2 + 31.2 = 150 h 2.6 hours of independent work
Per week	Per semester
4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	The presence of lectures (1 hour per week) and exercises (2 hours) per week is required. During the semester, the student is required to do a research paper.
Consultations	The teacher and associates held consultations with students once a week, in the period that is defined at the beginning of the semester.
Literature	Vulović M. : Preventive dentistry, Elit Medica, Beograd 2002. Carević M, Ivanović M, Preventive dentistry, Faculty of Dentistry, Belgrade, 2016. Harris NO, Garcia-Godoy F. Primary preventive dentistry. 6th ed. Upper Saddle River, New Jersey: Pearson Education, Inc.; 2004.
Examination methods	Colloquia= 2 x 20 points Seminarskii work = 10 points Final exam = 50 points Passing grade gets the cumulative gather min 50 points
Special remarks	Compulsory subject, narrowly professional subject
Comment	No

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / GENERAL AND ORAL PHYSIOLOGY

Course:

GENERAL AND ORAL PHYSIOLOGY/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
4836	Obavezan	4	10	3+1.5+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	None.
Aims	Students will learn functional relationship among organ systems, regulatory and control mechanisms that govern adaptation of human body to changes in the internal and external environment.
Learning outcomes	After finishing two semester course and passing exam in General and oral physiology, the student should achieve the following learning outcomes and should: GENERAL AND ORAL PHYSIOLOGY: 1. know the functions of organ systems, and how they interact in the organism as a whole. 2. be able to explain how physiological responses of organ systems relate to their anatomical and histological characteristics, and their biochemical status. 3. know regulatory and compensatory mechanisms that control the function of organ systems. 4. understand the logic and interpret cause and effect relationships in interactions between systems of organs. 5. know general mechanisms in the human body essential adaptation and survival. 6. understand physiological interactions between the organism as a whole and functions of orofacial system. BIOPHYSICS: 1. know methods which are used in studying of physical phenomena. 2. are able to explain physical basics of functioning particular organs in the human body. 3. know the functional connections between the organ systems and physical conditions of inner and outer environment. 4. understand the logic of cause and effect relationships in biophysical interactions. 5. be able to apply the adopted knowledge in the area of biophysics.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Prof. dr Nataša Popović
Methodology	This course uses Moodle as a web-based course management system. Teaching is conducted in the form of blended learning. We have face-to-face lectures, lab, seminar presentations, and consultations. They are combined with on-line and computer-mediated delivery of educational material, videos, lab simulations, and tests. Final evaluation is conducted as an oral exam.

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Organization of classes. Introduction to general and oral physiology.
I week exercises	None.
II week lectures	Homeostatic mechanisms. Cell membrane and transport through the cell membrane.
II week exercises	Erythrocytes in solutions of different osmolarity. Osmotic resistance.
III week lectures	Membrane potential. Action potential. Contraction of skeletal muscle. Excitation of skeletal muscle. Excitation and contraction of smooth muscle.
III week exercises	Physiology of excitable tissues. Resting membrane potential and action potential. Preparation of neuromuscular preparation. Differentiation of stimuli on a neuro-muscular preparation.
IV week lectures	Organization of the nervous system. CNS synapses and synaptic transmission.
IV week exercises	The influence of changes in the concentration of electrolytes in the extracellular fluid on the excitability of the neuromuscular preparation.
V week lectures	Physiology of the sensory system. Signal processing in the cortex. General somatic sensibility. Physiology of pain.
V week exercises	The effect of local anesthetic on the excitability of the neuromuscular preparation.
VI week lectures	Eye: Dioptric apparatus. Retina. Signal processing in the cortex. Sense of smell and taste.
VI week exercises	Test 1.
VII week lectures	Sense of hearing, balance.
VII week exercises	Simple and complex muscle contraction. The influence of stimulus intensity on the muscle contraction force.
VIII week lectures	Organization of the motor system. Sensorimotor programs of the spinal cord. Spinal cord reflexes. Cortex and brainstem in the control of motor function.
VIII week exercises	Reflex arc analysis. Examining the reflex activity of the spinal cord.
IX week lectures	Autonomous nerve system. Adrenal medulla.
IX week exercises	Clinically important reflexes.
X week lectures	Basal ganglia and cerebellum. Cerebral cortex. Neurophysiological mechanisms of learning and memory. The limbic system. Hypothalamus. Organization of behavior. Wakefulness-sleep.
X week exercises	Erythrocyte count. Hematocrit. Hematological indices.
XI week lectures	Erythrocytes. Blood type. Hemostasis.
XI week exercises	Clotting time and bleeding time. Determination of blood type.
XII week lectures	Non-specific immunity. Specific immunity and immune system.
XII week exercises	Leukocyte count. Absolute and relative leukocyte formula.
XIII week lectures	Seminar presentations: Selected topics from general and oral physiology.
XIII week exercises	Test 2.
XIV week lectures	Seminar presentations: Selected topics from general and oral physiology.
XIV week exercises	Make up tests 1 and 2.
XV week lectures	Consultations.
XV week exercises	None.
XVI week lectures	Respiration: mechanics of pulmonary ventilation. Functions of respiratory passages, reflex of cough and sneeze. Pulmonary volumes and capacities. Alveolar ventilation, circulation of blood in the lung. Respiratory membrane and gas exchange. Solubility of gases in water.
XVI week exercises	None.
XVII week lectures	Transport of oxygen from the lungs to body tissues. Dissociation of oxyhemoglobin. Transport of CO2. Acid- base balance. Regulation of respiration. Respiration during the exercise and at the high altitude. (Guyton, unit VII and VIII)
XVII week exercises	Mechanics of pulmonary ventilation. Spirometry. Pulmonary volumes and capacities. (M. Drecun et al.)
XVIII week lectures	Physiology and organization of cardiovascular system (CVS). Heart as a pump. Conduction system of the heart. Action potential of the cardiac muscle cell. Electrocardiogram (ECG). (Guyton, unit III)
XVIII week exercises	Conduction system of the heart. Stanius ligatures. (M. Drecun et al.)
XIX week lectures	Heart cycle. Heart sounds. Polycardiogram. Stroke volume, cardiac output, and their regulation. Hemodynamics. Pressure, flow and resistance. Viscosity and hematocrit. (Guyton, unit III and IV).
XIX week exercises	Test 3.
XX week lectures	Overview of circulation. Blood pressure. Capillary pressure. Interstitial fluid. (Guyton, Unit IV)
XX week exercises	ECG. Auscultation of the heart sounds.
XXI week lectures	Neural and humoral control of blood flow. Sympathetic nervous system in the control of blood distribution. Cardiac output, venous return. Rapid control of blood pressure. (Guyton, unit IV)
XXI week exercises	Measuring blood pressure. Evaluation of the pulse quality.
XXII week lectures	Kidney, nephron, basic principles of function. Glomerular filtration and its regulation. Tubular reabsorption. Peritubular vascular network. Henley s loop. Concentration and dilution of tubular fluid. (Guyton, unit V)
XXII week exercises	Biochemical analysis of urine. Microscopic examination of urine sediment. Evaluation of kidney function. (Đ. Sterio et al.)
XXIII week lectures	Role of kidneys in maintenance of extracellular fluid volume. Long term control of blood pressure. Regulation of extracellular fluid osmolarity. Acid-base regulation. (Guyton, units IV and V)
XXIII week exercises	Digestion in the mouth. Saliva- composition and function. (Đ. Sterio et al.)
XXIV week lectures	Energetics. Formation of ATP. Metabolism. Physiology of gastrointestinal tract (GIT), structure and function. Motility and enteric plexus. (Guyton, units XII, XIII)
XXIV week exercises	Digestion in the stomach and the intestine. (Đ. Sterio et al.)
XXV week lectures	Secretion, digestion and absorption in GIT. (Guyton, unit XII)
XXV week exercises	Test 4.
XXVI week lectures	Endocrinology. Mechanisms of action of hormones. Regulation of hormone secretion. Pituitary hormones and their control by hypothalamus. Growth hormone. Adrenocortical hormones. Stress. Thyroid and parathyroid hormones. (Guyton, unit XIV)
XXVI week exercises	Review.
XXVII week lectures	Sex hormones. Insulin, glucagon- endocrine pancreas. Hormones in regulation of metabolism of Ca++ and phosphates. (Guyton, unit XIV)
XXVII week exercises	Test 5.
XXVIII week lectures	Conslutations.
XXVIII week exercises	Make up tests 3, 4 and 5.
XXIX week lectures	Consultations.
XXIX week exercises	Pre-exam review session.
XXX week lectures
XXX week exercises	Pre-exam review session.

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
10 credits x 40/30=13 hours and 20 minuts 3 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 8 hour(s) i 50 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =213 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =26 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 10 x 30=300 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 60 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 213 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 26 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 60 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Regular attendance of face-to-face lectures, seminars and labs. Showing adequate knowledge improvement after each lab. Taking 2 tests during the winter semester and 3 tests during the summer semester.
Consultations	As arranged with the instructor.
Literature	1. Hall J, Guyton A. Guyton i Hall: Medicinska fiziologija - udžbenik. 13th ed. Beograd: DATA STATUS; 2019. 2. Costanzo L. Physiology. 6th ed. Philadelphia, PA: Wolters Kluwer Health; 2015. 3. Drecun M. Praktikum iz fiziologije. Zvornik: Papirus; 2003. 4. Sterio Đ. Praktikum iz fiziologije. Novi Sad: Medicinski fakultet; 2014. 5. Zao P, Stabler T, Smith L, Lokuta A, Griff E. PhysioEx 9.1: Laboratory Simulations in Physiology with 9.1 Update. 1st ed. Boston, MA: Pearson Education; 2014. 6. Dubin D. Brza interpretacija EKG. Beograd: Naša Knjiga; 2002.
Examination methods	Attendance of lectures Attendance of lab. Five tests during the course of 2 semesters. Seminar presentation. Final exam.
Special remarks	None.
Comment	None.

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / GENERAL PATHOLOGY

Course:

GENERAL PATHOLOGY/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
4837	Obavezan	3	2	1+1+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	No conditionality
Aims	Gaining knowledge about basic histopathological characteristics of various diseases
Learning outcomes	After finishing the course and passing the exam in General Pathology, the student of dentistry should acquire the following learning outcomes: 1. Recognizes the essential characteristics of the general pathological processes. 2. Recognizes the basic characteristics of certain pathological processes. 3. Discloses the morphological and functional disorders in the general context of pathological manifestations. 4. Differs morphological and functional disturbances of organs, organ systems and whole-body. 5. Has abilities that relate to sampling for histological processing, fixing samples, laboratory procedure, macroscopic and microscopic analysis, histopathological methods and autopsy techniques. 6. Possesses the ability to communicate between the physician-pathologist, pathologist - patient. 7. Correlates the pathological diagnosis with the resulting symptoms, prognostic and predictive factors.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Prof. dr Mileta Golubović, Prof. dr Filip Vukmirović , dr Mirjana Miladinović and dr Dragana Latić
Methodology	Lectures, microscopic and macroscopic exercises, consultations

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Introduction to pathology
I week exercises	Introduction to pathology
II week lectures	Inflammation and reparations
II week exercises	Inflammation and reparations
III week lectures	Inflammation and reparations
III week exercises	Inflammation and reparations
IV week lectures	Disorders of hemodynamics
IV week exercises	Disorders of hemodynamics
V week lectures	Neoplasia
V week exercises	Neoplasia
VI week lectures	Neoplasia
VI week exercises	Neoplasia
VII week lectures	Pathology of the cardiovascular system
VII week exercises	Pathology of the cardiovascular system
VIII week lectures	Pathology of the lungs
VIII week exercises	Pathology of the lungs
IX week lectures	Pathology of of the digestive system
IX week exercises	Pathology of of the digestive system
X week lectures	Pathology of of the digestive system
X week exercises	Pathology of of the digestive system
XI week lectures	Pathology of the hepatobiliary tract
XI week exercises	Pathology of the hepatobiliary tract
XII week lectures	Pathology of the urinary system
XII week exercises	Pathology of the urinary system
XIII week lectures	Pathology of the endocrine system
XIII week exercises	Pathology of the endocrine system
XIV week lectures	Pathology CNS and peripheral nerves
XIV week exercises	Pathology CNS and peripheral nerves
XV week lectures	Pathology of of the lymphatic system
XV week exercises	Pathology of of the lymphatic system

Student workload	Per semester Teaching and the final exam (2.6 hx 16 = 41.6 h). Necessary preparation before semester (enrollment,certification ...) 2h x 2.6 = 5.2 h. Total workload: 2 x 30 = 60 h.Additional work 13.2 h. Hours structure41.6 h + 5.2 h + 13.2 h = 60 h
Per week	Per semester
2 credits x 40/30=2 hours and 40 minuts 1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 0 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =42 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =5 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 2 x 30=60 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 42 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Weekly 2 credits x 40/30 = 2.6 hours. Structure: 1 hour lecture 1 hour exercise
Consultations	1 hour and 33 min. individual work, including consultations
Literature	Robbins Basic Pathology, Vinay Kumar, Abul K. Abbas, Nelson Fausto, Richard N. Mitchell. Robbins and Cotran Atlas of Pathology, Edward C Klat. Histopathology: A Color Atlas and Textbook, Damjanov Ivan. Patologija za stomatologe, Budakov P. Patologija, Iva
Examination methods	2 tests - each up to 20 points requirement for verification of the semester is 16 points for each test . Presence lectures to 5 points, the presence of exercises to 5 points. Final exam 51 points.
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / DENTAL MATERIALS

Course:

DENTAL MATERIALS/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
4838	Obavezan	4	2	2++0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	No prerequisites required
Aims	The aim of the course is to acquaint students with basic characteristics of dental materials, their biocompatibility and properties of use
Learning outcomes	Upon completion of one-semester course and passing the dental materials exam , a dental student should have the following learning outcomes: 1. Describes mechanical, physical, chemical and biological properties of dental materials. 2. Recognizes a variety of dental materials and specifies their use. 3. Describse the performance of dental materials (working time, setting time, mixing time).
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Assis. Prof Jasminka Anđelić Prof. dr Jovan Mirković Prof. dr Željko Jaćimović
Methodology	Lectures, exercises, consultations, progress tests, final exam

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Standards of dental materials, biocompatibility, chemical elements important for dental materials, chemical bonds
I week exercises
II week lectures	Bonding reaction of dental materials and corrosion
II week exercises
III week lectures	Chemistry of impression materials and filling materials
III week exercises
IV week lectures	Intermolecular forces and loading of the material
IV week exercises
V week lectures	Characteristics and viscosity of the material
V week exercises
VI week lectures	The behavior of material under heat and adhesion
VI week exercises
VII week lectures	Cements and dental amalgam
VII week exercises
VIII week lectures	Composite materials and temporary filling materials
VIII week exercises
IX week lectures	Materials in endodontics and non-elastic impression materials
IX week exercises
X week lectures	Elastic impression material and materials for making working models
X week exercises
XI week lectures	Materials for making restoration models and refractory materials
XI week exercises
XII week lectures	Acrylic resins, structure, properties, processing of metals and alloys
XII week exercises
XIII week lectures	Dental alloys and ceramic materials
XIII week exercises
XIV week lectures	Materials for treatment and polishing, materials for dental implants and orthodontics
XIV week exercises
XV week lectures	Materials in periodontics and maxillofacial surgery
XV week exercises

Student workload	2 hours of lecture per week
Per week	Per semester
2 credits x 40/30=2 hours and 40 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 0 excercises 0 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =42 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =5 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 2 x 30=60 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 42 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Exercises are not included in the curriculum
Consultations	Consultations are provided by the lecturer on request
Literature	Martinović Ž. Stamenković D. - Stomatološki materijali, Zavod za udžbenike i nastavna sredstva Beograd 2003. godine.
Examination methods	1 progress test 20 points Seminar paper 20 points Lecture attendance 9 points Final exam 51 points
Special remarks	Minimum passing score is 50 points
Comment	Additional information can be obtained from the lecturer, a head of the study programme and vice-dean for academic affairs

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / PRECLINICAL DENTAL PROTHETICS

Course:

PRECLINICAL DENTAL PROTHETICS/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
4839	Obavezan	4	9	1+3+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	No
Aims	Mastering theoretical and practical knowledge necessary to produce complete dentures, partial plate dentures, partial dentures and skeleterine fixed restorations
Learning outcomes	After completing two semestral course and passing the exam in Dental prosthetics -Preclinic, dental student should possess the following learning outcomes: 1. Knows and explains the laboratory phase in making total dentures. 2. Knows and explains the types and classification edentulousness, structural parts and laboratory phases in the development plate denture and partial dentures. 3. Knows types, importance and use of dental parallelometer and articulators. 4. Analyzes the models for studies in parallelometer and articulator. 5. Knows and explains the types of fixed dental restorations and phase in making complete cast crowns, facetted crowns, metal-ceramic crowns and dental bridges with a focus on laboratory phase in the making. 6. Integrates the acquired knowledge and has been educated for further education in the mobile and fixed dental prosthetics.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Prof Ivica Stančić Dr Biljana Milošević Dr zorica Stanišić
Methodology	Lectures, exercises, seminars and colloquia

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	General terms of complete dentures
I week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures.
II week lectures	Anatomical imprint
II week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures.
III week lectures	Functional imprint
III week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures.
IV week lectures	Preparation of working models
IV week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures.
V week lectures	The formation of occlusal pattern
V week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures.
VI week lectures	Determining the position of teeth in people with eugnathic jaw relations
VI week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures.
VII week lectures	Determining the position of the posterior teeth in persons with eugnathic jaw relations
VII week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures.
VIII week lectures	A preliminary set of artificial teeth
VIII week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures.
IX week lectures	Definitive tooth setup
IX week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures.
X week lectures	Final procedures in making prosthesis
X week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures.
XI week lectures	Reparature, korekture i podlaganja totalnih proteza
XI week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures.
XII week lectures	An immediate complete denture
XII week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures.
XIII week lectures	Overdentures complete denture
XIII week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures.
XIV week lectures	Complete denture - base reinforced with metal skeleton
XIV week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures.
XV week lectures	Exercises follow the lectures.
XV week exercises	Repeat
XVI week lectures
XVI week exercises
XVII week lectures
XVII week exercises
XVIII week lectures
XVIII week exercises
XIX week lectures
XIX week exercises
XX week lectures
XX week exercises
XXI week lectures
XXI week exercises
XXII week lectures
XXII week exercises
XXIII week lectures
XXIII week exercises
XXIV week lectures
XXIV week exercises
XXV week lectures
XXV week exercises
XXVI week lectures
XXVI week exercises
XXVII week lectures
XXVII week exercises
XXVIII week lectures
XXVIII week exercises
XXIX week lectures
XXIX week exercises
XXX week lectures
XXX week exercises

Student workload	Students' (Weekly): 4.5 credits x 40/30 = 6 hours Structure: 1 hour lecture 3 exercises 1 hour seminar 1 hour of individual work Load students (semester): Teaching and the final exam (6 hx 16 = 96 h). Necessary preparation (before semester enrollment, etc ...) 2h x 6 = 12 Total load: 4.5 x 30 = 135 h Additional work: 27 h The structure of the load 96 + 12 + 27 = 135 h
Per week	Per semester
9 credits x 40/30=12 hours and 0 minuts 1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 3 excercises 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =192 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 9 x 30=270 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 54 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 192 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 54 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	The presence of theoretical and practical training is mandatory.
Consultations	The teacher and associates held consultations with students once a week, in the period that is defined at the beginning of the semester.
Literature	A group of authors – Stomatološka protetika – pretklinika, Zavod za udžbenike i nastavna sredstva Beograd 1995.god. Grupa Autora – Stomatološki materijali, Zavod za udžbenike i nastavna sredstva Beograd 2003.god.
Examination methods	Colloquium = 2 x 20 points Seminar = 9 points Final exam = 51 points Passing grade gets the cumulative gather min 50 points
Special remarks	No
Comment	No

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / PREVENTIVE DENTISTRY II

Course:

PREVENTIVE DENTISTRY II/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
4841	Obavezan	4	4	2+2+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	no conditionality
Aims	Mastering the methods of diagnosing risk for oral diseases, the methodology of epidemiological research in dentistry and the application of prophylactic measures to preserve oral health
Learning outcomes	After completing two semesters of teaching and passing the exam in Preventive Dentistry II, dental student should possess the following learning outcomes: 1. Knows and explains the role of nutrition in general and oral health. 2. Knows , and explains the proper use of fluoride in caries prevention. 3. Knows the correct methods used for the diagnosis and exclusion of risk for oral disease. 4. Knows and properly used basic and auxiliary products to perform oral hygiene. 5. Knows , and explains the methods used prophylactic sealing of fissures and preventive fillings. 6. Knows, explains and applies the methods of preventive and interceptive orthodontics.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Assis Prof Snežana Matijević Assis Prof Mirjana Đuričković Dr aleksandar Brajović
Methodology	Lectures,exercises,colloquia, seminars

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Nutrition and Oral Health
I week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
II week lectures	Impact carbohydrates on teeth
II week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
III week lectures	Fluoride and oral health
III week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
IV week lectures	Mechanism of action of fluoride
IV week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
V week lectures	Application of fluoride in caries prevention
V week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
VI week lectures	Basic conditions for performing oral hygiene
VI week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
VII week lectures	Basic means for performing oral hygiene
VII week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
VIII week lectures	Auxiliaries for performing oral hygiene
VIII week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
IX week lectures	Brushing technique
IX week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
X week lectures	Prophylactic measures in prevention of oral diseases
X week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
XI week lectures	Haemoprophylaxis oral diseases
XI week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
XII week lectures	Diagnostics risk of cavities
XII week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture,
XIII week lectures	Diagnostics risk of periodontal disease
XIII week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
XIV week lectures	Preventive and interceptive orthopedics
XIV week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
XV week lectures	Epidemiological studies in dentistry
XV week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture

Student workload	oad students (week): 3 credits x 40/30 = 4 hours Structure: 1 hour lecture 2 hours of exercises 1 hour seminar Load students (semester): Teaching and the final exam (4 hx 16 = 64 h). Necessary preparation (before semester enrollment, etc ...) 2h x 4 = 8 Total load: 3 * 30 = 90 h Additional work: 18 h The structure of the load 64 + 8 + 18 = 90 h
Per week	Per semester
4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	The presence of lectures (1 hour per week) and exercises (2 hours) per week is required. During the semester, the student is required to do a research paper.
Consultations	The teacher and associates held consultations with students once a week, in the period that is defined at the beginning of the semester.
Literature	Vulović M. I saradnici: Preventive dentistry. Elit Medica, Belgrade,2002. Carević M, Ivanović M, Preventive dentistry. Faculty of Dentistry, Belgrade, 2016. Harris NO, Garcia-Godoy F. Primary preventive dentistry. 6th ed. Upper Saddle River, New Jersey: Pearson Education, Inc.; 2004.
Examination methods	2 control tests for practical exercises = 10 + 10 = 20 Seminar = 10 points colloquia= 1 x 20 points Final exam = 51 points Passing grade gets the cumulative gather min 50 points
Special remarks	Compulsory subject, narrowly professional subject
Comment	No

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / ORAL PATHOLOGY

Course:

ORAL PATHOLOGY/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
4842	Obavezan	4	4	3+2+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	Established of rules of study Medical School
Aims	Acquisition of knowledge about of pathological changes in cells, tissues, organs and organism, and the correlation with other characteristics of disease
Learning outcomes	After completed of teaching, the student must have the following skills: 1. recognizes the essential characteristics of the general pathological processes 2. recognizes the basic characteristics of certain pathological processes 3. discloses the morphological and functional disorders in the general context of pathological manifestations 4. differs morphological and functional disturbances of organs, organ systems and whole-body 5. has abilities that relate to sampling for histological processing, fixing samples, laboratory procedure, macroscopic and microscopic analysis, histopathological methods and autopsy techniques. 6. possess the ability to communicate between the physician-pathologist, pathologist - patient. 7. correlated with the pathological diagnosis of the resulting symptoms, prognostic and predictive factors.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Prof. dr Mileta Golubović, Prof. dr Filip Vukmirović, Dr sc. Mirjana Miladinović, Dr sc. Dragana Latić
Methodology	Lectures, exercises, consultations

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Introduction to Oral Pathology
I week exercises	Introduction to Oral Pathology
II week lectures	Diseases of the dental tissues, pulp and periapical regions
II week exercises	Diseases of the dental tissues, pulp and periapical regions
III week lectures	Periodontal disease
III week exercises	Periodontal disease
IV week lectures	Inflammatory lesions of the oral mucosa
IV week exercises	Inflammatory lesions of the oral mucosa
V week lectures	Granulomatous inflammation
V week exercises	Granulomatous inflammation
VI week lectures	Cysts orofacial region
VI week exercises	Cysts orofacial region
VII week lectures	Pathology the salivary glands
VII week exercises	Pathology the salivary glands
VIII week lectures	Pathology the salivary glands
VIII week exercises	Pathology the salivary glands
IX week lectures	Odontogenic tumors
IX week exercises	Odontogenic tumors
X week lectures	Pathology epithelial surface
X week exercises	Pathology epithelial surface
XI week lectures	Soft Tissue Pathology
XI week exercises	Soft Tissue Pathology
XII week lectures	Pathology bones
XII week exercises	Pathology bones
XIII week lectures	Pathology of lymphoid tissue
XIII week exercises	Pathology of lymphoid tissue
XIV week lectures	Bacterial, viral and fungal infections
XIV week exercises	Bacterial, viral and fungal infections
XV week lectures	Developmental defects in orofacial region
XV week exercises	Developmental defects in orofacial region

Student workload	Weekly 4 credits x 40/30 = 5.3 hours structure: 2 hours for teaching,1 seminar and 2 hours of exercises
Per week	Per semester
4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts 3 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 0 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Per semester Teaching and the final exam (5.3 x 16 = 84.8 h). Necessary preparation before semester (enrollment, cercification ...) 2h x 5.3 = 10.6 h.Total workload: 4 x 30 = 120 h. Additional hours 24.6h. Hours structure 84.8 h + 10.6 h + 24.6 h = 120 h
Consultations	2 hours and 33 minutes. individual work, including consultations
Literature	Robbins Basic Pathology, Vinay Kumar, Abul K. Abbas, Nelson Fausto, Richard N. Mitchell. Robbins and Cotran Atlas of Pathology, Edward C Klat. Histopathology: A Color Atlas and Textbook, Damjanov Ivan. Patologija za stomatologe, Budakov P. Odontogeni tumo
Examination methods	2 tests - each up to 10 points. Presence lectures and exercises to 10 points. Final exam 51 points
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / PHARMACOLOGY

Course:

PHARMACOLOGY/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
4843	Obavezan	4	4	3+1+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	There is no conditionality.
Aims	Acquiring knowledge on the pharmacodynamic and pharmacokinetic characteristics of the drug, with a special emphasis on drugs which apply in dentistry. Connecting pharmacological effects of the drug with its indications and contraindications. Anticipating and identifying the most common adverse effects and interactions of drugs in dental practice. Knowledge of the most important pharmacological properties of drugs of importance to dentistry.
Learning outcomes	After finishing one semester of study and passing an examination in Pharmacology, a dental students should possess the following outcomes: 1. Define the mechanisms of action and the pharmacological effects of drugs that are applied in dentistry, as well as drugs of importance to dentistry. 2. Describe the fate of drug in the human body (absorption, distribution, metabolism, excretion), with special emphasis on drugs which are applied in dentistry. 3. Define the methods of administration of drugs and compare their advantages and limitations, with special emphasis on the drugs that are used in dentistry. 4. Connect the pharmacological effects of drugs that are applied in dentistry with their indications and contraindications. 5. Predict and recognize the most common side effects and interactions of drugs that are applied in dentistry. 6. Adduce the most important pharmacological characteristics of drugs of importance to dentistry. Powered by
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Prof. Nataša Duborija-Kovačević, MD, PhD; Jana Djapić, MD, teaching assistant; Slobodanka Marojevic, MD, professional assistant. MD, teaching assistant.
Methodology	Lectures, exercises, seminars, consultations.

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	The subject and method of pharmacology. The mechanism of action of drugs.
I week exercises	Definition and classification of drugs.
II week lectures	The quantitative characteristics of the effects of the drug. Pharmacokinetics.
II week exercises	Basic terms in pharmacology.
III week lectures	General anesthetics.
III week exercises	Methods of application of medicines. Local (intraoral and extraoral) application of drugs. Examples.
IV week lectures	Local anesthetics.
IV week exercises	Systemic administration of drugs. Examples.
V week lectures	Anxiolytics, hypnotics and sedatives.
V week exercises	Solid forms of drugs I. Examples.
VI week lectures	Analgoantipyretics.
VI week exercises	Solid forms of drugs II. Examples.
VII week lectures	Opiates (strong analgesics).
VII week exercises	Liquid forms of drugs I.Examples.
VIII week lectures	Anti-inflammatory and immunosuppressive drugs.
VIII week exercises	Liquid forms of drugs II.Examples.
IX week lectures	Antibacterial drugs I.
IX week exercises	Semi-solid forms of drugs.Examples.
X week lectures	Antibacterial drugs II. Antiviral drugs and antifungals. Antiseptics and disinfectants.
X week exercises	Inhalations.Examples.
XI week lectures	Medicines of the importance for dentistry. Neuroleptics and antidepressants.
XI week exercises	Cholinergic agonists.(Seminar)
XII week lectures	Cardiovascular drugs.
XII week exercises	Cholinergic antagonists.(Seminar)
XIII week lectures	Pharmacology of blood.
XIII week exercises	Adrenergic agonists.(Seminar)
XIV week lectures	Pharmacology of respiratory and digestive tract.
XIV week exercises	Adrenergic antagonists.(Seminar)
XV week lectures	Hormones. Antineoplastics.
XV week exercises	Pre-exam exercise.

Student workload	Per week: 4 credits x 40/30 = 5.3 hours. Structure: 3 hours lectures, 1 hour exercise, 1 hour seminar, 0.3 hours of independent work. Per semester: Teaching and the final exam (5.3 h x 16 = 84.8 h). Necessary preparation (before semester enrollment, etc ...) 2h x 5.3 = 10.6. Total load: 4 x 30 = 120 h. Additional work 24.6h. The structure load 84.8 + 10.6 + 24.6 = 120 h.
Per week	Per semester
4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts 3 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	The presence of students in theoretical and practical lectures is required. Presentation of the seminar work and participation in discussion on the topic is required and assessed.
Consultations	The teacher and associates held consultations with students once a week, in the term that is defined at the beginning of the semester.
Literature	1. Terzic MR, Stojic MD. Pharmacology in dentistry. IP Belgrade, Zrenjanin 2010. 2. Linčir I et al. Pharmacology for dentists, 3rd edition, Medicinska naklada, Zagreb 2011. 3. Duborija-Kovačević N et al. Prescription Drug Forms, First Edition. PRISMA corporate communications, Podgorica 2015 (selected chapters)
Examination methods	Colloquium I = 20 points; Colloquium II = 20 points; Seminar = 10 points; Final exam (theoretical and practical part) = 50 points. Passing grade gets if cumulative collected 50 points and more.
Special remarks	In order to consolidate thematic unit, exercises are held every other week for 2 hours.
Comment	No.

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / SURGERY

Course:

SURGERY/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
5933	Obavezan	6	12	2+3+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	No prerequisits
Aims	Studying the treatment of injuries and diseases through surgical methods
Learning outcomes	After completing the two-semester course in surgery, medical students should have the following outcomes: 1. Has knowledge of the surgical anatomy and pathophysiology of surgical diseases, ophthalmology and ear, nose and throat disorders. 2. The student is qualified to take medical history and perform basic surgical examination of the patient. 3. He/she is trained in the use of additional diagnostic procedures - CT, NMR and laboratory diagnostics. 4. He/she is qualified to recognize the emergency of surgical condition and provide Basic Life Support. 5. He/she is qualified to apply principles of hand disinfection and operation site and sterilization of surgical materials and instruments. 6. He/she is able to use surgical instruments, primarily treat wound, make wounds suture, hemostasis, abscess incision, removal of stitches, set dressings and immobilization means and organize transport of injured. 7. He/she is able to after examining the patient and the diagnostic procedures applied decision for referral to a surgeon for further
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Prof. dr R. Lazović; Prof. dr M. Radunović; Prof. dr Aleksandar Nikolić, Doc. dr Novak Lakićević, Doc. dr Veselin Stanišić. Doc. dr Zoran Terzić and associates.
Methodology	Lectures and exercises. Preparation for exercises. Work in small groups and consultations. Final exam

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Introduction to Surgery and History of Surgery. Surgical Prophylaxis.
I week exercises	Patient history and physical examination. Principles of asepsis and antisepsis.
II week lectures	Introduction to Surgery and History of Surgery. Surgical Prophylaxis.
II week exercises	Patient history and physical examination.
III week lectures	Bleeding and hemostasis, transfusion of blood and blood derivatives.
III week exercises	Basic and advanced methods of temporary and definitive hemostasis.
IV week lectures	Prevention and therapy of shock, measures of cardiopulmonary resuscitation.
IV week exercises	Modern principles of CPR (ERC standards). Application of AED and defibrillator in and out of the office.
V week lectures	Asepsis and antisepsis, surgical infections.
V week exercises	Principles of asepsis and antisepsis. Practical application of asepsis and antisepsis measures and prevention of intrahospital infections.
VI week lectures	Preoperative preparation of the patient and basics of anesthesia.
VI week exercises	Practical principles of administration of local and regional anesthesia. Use of medical devices to secure the airway
VII week lectures	Wound and wound healing, basic rules and types of operations.
VII week exercises	Primary wound treatment. Medical bandages.
VIII week lectures	Transplantation of tissues and organs, injuries of soft tissues and bone-joint system.
VIII week exercises	Basic principles of immobilization. Manual and typical immobilization means.
IX week lectures	Surgical diseases and injuries of peripheral arteries and veins.
IX week exercises	Emergency surgical conditions.
X week lectures	Basic principles of oncology and surgical treatment of malignant diseases.
X week exercises	Incidents in the dental office - injuries during work.
XI week lectures	Surgical diseases and head and neck injuries.
XI week exercises	Basic principles of triage.
XII week lectures	Surgical diseases and injuries of the abdominal wall and retroperitoneal space.
XII week exercises	Caring for the polytraumatized - basic principles. Trauma system.
XIII week lectures	Surgical diseases of the breast and endocrine glands.
XIII week exercises	Primary, delayed primary and secondary suture in surgery – practical application and skills.
XIV week lectures	Surgical diseases and injuries of lungs, heart and large blood vessels.
XIV week exercises	Principles of thoracic centesis and thoracic drainage.
XV week lectures	Surgical diseases and injuries of organs of the gastrointestinal tract.
XV week exercises	Anamnesis, physical examination and diagnosis of abdominal injuries.

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
12 credits x 40/30=16 hours and 0 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 3 excercises 11 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 16 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =256 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 16 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =32 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 12 x 30=360 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 72 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 256 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 32 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 72 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Attendance to lectures and exercises.
Consultations	-
Literature	Maksimović Ž, Hirurgija: udžbenik za studente. Medicinski fakultet Beograd, 2019.
Examination methods	Final exam, grade: A B C D E F Score: 90-100 80-89 70-79 60-69 50-59 <50. Passing the exam implies cumulatively collecting 50 points and more.
Special remarks	-
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / SURGERY

Course:

SURGERY/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
5933	Obavezan	6	12	2+3+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	No prerequisits
Aims	Studying the treatment of injuries and diseases through surgical methods
Learning outcomes	After completing the two-semester course in surgery, medical students should have the following outcomes: 1. Has knowledge of the surgical anatomy and pathophysiology of surgical diseases, ophthalmology and ear, nose and throat disorders. 2. The student is qualified to take medical history and perform basic surgical examination of the patient. 3. He/she is trained in the use of additional diagnostic procedures - CT, NMR and laboratory diagnostics. 4. He/she is qualified to recognize the emergency of surgical condition and provide Basic Life Support. 5. He/she is qualified to apply principles of hand disinfection and operation site and sterilization of surgical materials and instruments. 6. He/she is able to use surgical instruments, primarily treat wound, make wounds suture, hemostasis, abscess incision, removal of stitches, set dressings and immobilization means and organize transport of injured. 7. He/she is able to after examining the patient and the diagnostic procedures applied decision for referral to a surgeon for further
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Prof. dr R. Lazović; Prof. dr M. Radunović; Prof. dr Aleksandar Nikolić, Doc. dr Novak Lakićević, Doc. dr Veselin Stanišić. Doc. dr Zoran Terzić and associates.
Methodology	Lectures and exercises. Preparation for exercises. Work in small groups and consultations. Final exam

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Introduction to Surgery and History of Surgery. Surgical Prophylaxis.
I week exercises	Patient history and physical examination. Principles of asepsis and antisepsis.
II week lectures	Introduction to Surgery and History of Surgery. Surgical Prophylaxis.
II week exercises	Patient history and physical examination.
III week lectures	Bleeding and hemostasis, transfusion of blood and blood derivatives.
III week exercises	Basic and advanced methods of temporary and definitive hemostasis.
IV week lectures	Prevention and therapy of shock, measures of cardiopulmonary resuscitation.
IV week exercises	Modern principles of CPR (ERC standards). Application of AED and defibrillator in and out of the office.
V week lectures	Asepsis and antisepsis, surgical infections.
V week exercises	Principles of asepsis and antisepsis. Practical application of asepsis and antisepsis measures and prevention of intrahospital infections.
VI week lectures	Preoperative preparation of the patient and basics of anesthesia.
VI week exercises	Practical principles of administration of local and regional anesthesia. Use of medical devices to secure the airway
VII week lectures	Wound and wound healing, basic rules and types of operations.
VII week exercises	Primary wound treatment. Medical bandages.
VIII week lectures	Transplantation of tissues and organs, injuries of soft tissues and bone-joint system.
VIII week exercises	Basic principles of immobilization. Manual and typical immobilization means.
IX week lectures	Surgical diseases and injuries of peripheral arteries and veins.
IX week exercises	Emergency surgical conditions.
X week lectures	Basic principles of oncology and surgical treatment of malignant diseases.
X week exercises	Incidents in the dental office - injuries during work.
XI week lectures	Surgical diseases and head and neck injuries.
XI week exercises	Basic principles of triage.
XII week lectures	Surgical diseases and injuries of the abdominal wall and retroperitoneal space.
XII week exercises	Caring for the polytraumatized - basic principles. Trauma system.
XIII week lectures	Surgical diseases of the breast and endocrine glands.
XIII week exercises	Primary, delayed primary and secondary suture in surgery – practical application and skills.
XIV week lectures	Surgical diseases and injuries of lungs, heart and large blood vessels.
XIV week exercises	Principles of thoracic centesis and thoracic drainage.
XV week lectures	Surgical diseases and injuries of organs of the gastrointestinal tract.
XV week exercises	Anamnesis, physical examination and diagnosis of abdominal injuries.

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
12 credits x 40/30=16 hours and 0 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 3 excercises 11 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 16 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =256 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 16 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =32 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 12 x 30=360 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 72 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 256 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 32 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 72 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Attendance to lectures and exercises.
Consultations	-
Literature	Maksimović Ž, Hirurgija: udžbenik za studente. Medicinski fakultet Beograd, 2019.
Examination methods	Final exam, grade: A B C D E F Score: 90-100 80-89 70-79 60-69 50-59 <50. Passing the exam implies cumulatively collecting 50 points and more.
Special remarks	-
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / SURGERY

Course:

SURGERY/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
5933	Obavezan	7	5	3+3+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	No prerequisits
Aims	Studying the treatment of injuries and diseases through surgical methods
Learning outcomes	After completing the two-semester course in surgery, medical students should have the following outcomes: 1. Has knowledge of the surgical anatomy and pathophysiology of surgical diseases, ophthalmology and ear, nose and throat disorders. 2. The student is qualified to take medical history and perform basic surgical examination of the patient. 3. He/she is trained in the use of additional diagnostic procedures - CT, NMR and laboratory diagnostics. 4. He/she is qualified to recognize the emergency of surgical condition and provide Basic Life Support. 5. He/she is qualified to apply principles of hand disinfection and operation site and sterilization of surgical materials and instruments. 6. He/she is able to use surgical instruments, primarily treat wound, make wounds suture, hemostasis, abscess incision, removal of stitches, set dressings and immobilization means and organize transport of injured. 7. He/she is able to after examining the patient and the diagnostic procedures applied decision for referral to a surgeon for further
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Prof. dr R. Lazović; Prof. dr M. Radunović; Prof. dr Aleksandar Nikolić, Doc. dr Novak Lakićević, Doc. dr Veselin Stanišić. Doc. dr Zoran Terzić and associates.
Methodology	Lectures and exercises. Preparation for exercises. Work in small groups and consultations. Final exam

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Introduction to Surgery and History of Surgery. Surgical Prophylaxis.
I week exercises	Patient history and physical examination. Principles of asepsis and antisepsis.
II week lectures	Introduction to Surgery and History of Surgery. Surgical Prophylaxis.
II week exercises	Patient history and physical examination.
III week lectures	Bleeding and hemostasis, transfusion of blood and blood derivatives.
III week exercises	Basic and advanced methods of temporary and definitive hemostasis.
IV week lectures	Prevention and therapy of shock, measures of cardiopulmonary resuscitation.
IV week exercises	Modern principles of CPR (ERC standards). Application of AED and defibrillator in and out of the office.
V week lectures	Asepsis and antisepsis, surgical infections.
V week exercises	Principles of asepsis and antisepsis. Practical application of asepsis and antisepsis measures and prevention of intrahospital infections.
VI week lectures	Preoperative preparation of the patient and basics of anesthesia.
VI week exercises	Practical principles of administration of local and regional anesthesia. Use of medical devices to secure the airway
VII week lectures	Wound and wound healing, basic rules and types of operations.
VII week exercises	Primary wound treatment. Medical bandages.
VIII week lectures	Transplantation of tissues and organs, injuries of soft tissues and bone-joint system.
VIII week exercises	Basic principles of immobilization. Manual and typical immobilization means.
IX week lectures	Surgical diseases and injuries of peripheral arteries and veins.
IX week exercises	Emergency surgical conditions.
X week lectures	Basic principles of oncology and surgical treatment of malignant diseases.
X week exercises	Incidents in the dental office - injuries during work.
XI week lectures	Surgical diseases and head and neck injuries.
XI week exercises	Basic principles of triage.
XII week lectures	Surgical diseases and injuries of the abdominal wall and retroperitoneal space.
XII week exercises	Caring for the polytraumatized - basic principles. Trauma system.
XIII week lectures	Surgical diseases of the breast and endocrine glands.
XIII week exercises	Primary, delayed primary and secondary suture in surgery – practical application and skills.
XIV week lectures	Surgical diseases and injuries of lungs, heart and large blood vessels.
XIV week exercises	Principles of thoracic centesis and thoracic drainage.
XV week lectures	Surgical diseases and injuries of organs of the gastrointestinal tract.
XV week exercises	Anamnesis, physical examination and diagnosis of abdominal injuries.

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
5 credits x 40/30=6 hours and 40 minuts 3 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 3 excercises 0 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =106 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =13 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 5 x 30=150 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 106 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Attendance to lectures and exercises.
Consultations	-
Literature	Maksimović Ž, Hirurgija: udžbenik za studente. Medicinski fakultet Beograd, 2019.
Examination methods	Final exam, grade: A B C D E F Score: 90-100 80-89 70-79 60-69 50-59 <50. Passing the exam implies cumulatively collecting 50 points and more.
Special remarks	-
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / GNATHOLOGY

Course:

GNATHOLOGY/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
5934	Obavezan	4	8	1+3+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	Dental anatomy and other subjects with a year of study
Aims	The student should know and acquire basic notions in the field of occlusion. Anatomical and physiological determinants control jaw movement and the reference position of the mandible. To know the material, type, purpose and possibilities of the articulator and facial arches and the ability to work with them. To introduce disruption in jaw joints and meet the diagnosis and therapy of CMD (reversible and irreversible). Empower to perform clinical examination of the orofacial complex patient and functional analysis of the orofacial complex. Empower the analysis of intermaxillary relations and contact relation with the tooth positions and movements of the mandible.
Learning outcomes	After completing one semester in subjects Gnathology, dental student should possess the following learning outcomes: 1. Knows the structure and function of the orofacial system with the emphasis on the structure and function TM joints. 2. Knows the anatomical determinants, physiological regulation of jaw movements, types of motion and the reference position of the mandible. 3. Know the characteristics of a physiologically optimal occlusion and knows the dysfunction of this system. Know the concepts of occlusion and the basis of reversible and irreversible therapy. 4. Know the structure, type, purpose and possibilities of the articulator and facial arches and is capable of working with the articulator of secondary value and transfer face-bow. 5. He is capable of taking a history and performing a clinical examination of the face and jaw of the patient. 6. Able to analyze the relationships between the jaws and analysis of the relationship of teeth in the basic positions of the mandible and in eccentric movements. 7. Integrate the acquired knowledge and skills which should enable monitoring of teaching and acquiring the necessary knowledge of clinical dental-prosthetic.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Doc. dr Biljana Milošević, Associates dr Zorica Popović, dr Vesna Kisić
Methodology	Lectures,exercises, colloquia, seminars

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Introduction to gnatology and orofacial system. The connection between skulls and mandible – anatomical specificity. The connection between skulls and mandible - physiological specificity. The muscles of orofacial region.
I week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures.
II week lectures	Functional anatomy of the natural dentition. The movements of the lower jaw-core and marginal.
II week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures.
III week lectures	Functional movements of the lower jaw-chewing, swallowing. The reference position of the lower jaw.
III week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures.
IV week lectures	Anatomical determinants of jaw movement. Physiological regulation of jaw movement.
IV week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures.
V week lectures	Characteristics physiologically optimal occlusion. Articulators-able simulation of jaw movements
V week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures.
VI week lectures	Transposition of models of the upper jaw in the articulator - simulation the hinge movement. Transposition of mandible model in the articulator.
VI week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures.
VII week lectures	Simulation of the eccentric motion in partially adjustable articulators. Simulation of the eccentric motion in high-adjustable articulators.
VII week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures.
VIII week lectures	Characteristics unphysiologic activities orofacial system. CMD.
VIII week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures.
IX week lectures	Functional analysis of the orofacial complex. Analysis interjaw relations- first lecture
IX week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures.
X week lectures	Analysis interjaw relationship-second lecture. Evaluation of the state of occlusal complex
X week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures.
XI week lectures	Analysis interjaw relationship-second lecture. Evaluation of the state of occlusal complex.
XI week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures.
XII week lectures	Analysis of the tooth contact relationship in the central relation position and intercuspal position and during eccentric movements of the lower jaw. Reversible the occlusal therapy .
XII week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures.
XIII week lectures	The concept balanced occlusion. The concept mutually protected occlusion
XIII week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures.
XIV week lectures	Irreversible the occlusal therapy. Determinants of occlusal morphology and reconstruction of occlusion.
XIV week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures.
XV week lectures	Etioligija, pathology and treatment of tooth abrasion.
XV week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures.
XVI week lectures	Upper and lower jaw prints with irritable hydrocolloids in selected patients with natural dentition spilling of working models
XVI week exercises	Craniomandibular dysfunctions
XVII week lectures	Transferring the model of the upper jaw to the articulator using a cheek arch, demonstrating on the patient
XVII week exercises	Anamnesis in dental practice, functional analysis of the orofacial complex , significance , methods
XVIII week lectures	Transferring the model of the upper jaw to the articulator using a cheek arch, the work of students on patients
XVIII week exercises	Evaluation of the state of the occlusal complex
XIX week lectures	Evluation of the condition of the occlusal complex in selected patients , the use of dental records
XIX week exercises	Analysis of the contact relationship of the nteeth in the intercuspal, central position and in eccentric movements of the lower jaw , occlusal markers
XX week lectures	Analysis of the contact relationship of teeth with the help of occlusal markers demonstration on the patient
XX week exercises	Analysis of inter-forked relationships, part I
XXI week lectures	Analysis of the contact relationship of teeth with the help of occlusal markers , independent work of students
XXI week exercises	Analysis of inter-forked relationships, Part II
XXII week lectures	Analysis and registration of interjacular relationships, demonstration on the patient Finding and registering the central position of the lower jaw by methods, demonstrating
XXII week exercises	Occlusal therapy, concept, modalities, Reversible OT, Irreversible OT
XXIII week lectures	Finding and registering the central position of the lower jaw by various methods, independent work of students on patients, awarding of seminar papers
XXIII week exercises	Choice of occlusion model during irreversible occlusal therapy - the concept of bilaterally balanced occlusion
XXIV week lectures	Finding the position of physiological rest of the mandible, determining the vertical dimension of the occlusion, demonstrating on the patient , analysis of the position of the orientation occlusion plane
XXIV week exercises	The concept of mutually spawned occlusion
XXV week lectures	Finding the position of physiological rest of the mandible, determination of the vertical dimension of the occlusion, analysis of the position of the occlusal plane., independent work of students on patients
XXV week exercises	Determinates of occlusal morphology in occlusal reconstruction – planning of contact relationship of teeth in the final occlusal position of the mandible
XXVI week lectures	Working with adjustable articulators, registering eccentric positions of the lower jaw, adjusting the leading elements on adjustable articulators, demonstrating, exhibiting seminar papers
XXVI week exercises	Determinants of occlusal morphology in lower jaw movements
XXVII week lectures	Working with adjustable articulators, registering eccentric positions of the lower jaw, adjusting the leading elements on adjustable articulators, independent work of students
XXVII week exercises	Irreversible occlusal therapy – selective grinding, indications, methods, instruments
XXVIII week lectures	Analysis of mandible guidance in eccentric movements, finding occlusal disturbances, demonstrating, presenting seminar papers
XXVIII week exercises	Other forms of irreversible occlusal therapy, conservative, prosthetic, orthodontic, orthognatic surgery, case report
XXIX week lectures	Preparation of stabilization Michigan splint , demonstration on the patient and in the articulator, presentation of seminar papers
XXIX week exercises	Clinical significance of gnatological procedures in reconstructive dentistry
XXX week lectures
XXX week exercises

Student workload	weekly 6 credits x 40/30 equal to 8 hours Structure: 3 lectures 3 exercises 1 hour seminar 1 hour of individual work In the course of the semester Teaching and the final exam (8h x 16 equals 128h) Necessary preparation (before semester enrollment, etc ...) 2h x 8 equals 16 Total load: 6 x 30 equals 180h Additional work 36h The structure of the load 128 + 16 + 16 equals 180h
Per week	Per semester
8 credits x 40/30=10 hours and 40 minuts 1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 3 excercises 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =170 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =21 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 8 x 30=240 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 48 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 170 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 21 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 48 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	The presence of theoretical and practical training is mandatory.
Consultations	The teacher and associates held consultations with students once a week, in the period that is defined at the beginning of the semester.
Literature	Prof. dr Darinka Stanišić Sinobad „Osnovi gnatologile“ Prof. dr Darinka Stanišić Sinobad, prof. dr Slobodan Dodić „Praktikum iz osnova gnatologije“
Examination methods	Colloquium 1 - 1 x 15 points Colloquium 2 - 1 x 20 points Control tests of practical exercises 5 + 5 Total: 10 Seminar - 4 points Passing grade gets the cumulative gather min 50 points
Special remarks	No
Comment	No

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / RESTORATIVE ODONTOLOGY

Course:

RESTORATIVE ODONTOLOGY/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
5935	Obavezan	6	12	1+4+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	All exams from the first year of study, as well as passed the exam in Diseases of tooth-Preclinic
Aims	Diagnosing the state of pulp, making treatment plan, mastering the techniques of cavity preparation, implementation therapy indirect and direct pulp capping, training for self-installation and finishing definitive restorations
Learning outcomes	After completing the two-semester course in Restorative Dentistry, dental students should have the following learning outcomes: 1. Possess communication skills with the patient and the medical staff. 2. Ability to put a clinical diagnosis of pulp on the basis of history, clinical examination and other tests. 3. Ability to make a plan of therapeutic procedures. 4. Possess the skills to independently perform clinical techniques of cavity preparation on carious teeth. 5. Possess the skills to independently perform the clinical phase of the work and materials for direct and indirect restorations. 6. Knowledge of the possible errors and the consequences of inadequate application of the material in a clinical setting.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Assist Prof Mirjana Đuričković
Methodology	Lectures, exercises, colloquia

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Clinical application of GIC cement - as liners and bases under restorations
I week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
II week lectures	Clinical application of GIC as restorative materials
II week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
III week lectures	Clinical application of composite restorations Preparation and stream restoration in anterior teeth
III week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
IV week lectures	Clinical application of composite restorations Preparation and stream restoration in posterior teeth
IV week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
V week lectures	Clinical use of amalgam in restorative odontology-preparation and application
V week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
VI week lectures	Adhesives in dentistry - clinical classification and application techniques
VI week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
VII week lectures	Adhesives in dentistry - factors affecting the quality of the connection restorations and hard dental tissue
VII week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
VIII week lectures	Clinical application procedure cast fillings
VIII week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
IX week lectures	Restoration of endodontic treated teeth
IX week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
X week lectures	Tooth whitening - non-restorative aesthetic procedures in vital teeth
X week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XI week lectures	Bleaching non-vital teeth
XI week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XII week lectures	Clinical application of amalgam - problems and gaps in the restorative procedure
XII week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XIII week lectures	Aesthetic considerations and monitoring of successful restorations in the frontal and lateral teeth: criteria, methods and means
XIII week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XIV week lectures	A comparative analysis of the application of different materials to meet deifnitivne depending on the conditions for restorative procedure
XIV week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XV week lectures	Materials for the definitive restoration of cavities: application of the principles in clinical work, depending on the type of material
XV week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XVI week lectures
XVI week exercises
XVII week lectures
XVII week exercises
XVIII week lectures
XVIII week exercises
XIX week lectures
XIX week exercises
XX week lectures
XX week exercises
XXI week lectures
XXI week exercises
XXII week lectures
XXII week exercises
XXIII week lectures
XXIII week exercises
XXIV week lectures
XXIV week exercises
XXV week lectures
XXV week exercises
XXVI week lectures
XXVI week exercises
XXVII week lectures
XXVII week exercises
XXVIII week lectures
XXVIII week exercises
XXIX week lectures
XXIX week exercises
XXX week lectures
XXX week exercises

Student workload	Load students (week): 6 credits x 40/30 = 8 hours Structure: 1 hour lecture 4 hours of exercises 1 hour seminar 2 hours of independent work Load students (semester): Teaching and the final exam (8 hx 16 = 128 h). Necessary preparation (before semester enrollment, etc ...) 2h x 8 = 16 Total load: 6 x 30 = 180 h Additional work 36 hours The structure of the load 128 + 16 + 36 = 180 h
Per week	Per semester
12 credits x 40/30=16 hours and 0 minuts 1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 4 excercises 11 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 16 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =256 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 16 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =32 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 12 x 30=360 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 72 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 256 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 32 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 72 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	The presence of lectures and exercises is mandatory. For all exercises, the student is required to work with pacijentima.U otherwise exercise is lost. During the semester, students must meet standards defined curriculum, which is related to clinical work
Consultations	The teacher and associates held consultations with students once a week, in the period that is defined at the beginning of the semester.
Literature	Živković Slavoljub (urednik): Osnovi restaurativne stomatologije, Data Status, Beograd,2009
Examination methods	Fulfilling exam prerequisites and passing the exam, the student can achieve a maximum of 100 points, with pre-exam part to 49 points. Passing grade gets the cumulative set of at least 50 points.
Special remarks	Mandatory narrowly professional subject
Comment	No

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / BASIC BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCE

Course:

BASIC BEHAVIOURAL SCIENCE/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
5937	Obavezan	6	3	2+0+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	Established regulations of study School of Dentistry
Aims	Studying and learning the basics of the nervous system, aspects of personality, communication, deviant behaviors, disturbances of moral reasoning, the basis of mental disorders, physiological and psychological importance of oral health, disorders of sleep and alertness and construction of gender identity
Learning outcomes	Having completed one semester course in The Fundamentals of the Behavior Analysis, a dental student shall have mastered the following skills: 1. Knows how to describe the development phase and personality types, stages of psychosexual development, the construction of gender identity, the relationship between women and men in society, sexual disorders, as well as influences of social environment on general and oral health. 2. Knows how to describe the biological basis of the nervous system, aspects of personality, character, temperament, intelligence, emotions, will and motivation, explains the importance of morality, attitudes, prejudices, values, empathy and prosocial behavior in health care. 3. Knows how to define the concept of mental health and illness, lists the basic forms of the disorder behavior and the basic methods of treatment, 4. Identifies and explains the physiological and psychological importance of oral health, identifies psychogenic oral manifestations and symptoms, pain and painful conditions, the basic methods of treatment. 5. Is sensitized to understand the emotional state of a patient, recognize stress and emotional reactions to physical illness. 6. Knows the strategy and skill of communication with colleagues and patients and is qualified to assist patients to accept dental procedures in the diagnosis and treatment.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Professor Lidija Injac Stevovic, PhD
Methodology	Teaching and Studying Lectures, seminars, colloquia, finishing ispit.Konsultacije

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Biopsychosocial concept of human
I week exercises
II week lectures	Period of the individual development
II week exercises
III week lectures	The organic basis of human behavior
III week exercises
IV week lectures	Psychological theories of human behavior
IV week exercises
V week lectures	Social factors of human behavior
V week exercises
VI week lectures	Behavior and Health
VI week exercises
VII week lectures	Deviant behavior
VII week exercises
VIII week lectures
VIII week exercises	Mental disorders and behavior
IX week lectures	Stress and social support
IX week exercises
X week lectures	Anxiety disorders, psychosocial factors and oral health
X week exercises
XI week lectures	Alertness and sleep
XI week exercises
XII week lectures	Gender and sexuality
XII week exercises
XIII week lectures	Aggression and violence, the concept and theory of pain
XIII week exercises
XIV week lectures	Psychological Therapy,
XIV week exercises
XV week lectures	Communication and relationships doctor - patient
XV week exercises

Student workload	Teaching and the final exam 2x16 = 32 hours Necessary preparation (before semester Administration): 2x3 = 6 hours Total work hours: 3x30 = 90 additional work for exams preparing correction of final exam
Per week	Per semester
3 credits x 40/30=4 hours and 0 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 0 excercises 2 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =64 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =8 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 3 x 30=90 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 64 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	The presence of students in theoretical training is mandatory.
Consultations	The teacher held consultations with students once a week in the period which is defined at the beginning of academic year
Literature	Basic of the science of behavior, Ljubomir Gvoić, Belgrade, 2007
Examination methods	Forms of Assessment for the presence of theoretical teaching of 0 to 2 points Homework from 0 to 3 points Seminar from 0 to 3 points Colloquium and from 10 to 20 points Colloquium II from 10 to 20 points Final exam from 0 to 50 points passing grade gets t
Special remarks	No
Comment	No

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / DENTAL ANAESTHESIOLOGY

Course:

DENTAL ANAESTHESIOLOGY/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
5938	Obavezan	6	4	2+2+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	passed exam in anatomy
Aims	Training for the practical application of infiltration anesthesia in the upper and lower jaw and mandibular block anesthesia. Theoretical knowledge of the application of other types of conductive anesthesia, general anesthesia and resuscitation and sedation on dentistry.
Learning outcomes	After completing of the one semester course in Dental Anesthesiology, a dental student should achieve the following learning outcomes: 1.Knows the neurophysiological and neuroanatomic aspects of orofacial pain, as well as the possibilities to control pain. 2.Knows the type, composition, properties, effects and advantages and disadvantages of the local anesthetic solutions. 3.Applies practically the infiltration anesthesia to the upper and lower jaw as well as mandibular block anesthesia 4.Possesses the theoretical knowledge regarding to the application of other types of conductive anesthesia in the jaws and general anesthesia and resuscitation. 5.Knows the benefits of applying local anesthesia, combined application of local anesthesia and sedation and application of general anesthesia. 6.Knows the general and local complications of local anesthesia and is capable to implement preventive measures to combat complications and treatment methods of resulting complications.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Assistant Professor Marija Antunovic, DDS, PhD; Vukadin Bajagić, DDS, MS; Milan Vučetić, DDS, PhD
Methodology	Lectures, exercises, seminars, colloquia

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Perception and conduction of pain impulses. Paths of pain.
I week exercises	Pain perception and conduction.
II week lectures	Possibilities for the pain control. Indications and contraindications for the local anesthesia application.
II week exercises	Possibilities of pain control in dentistry.
III week lectures	Anatomical considerations.
III week exercises	Anatomy and innervation of the orofacial region.
IV week lectures	Local anesthetic solutions.
IV week exercises	Local anesthetic solutions.
V week lectures	Types of local anesthesia. Surface anesthesia.
V week exercises	Application of surface anesthesia in dentistry.
VI week lectures	Terminal anesthesia.
VI week exercises	Terminal anesthesia in the upper jaw - model education.
VII week lectures	Block anesthesia in the upper jaw.
VII week exercises	Terminal anesthesia in the lower jaw - model education.
VIII week lectures	Block anesthesia in the lower jaw.
VIII week exercises	Techniques of block anesthesia in the upper jaw - model education.
IX week lectures	The application of local anesthesia in different dentistry disciplines.
IX week exercises	Techniques of block anesthesia in the lower jaw - model education.
X week lectures	The application of local anesthesia in patients with medical risk. Complications of local anesthesia.
X week exercises	Terminal anesthesia in the upper jaw - clinical education.
XI week lectures	Complications of local anesthesia.
XI week exercises	Terminal anesthesia in the lower jaw - clinical education.
XII week lectures	Use of sedation in dentistry.
XII week exercises	Techniques of block anesthesia in the upper jaw - clinical education.
XIII week lectures	Techniques and selection of sedation methods (oral, intramuscular, intravenous, inhalation).
XIII week exercises	Techniques of block anesthesia in the lower jaw - clinical education.
XIV week lectures	General anesthesia (definition, preparation, monitoring, techniques, complications). CPC resuscitation.
XIV week exercises	Mandibular block - clinical education.
XV week lectures	The choice of optimal methods for the pain control in dentistry and the factors that affect it.
XV week exercises	Other techniques of block anesthesia in the lower jaw - clinical education.

Student workload	Weekly 5 credits x 40/30 = 6.6 hours Structure: 2 hours of lectures, 2 hours of exercises 1 hour seminar 1.6 hours of independent work During the semester Teaching and the final exam (6.6h x16 =105.6h) Preparations for the start of the semester: 2hx6.6 = 13.2 Total load: 5 x 30 = 150h Aditional work: 31.2h Structure of the load: 105.6+13.2+31.2=150h
Per week	Per semester
4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	The presence of students in theoretical and practical lectures is required. Presentation of the seminar work and participation in the discussion on the topic is required and assessed.
Consultations	The teacher and associates held consultations with students once a week, in the period that is defined at the beginning of the semester.
Literature	Lj Todorovic (ed). Dental Anesthesiology, School of Dental Medicine, University of Belgrade 2012. (Serbian) Malamed S. Handbook of Local Anesthesia. Mosby. St. Louis; 2004.
Examination methods	First test = 1 x 20 points Seminar = 9 points 2 control tests for practical exercises = 10 + 10 = 20 points Final exam = 51 points Passing grade gets if the student gathers min 50 points
Special remarks	No
Comment	No

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY

Course:

CLINICAL PHARMACOLOGY/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
6718	Obavezan	5	2	1+1+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	There is no conditionality.
Aims	Students will gain knowledge and competence to make a rational choice of drug in accordance with scientific basis of clinical pharmacology, to determine dose, monitor therapeutic efficacy and recognize side effects. To be competent to implement the pharmacotherapy to oral diseases and emergencies that can befall a patient in dental office, to prepare pharmacologically patients of risk groups for dental intervention. To have knowledge to escape the adverse interactions between drugs that prescribe and medicines provided by medical reasons. Have knowledge to competently prescribe medication.
Learning outcomes	After finishing one term of study in Clinical pharmacology,the student of dentistry should have the following learning outcomes : 1. The student is competent to make a rational drug selection, to set a dose,follow its therapeutical effectiveness and to recognize the possible adverse effects,according to scientific basics of clinical pharmacology. 2. He/she is qualified to convey pharmacotherapy of all oral diseases and urgent states, which can befall the patient in the dental clinic. 3. He/she is competent to pharmacologically prepare for dental interventions the patients with risky groups ( cardiovascular,psychiatric,children,the anxious,with special needs). 4. Has the knowledge of application of all medicaments in dentistry and the knowledge to avoid unwanted interactions between given and taken medicine ,because of other illnesses.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Prof. Nataša Duborija-Kovačević, MD, PhD; Jana Djapic, MD, teaching assistant; Slobodanka Marojevic, MD, professional assistant
Methodology	Lectures, exercises, seminars, consultations.

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Introduction to the subject. Preclinical and clinical investigation of drugs.
I week exercises	Basic concepts in clinical pharmacology.
II week lectures	Principles and methods of preclinical and clinical testing of drugs.
II week exercises	Prescription I.
III week lectures	Factors that influence the effect and dosage of drugs in dentistry.
III week exercises	Prescription II.
IV week lectures	Individualization of pharmacotherapy and application of medicines in specific groups.
IV week exercises	Prescribing of solid forms of drugs. Examples from dental practice.
V week lectures	Clinically important drug interactions in dental practice.
V week exercises	Prescribing of liquid forms of drugs. Examples from dental practice.
VI week lectures	Anticipation, monitoring and reporting of adverse effects of drugs in dental practice.
VI week exercises	Prescribing of semi-solid forms of drugs and inhalations. Examples from dental practice.
VII week lectures	Damage of the oral tissues that may arise in the course of intra-oral and systemic administration of drugs. Drugs that increase the risk of surgical treatment in dentistry.
VII week exercises	Reporting Form for ADR.
VIII week lectures	Sedation in Dentistry.(Seminar)
VIII week exercises	Optimal choice and prescribing of drugs for sedation in dentistry, with a special emphasis on high-risk groups. Examples.
IX week lectures	Pharmacological preparation of risk groups of patients for dental intervention.(Seminar)
IX week exercises	Optimal choice and prescribing of drugs for the treatment of the most common emergencies in dentistry. Examples.
X week lectures	Pharmacotherapy of painful conditions in dentistry I.(Seminar)
X week exercises	Optimal choice and prescribing of drugs for the treatment of painful conditions in dentistry I. Examples.
XI week lectures	Pharmacotherapy of painful conditions in dentistry II.(Seminar)
XI week exercises	Optimal choice and prescribing of drugs for the treatment of painful conditions in dentistry II. Examples.
XII week lectures	Pharmacotherapy of infections in dentistry I.(Seminar)
XII week exercises	Optimal selection and prescribing of drugs for the treatment of infection in dentistry I. Examples.
XIII week lectures	Pharmacotherapy of infections in dentistry II. (Seminar)
XIII week exercises	Optimal selection and prescribing of drugs for the treatment of infection in dentistry II. Examples.
XIV week lectures	Pharmacotherapy of inflammatory and immune diseases in dentistry.(Seminar)
XIV week exercises	Optimal selection and prescribing of drugs for the treatment of inflammation and immunological diseases in dentistry. Examples.
XV week lectures	Pharmacological control of bleeding in dentistry. Caries prevention.(Seminar)
XV week exercises	Pre-exam exercise.

Student workload	Per week: 2 credits x 40/30 = 2.6 hours. Structure: 1 hour lecture, 1 hour exercise, 0.6 hours of individual work including consultations. Per semester: Teaching and the final exam (2.6 h x 16 = 41.6h). Necessary preparation (before semester enrollment, etc ...): 2.6 h x 2 = 5.2h. Total load: 2 x 30 = 60 h. Additional work: 18.2 h. The structure of the load: 41.6h + 5.2h + 18.2h.
Per week	Per semester
2 credits x 40/30=2 hours and 40 minuts 1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 0 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =42 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =5 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 2 x 30=60 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 42 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	The presence on lectures, exercises and seminars is obligatory. Preparation and presentation of seminars on the topic is required and assessed.
Consultations	The teacher and assistants held consultations once a week, in a period that is defined at the beginning of the study year.
Literature	1. Terzic MR, Stojic MD. Pharmacology in dentistry. IP Belgrade, Zrenjanin 2010 (selected chapters from clinical pharmacology) 2. D. Stojić, M. Terzić, M. Milošević. Recipe basics for dental students. IP Belgrade, Zrenjanin, 2004. 3. Duborija-Kovačević N et al. Prescription Drug Forms, First Edition. PRISMA corporate communications, Podgorica 2015 (selected chapters) 4. Tomić Z, editor-in-chief. Medicines 2009-handbook
Examination methods	Colloquium - 30 points; Seminar 10 points; Final exam (theoretical and practical part) 50 points. Passing grade gets if cumulative collect the minimum of 50 points.
Special remarks	In order to consolidate thematic units, hours of theoretical and practical training are held every other week alternately for 2 hours.
Comment	No.

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / ORAL SURGERY

Course:

ORAL SURGERY/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
6826	Obavezan	8	12	2+3+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	Passed exams in dental anesthesiology and radiology
Aims	Training for independent review of the patient and taking all relevant data (anamnesis and clinical examination), so the implementation of necessary diagnostic procedures to diagnose the oral surgery diseases. Furthermore, to apply the terminal and block anesthesia in oral cavity, perform the simple extractions of erupted and partially erupted tooth and complicated tooth extraction (separation), carry out the treatment of the simple intraoperative, postoperative and postextraction complications.
Learning outcomes	After completing the two-semester course in Oral Surgery, a dental student should achieve the following outcomes: 1.To be able to review independently the patient and take all relevant informations related to his health and disease (dental and appropriate general anamnesis), as well as to implement the necessary diagnostic procedures to diagnose the oral surgery diseases. 2.To apply terminal and block anesthesia in the oral cavity in order to carry out the oral surgery procedures, diagnosis and treatment of orofacial pain, as so as treats the complications of local anesthesia. 3.To perform a simple extraction of erupted and partially erupted teeth and complicated teeth extraction (separation). 4.To prescribe medicines for preoperative and postoperative treatment of oral surgery patients and performs the treatment of simple intraoperative, postoperative and postextracional complications, including the diagnosis and conservative treatment of the oro-antral communication. 5.To diagnoses the pathological changes in the jaws (cysts, benign tumors, non-cancer lesions, periapical lesions, dental trauma) and sets the indications for surgical treatment methods. 6.To treat acute and chronic odontogenic infections and gives appropriate medicines. 7.To establish a local hemostasis during and after surgical interventions. 8.To prevent and to conduct therapy of the most dental emergencies.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Asst. Professor Marija Antunović, DDS, PhD Milan Vučetić, DDS, PhD
Methodology	Lectures, exercises, seminars, colloquia

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Anatomy of orofacial region.
I week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures.
II week lectures	Tooth extraction.
II week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures.
III week lectures	Tooth extraction.
III week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures.
IV week lectures	Complications during tooth extraction.
IV week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures.
V week lectures	Wound healing after tooth extraction.
V week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures.
VI week lectures	Procedures with the oral surgery patient.
VI week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures.
VII week lectures	Basic surgical principles.
VII week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures.
VIII week lectures	Impacted and supernumerary teeth.
VIII week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
IX week lectures	Impacted and supernumerary teeth.
IX week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
X week lectures	Chronic periapical lesions.
X week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XI week lectures	Chronic periapical lesions.
XI week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XII week lectures	Jaw cysts.
XII week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XIII week lectures	Jaw cysts.
XIII week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XIV week lectures	Acute dentogenic infections.
XIV week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XV week lectures	Acute dentogenic infections.
XV week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XVI week lectures	Bleeding and hemostasis.
XVI week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XVII week lectures	Bleeding and hemostasis.
XVII week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XVIII week lectures	Surgical procedures as part of the orthodontic treatment.
XVIII week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XIX week lectures	Oroantral communications and fistulas.
XIX week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XX week lectures	Trauma of the teeth and alveolar process.
XX week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XXI week lectures	Preprosthetic surgery.
XXI week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XXII week lectures	Preprosthetic surgery.
XXII week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XXIII week lectures	Oral surgical aspects of facial pain.
XXIII week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XXIV week lectures	Oral surgical aspects of facial pain.
XXIV week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XXV week lectures	Benign tumors of soft and bone tissues of the orofacial region.
XXV week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XXVI week lectures	Oral surgery aspects of the patients with medical risk.
XXVI week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XXVII week lectures	Oral surgery aspects of the patients with medical risk.
XXVII week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XXVIII week lectures	Intraoperative and postoperative complications.
XXVIII week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XXIX week lectures	Prevention and treatment of emergency conditions in the orofacial region.
XXIX week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XXX week lectures	Vježbe prate predavanja.Klinički rad sa pacijentima.
XXX week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.

Student workload	Weekly 6 credits x 40/30 = 8 hours Structure: 2 hours of lectures, 3 hours of exercises 1 hour seminar 2 hours of independent work During the semester Teaching and the final exam (8h x16 =128h) Preparations for the start of the semester: 8hx2 = 16h Total load: 6 x 30 = 180h Aditional work: 36h Structure of the load: 128h+16h+36h=180h
Per week	Per semester
12 credits x 40/30=16 hours and 0 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 3 excercises 11 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 16 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =256 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 16 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =32 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 12 x 30=360 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 72 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 256 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 32 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 72 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	The presence of students in theoretical and practical lectures is required. Presentation of the seminar work and participation in the discussion on the topic is required and assessed.
Consultations	The teacher and associates held consultations with students once a week, in the period that is defined at the beginning of the semester.
Literature	Todorović Lj., Petrović V., Kafedžiska-Vračar V., Jurišić M. Oral Surgery, School of Dental Medicine, University of Belgrade 2002. (Serbian) Marković A.,Čolić S., Stojčev Stajčić Lj., Dražić R., Gačić B. Practicum of oral surgery, School of Dental Medici
Examination methods	The forms of knowledge testing and grading: 2 first tests = 2 x 15 points Seminar = 9 points 1 control test for practical exercises = 10 points Final exam = 51 points Passing grade gets if the student gathers min 50 points
Special remarks	No
Comment	No

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / ORAL MEDICINE

Course:

ORAL MEDICINE/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
6827	Obavezan	10	9	1.5+3+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	-
Aims	(he student must be able to independently carry out: 1st Taking dental history as well as the relevant general history, 2. Conduct dental clinical examination: - recognize the signs and symptoms of oral disease - recognize oral manifestations of systemic disease - recognize the symptoms and signs of malignant diseases, 3. Conduct diagnostic procedures, 4. Analysis and interpretation of medical records; 5. Treatment planning, 6. Telling patients assessment of their problems and plan further tests and treatment; 7. Perform clinical procedures (dental - prevention and treatment), 8 Diagnostics emergency medical conditions and administration of appropriate drugs, 9. Perform urgent intervention.)
Learning outcomes	After completed two-semester classes from subject Oral medicine , student of Dentistry should own next outcomes learning : 1. He owns communication skills with patient and medical staff 2. able to independently reviews the patient and take all relevant data related to his health and disease ( dental and appropriate general anamnesis ), and implemented necessary supplementary diagnostic tests in order of placement diagnosis 3. able to independently suggest treatment orientation plan 4. It integrates adopted knowledge and performance skills clinical dental procedure ( treatment patient ) 5. It prevents and implements therapy urgent conditions in oral medicine
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Ass. prof. Mirko Mikić dr Vesna Radišić dr Ognjen Kovačević
Methodology	Lectures, exercises, tests

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Introduction to oral medicine, anatomical characteristics normal mucous membranes , microscopic picture , functional characteristics , physiological processes oral mucous membranes
I week exercises	Practical teaching follows lectures
II week lectures	Factors defense lips hollow , non-specific and specific protection ( normal anatomical barrier and components specific defense )
II week exercises	Practical teaching follows lectures
III week lectures	Diagnostic methods in oral medicine : etiological factors , pathological changes and clinical manifestations
III week exercises	Practical teaching follows lectures
IV week lectures	Pathogenesis diseases soft oral tissues : etiological factors , pathological changes , histological changes and clinical manifestations
IV week exercises	Practical teaching follows lectures
V week lectures	Criteria for classification oral diseases
V week exercises	Practical teaching follows lectures
VI week lectures	Prevention diseases oral mucous membranes ; general preventive measures , functional and local measures
VI week exercises	Practical teaching follows lectures
VII week lectures	Principles oral therapy medicine : production therapeutic plan , therapeutic methods
VII week exercises	Practical teaching follows lectures
VIII week lectures	Medicines in oral medicine: the most common medications used in oral medicine , indications , contraindications , unwanted actions , doses
VIII week exercises	Practical teaching follows lectures
IX week lectures	Non-specific bacterial infections : clinical picture , diagnosis , differential diagnosis , therapy
IX week exercises	Practical teaching follows lectures
X week lectures	Gingivitis : etiology , pathogenesis , clinical picture , diagnosis , differential diagnosis , therapy
X week exercises	Practical teaching follows lectures
XI week lectures	Oral manifestations specific infection : clinical picture , diagnosis , differential diagnosis , therapy
XI week exercises	Practical teaching follows lectures
XII week lectures	Oral diseases like consequence sexual contact : clinical picture , diagnosis , differential diagnosis , therapy
XII week exercises	Practical teaching follows lectures
XIII week lectures	Oral manifestations fungal infection : clinical picture , diagnosis , differential diagnosis , therapy
XIII week exercises	Practical teaching follows lectures
XIV week lectures	Oral manifestations viral infection : Herpes virus I and II, VZV, EBV, CoA, clinical picture , diagnosis , differential diagnosis , therapy
XIV week exercises	Practical teaching follows lectures
XV week lectures	Oral manifestations of HIV/AIDS: clinical picture , diagnosis , differential diagnosis , therapy
XV week exercises	Practical teaching follows lectures
XVI week lectures	Diseases of the lips: etiology, clinical picture, diagnosis, differential diagnosis, therapy Diseases of the tongue: etiology, clinical picture, diagnosis, differential diagnosis,
XVI week exercises	Practical teaching follows lectures
XVII week lectures	Saliva and disorders of salivary gland secretion Salivary gland diseases: clinical picture, diagnosis, differential diagnosis,
XVII week exercises	Practical teaching follows lectures
XVIII week lectures	Lymph nodes of the head and neck: diseases of the lymph nodes, clinical picture, diagnosis, differential diagnosis, therapy Facial swelling: basic characteristics, clinical picture, diagnosis, differential diagnosis, therapy
XVIII week exercises	Practical teaching follows lectures
XIX week lectures	Injuries of the oral mucosa caused by physical, chemical, thermal, radiation agents as well as bad habits: etiology, clinical picture, diagnosis, differential diagnosis, therapy Oral manifestations caused by adverse effects of medications: etiology, clinical picture, diagnosis, differential diagnosis, therapy
XIX week exercises	Practical teaching follows lectures
XX week lectures	Classification of oral immune disorders Oral manifestations of allergic reactions Oral manifestations of immunodeficiency Oral manifestations of systemic autoimmune diseases ROU
XX week exercises	Practical teaching follows lectures
XXI week lectures	Mucocutaneous bullous dermatoses: Pemphigus, Pemphigoid, Epidermolysis bullosa: etiology, clinical picture, diagnosis, differential diagnosis, therapy
XXI week exercises	Practical teaching follows lectures
XXII week lectures	Mucocutaneous bullous dermatoses: Erythema exudativum multiforme, Perioral dermatitis, Lupus erythematodes, Sclerodermia, Dermatitis herpetiformis, linear IgA dermatitis: etiology, clinical picture, diagnosis, differential diagnosis, therapy Lichen planus: etiology, clinical picture, diagnosis, differential diagnosis, therapy
XXII week exercises	Practical teaching follows lectures
XXIII week lectures	Risk patients in oral medicine: The most common patients at risk, measures to protect patients and healthcare personnel, specificity of therapy
XXIII week exercises	Practical teaching follows lectures
XXIV week lectures	Manifestations of blood diseases on the oral mucosa Disorders of the function of erythrocytes, leukocytes and platelets Oral manifestations of cardiovascular and respiratory diseases
XXIV week exercises	Practical teaching follows lectures
XXV week lectures	Oral manifestations of endocrine and metabolic disorders Oral manifestations of neurological and psychiatric diseases
XXV week exercises	Practical teaching follows lectures
XXVI week lectures	Oral manifestations of gastrointestinal diseases, liver diseases and vitamin deficiency Oral manifestations of kidney diseases
XXVI week exercises	Practical teaching follows lectures
XXVII week lectures	Gerostomatology: oral manifestations, subjective complaints, prevention and therapy Oral medicine in hospital practice and transplant medicine
XXVII week exercises	Practical teaching follows lectures
XXVIII week lectures	White and red lesions of the oral mucosa: etiology, clinical picture, diagnosis, differential diagnosis, therapy Inflammatory hyperplasias, non-specific granulomas and benign tumors : : etiology, clinical picture, diagnosis, differential diagnosis, therapy Precancerous neoplasm conditions: etiology, clinical picture, diagnosis, differential diagnosis, therapy
XXVIII week exercises	Practical teaching follows lectures
XXIX week lectures	Orofacial pain, neuralgia and temporomandibular joint: glossodynia and glossopyrosis, burning mouth syndrome, subjective xerostomia and idiopathic dysgeusia: etiology, clinical picture, diagnosis, differential diagnosis, therapy
XXIX week exercises	Practical teaching follows lectures
XXX week lectures	Vježbe prate predavanja
XXX week exercises	Practical teaching follows lectures

Student workload	Structure: 1 hour lecture 2 hours of exercises 1 hour individual work including consultations Load students (semester): Teaching and the final exam (4 hx 16 = 64h). Necessary preparation (before semester enrollment, etc ...) 4h x 2 = 8 h Total load: 4 x 30 = 120h Additional work 48h The structure of the load 64 + h 8 h + 48 h)
Per week	Per semester
9 credits x 40/30=12 hours and 0 minuts 1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 3 excercises 7 hour(s) i 30 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =192 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 9 x 30=270 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 54 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 192 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 54 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Attendance at lectures and exercises is compulsory
Consultations	The teacher and associates held consultations with students once a week, in the period that is defined at the beginning of the semester.
Literature	Lj Janković, Oral Medicine, Institute for Textbooks, Belgrade, 2011 Đukanović D, Đajić D, S. Stanić, K. Kovačević - Soft tissue disease of the oral cavity - oral med. - third amended edition, Belgrade, 2008 D. Đajić, D. Đukanović - Diseases of the mouth LJ. Janković, Oral medicine, III edition
Examination methods	2 test carries 20 points Seminar 9 points Final exam 51 points. Passing grade gets the cumulative collect the minimum 50 points
Special remarks	-
Comment	-

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / MOBILE PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY

Course:

MOBILE PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
6828	Obavezan	8	13	1+5+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	Gnathology, Fantom- dental prosthetics , Dental materials
Aims	After completing the lectures and practicals in partial denture prosthodontic the student should understand the alterations of the hard and soft tissues within the orofacial system following the loss of the natural teeth. He should understand the significance of mouth preparation and tooth healing before denture planning and fabrication. He should recognise the types of partial dentures, the constructive elements of cobald chromium dentures, indications and contraindications for fabrication of various partial dentures. He should acquire knowledge of proper planning the partial dentures and be enabled to use the articulator and the paralellometer. He should understand the principles of partial denture retention and stabilization. During the practical training he should be enabled to performe all clinical procedures in partial denture fabrication : Planning the dentures, various modalities of partialy edentulous jaw-impressions, determination of jaw-relationsh
Learning outcomes	After completing the two-semester education from the matter Mobile dental prosthetics, dental student should possess the following outcomes: 1. Identify the types of removable dentures, indications and contraindications for their use, opportunities for retention, stabilization and making thereof, as well as functional, physiognomic and social significance of rehabilitation of patients. 2. He knows the possibilities and importance patient preparation for mobile dental prosthesis. 3. Is able to independently take a medical history, perform a dental examination and analysis of X-rays, to determine indications for making the appropriate prosthetic replacements and determine a treatment plan. 4. Equipped with skills to independently perform clinical phase in the making of removable dentures (total, partial and skeletal dentures): taking impressions (anatomical and functional), determination of the relationship between the forks, test models dentures, placement of the dentures, corrections and checks. 5. Able to apply the facial arches and articulator in the making dentures. 6. Has communication skills with patients, medical staff, knows and applies the principles of teamwork. 7. Has an awareness of the necessity of continuing education in order to acquire knowledge of new dental materials and techniques of their application.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant
Methodology	Lectures, practical classes, colloquia, seminars

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Basic introductory notions concerning the partial dentures, their clinical significance, indications and contraindications for fabrication , types of partial dentures. The Biologic foundation of partial denture prosthodontic
I week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
II week lectures	The loss of the natural teeth and consequences within the orofacial system. Classification of partialy edentulousnes
II week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
III week lectures	Cnvencional acrylic partial dentures , first part
III week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
IV week lectures	Cnvencional acrylic partial dentures, second part
IV week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
V week lectures	Using the parallelometer in planning and fabricating the cobalt-chromium removable partial dentures
V week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
VI week lectures	The main constructive elements of cobalt-chromium partial dentures
VI week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
VII week lectures	Planning the cobalt-chromium partial dentures- retention
VII week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
VIII week lectures	Planning the cobalt-chromium partial dentures- stabilisation
VIII week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
IX week lectures	The complex partial dentures, partial dentures with prefabricated crowns
IX week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
X week lectures	Partial dentures with attachments
X week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XI week lectures	The telescopic partial dentures
XI week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XII week lectures	Other forms of partial dentures, immediate, transitional, overdentures , sectional dentures, swing-loc
XII week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XIII week lectures	Clinical procedures in fabricating the removable partial dentures
XIII week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XIV week lectures	Delivery of partial dentures and maintaining the therapeutic effects: control examinationions, corrections, repairing and relininig the partial dentures
XIV week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XV week lectures	Removable prosthodontic- partial dentures
XV week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XVI week lectures
XVI week exercises
XVII week lectures
XVII week exercises
XVIII week lectures
XVIII week exercises
XIX week lectures
XIX week exercises
XX week lectures
XX week exercises
XXI week lectures
XXI week exercises
XXII week lectures
XXII week exercises
XXIII week lectures
XXIII week exercises
XXIV week lectures
XXIV week exercises
XXV week lectures
XXV week exercises
XXVI week lectures
XXVI week exercises
XXVII week lectures
XXVII week exercises
XXVIII week lectures
XXVIII week exercises
XXIX week lectures
XXIX week exercises
XXX week lectures
XXX week exercises

Student workload	Weekly 6.5 credits x 40/30 equals 8.6 hours Structure: 1 cup of lectures and 5 hours of exercises 1.6 test including consultations 2-hour seminar per semester Teaching and the final exam (8,6h x 16 equals 137, 6h) Necessary preparation (before semester enrollment, etc ...) 8,6h x 2 equals 17,2h Total load: 6.5 x 30 equals 195H additional work 40,2h structure opterećenja137.6h + 17,2h + 40.4h
Per week	Per semester
13 credits x 40/30=17 hours and 20 minuts 1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 5 excercises 11 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 17 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =277 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 17 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =34 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 13 x 30=390 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 78 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 277 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 34 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 78 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	The presence of students in theoretical and practical lectures is required. Presentation of the seminar work and participation in the discussion on the topic is required and assessed.
Consultations	The teacher and associates held consultations with students once a week, in the period that is defined at the beginning of the semester.
Literature	Krstić M., Petrović A., Stanišić-Sinobad D., Stošić Z., Klinička protetika-Totalna proteza „Velarta“ Beograd1998. Stamenković D: Stomatološka protetika-parcijalna proteza. Interprint, Beograd, 2006.
Examination methods	2 test carries 20 points 2 seminar papers by 2 points (total of 4 points) Attending classes 5 points Final exam 51 points Passing grade gets the cumulative gather min 50 points
Special remarks	no
Comment	no

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / PRECLNICAL ENDODONTICS

Course:

PRECLNICAL ENDODONTICS/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
6829	Obavezan	7	4.5	1+3+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	Passed exam Restorative Dentistry
Aims	After completion of theory and practical exercises, the student should: a challenge tehnbiku placing a rubber dam is to know basic anatomical and morphological characteristics of root canal system of teeth groups, to understand the importance of access cavity in endodontics treatment, to know about the different priests odontometrics, he knows the basic endodontic instruments, he knows the techniques and medications that are using irrigation and medication of root canals, he knows the different techniques reparations tooth roots, he knows all phases of endodontic procedures, and understanding of their importance to the final outcome of the treatment of diseased teeth, he knows the methods of endodontic treatment of affected teeth
Learning outcomes	After completing one semester subjects in Preclinical endodontics, dental student should possess the following learning outcomes : 1. Knowledge of basic methods of endodontic treatment of teeth. 2. Knowledge of basic anatomy morphological characteristics in canal system all groups of teeth. 3. Knows , and explains properly performed access cavity preparation techniques odontometrics, irrigation, medication and obturation in laboratory conditions. 4. Knowledge of the proper use of primary endodontic instruments in the canal system is extracted teeth of different morphology group. 5. Knows and properly applies materials in endodontic procedures. 6. All learned procedures and actions can be fully applied in the clinical setting.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Assist Prof Mirjana Đuričković
Methodology	Lectures, colloquia, exercises, seminars

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Anatomical and morphological characteristics of dental pulp space
I week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Practical work on extracted teeth.
II week lectures	Basic principles of endodontic treatment of teeth, treatment plan and operational phases
II week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Practical work on extracted teeth.
III week lectures	Endodontic instruments for root canal tooth: manual, mechanical and ultrasonic
III week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Practical work on extracted teeth.
IV week lectures	Preparation of the access of the cavity depending on the morphological group of teeth
IV week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Practical work on extracted teeth.
V week lectures	Testing of initial mobility channels, and extirpation odontometric
V week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Practical work on extracted teeth.
VI week lectures	Manual techniques and methods of preparation of the root canal tooth
VI week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Practical work on extracted teeth.
VII week lectures	Mechanical engineering preparation of root canal
VII week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Practical work on extracted teeth.
VIII week lectures	Irrigated root canal teeth - the means and method of administration
VIII week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Practical work on extracted teeth.
IX week lectures	Medication root canal teeth - the means and method of administration
IX week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Practical work on extracted teeth.
X week lectures	Obturating root of the tooth - the means and method of administration
X week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Practical work on extracted teeth.
XI week lectures	Asepsis and antisepsis in endodontics
XI week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Practical work on extracted teeth.
XII week lectures	Pulp disease in apex periodontium: etiology, pathogenesis and symptomatology
XII week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Practical work on extracted teeth.
XIII week lectures	Classification of pulp disease in apex periodontium
XIII week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Practical work on extracted teeth.
XIV week lectures	Biopulpotomia, necropulpotomia-Indications and protocol work
XIV week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Practical work on extracted teeth.
XV week lectures	Biopulpectomia, necropulpectomia-Indications and protocol work
XV week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Practical work on extracted teeth.

Student workload	Students (weekly): 6.75 credits x 40/30 = 9Sat Structure: 1 hour lecture 5 exercises 1 hour individual work including consultations Load students (semester): Teaching and the final exam (9 hx 16 = 144h). Necessary preparation (before semester enrollment, etc ...) 9h x 2 = 18 h Total load: 6.75 x 30 = 202,5h Additional work 40,5h The structure of the load 144 h + 18 h + 40.5 h
Per week	Per semester
4.5 credits x 40/30=6 hours and 0 minuts 1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 3 excercises 2 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 6 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =96 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 6 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =12 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4.5 x 30=135 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 27 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 96 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 27 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	The presence of theoretical and practical training is mandatory. Presentation of the seminar and participation in discussions on the topic is required and assessed.
Consultations	The teacher and associates held consultations with students once a week, in the period that is defined at the beginning of the semester
Literature	Bergenholz et al. Textbook of Endodontology, 2nd eds, Wiley-Blackwell, Chichester, UK, 2010. 2. Leif Tronstad. Clinical endodontics-a textbook, 3rd eds, Thieme, NY, USA, 2009. 3.Slavoljub Živković et al. Practice of endodontic therapy, Data Status, Belgrade,2017.
Examination methods	2 colloquia 20 points Seminar 9 points Final exam 50 points. Passing grade gets the cumulative collect the minimum of 51
Special remarks	Mandatory narrowly professional subject
Comment	No

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / PRECLNICAL ENDODONTICS

Course:

PRECLNICAL ENDODONTICS/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
6829	Obavezan	8	5	2+2+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	Passed exam Restorative Dentistry
Aims	After completion of theory and practical exercises, the student should: a challenge tehnbiku placing a rubber dam is to know basic anatomical and morphological characteristics of root canal system of teeth groups, to understand the importance of access cavity in endodontics treatment, to know about the different priests odontometrics, he knows the basic endodontic instruments, he knows the techniques and medications that are using irrigation and medication of root canals, he knows the different techniques reparations tooth roots, he knows all phases of endodontic procedures, and understanding of their importance to the final outcome of the treatment of diseased teeth, he knows the methods of endodontic treatment of affected teeth
Learning outcomes	After completing one semester subjects in Preclinical endodontics, dental student should possess the following learning outcomes : 1. Knowledge of basic methods of endodontic treatment of teeth. 2. Knowledge of basic anatomy morphological characteristics in canal system all groups of teeth. 3. Knows , and explains properly performed access cavity preparation techniques odontometrics, irrigation, medication and obturation in laboratory conditions. 4. Knowledge of the proper use of primary endodontic instruments in the canal system is extracted teeth of different morphology group. 5. Knows and properly applies materials in endodontic procedures. 6. All learned procedures and actions can be fully applied in the clinical setting.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Assist Prof Mirjana Đuričković
Methodology	Lectures, colloquia, exercises, seminars

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Anatomical and morphological characteristics of dental pulp space
I week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Practical work on extracted teeth.
II week lectures	Basic principles of endodontic treatment of teeth, treatment plan and operational phases
II week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Practical work on extracted teeth.
III week lectures	Endodontic instruments for root canal tooth: manual, mechanical and ultrasonic
III week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Practical work on extracted teeth.
IV week lectures	Preparation of the access of the cavity depending on the morphological group of teeth
IV week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Practical work on extracted teeth.
V week lectures	Testing of initial mobility channels, and extirpation odontometric
V week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Practical work on extracted teeth.
VI week lectures	Manual techniques and methods of preparation of the root canal tooth
VI week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Practical work on extracted teeth.
VII week lectures	Mechanical engineering preparation of root canal
VII week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Practical work on extracted teeth.
VIII week lectures	Irrigated root canal teeth - the means and method of administration
VIII week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Practical work on extracted teeth.
IX week lectures	Medication root canal teeth - the means and method of administration
IX week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Practical work on extracted teeth.
X week lectures	Obturating root of the tooth - the means and method of administration
X week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Practical work on extracted teeth.
XI week lectures	Asepsis and antisepsis in endodontics
XI week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Practical work on extracted teeth.
XII week lectures	Pulp disease in apex periodontium: etiology, pathogenesis and symptomatology
XII week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Practical work on extracted teeth.
XIII week lectures	Classification of pulp disease in apex periodontium
XIII week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Practical work on extracted teeth.
XIV week lectures	Biopulpotomia, necropulpotomia-Indications and protocol work
XIV week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Practical work on extracted teeth.
XV week lectures	Biopulpectomia, necropulpectomia-Indications and protocol work
XV week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Practical work on extracted teeth.

Student workload	Students (weekly): 6.75 credits x 40/30 = 9Sat Structure: 1 hour lecture 5 exercises 1 hour individual work including consultations Load students (semester): Teaching and the final exam (9 hx 16 = 144h). Necessary preparation (before semester enrollment, etc ...) 9h x 2 = 18 h Total load: 6.75 x 30 = 202,5h Additional work 40,5h The structure of the load 144 h + 18 h + 40.5 h
Per week	Per semester
5 credits x 40/30=6 hours and 40 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =106 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =13 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 5 x 30=150 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 106 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	The presence of theoretical and practical training is mandatory. Presentation of the seminar and participation in discussions on the topic is required and assessed.
Consultations	The teacher and associates held consultations with students once a week, in the period that is defined at the beginning of the semester
Literature	Bergenholz et al. Textbook of Endodontology, 2nd eds, Wiley-Blackwell, Chichester, UK, 2010. 2. Leif Tronstad. Clinical endodontics-a textbook, 3rd eds, Thieme, NY, USA, 2009. 3.Slavoljub Živković et al. Practice of endodontic therapy, Data Status, Belgrade,2017.
Examination methods	2 colloquia 20 points Seminar 9 points Final exam 50 points. Passing grade gets the cumulative collect the minimum of 51
Special remarks	Mandatory narrowly professional subject
Comment	No

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / CLINICAL ENDODONTICS I

Course:

CLINICAL ENDODONTICS I/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
6830	Obavezan	8	6.75	1+5+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	Exam in Restorative odontology and Endodontics Preclinical
Aims	After completion of theoretical lectures and practical exercises the student should: be individually and precisely to take a detailed medical history (general and dental) that properly implemented clinical examination, to adequately apply additional tests necessary for final diagnosis, he knew the indications and contraindications for taking endodontic treatment, it may propose an orientation plan endodontic treatment of diseased teeth, he knows the tools, materials and medications used in endodontics, he knows the basic principles of endodontic treatment in teeth with inflamed and infected teeth with pulp, he knows the basic dental treatment, and expands with periapical lesions, that has mastered the basic techniques of preparation and channels that they can be applied in clinical Praxis to be properly applied to different root canal obturation tejnike in practice and knows the side effects medikations used in endodontics
Learning outcomes	vrijednost_ili_NULL(vrijednost_ili_NULL(After completing one semester course in Clinical endodontics I, Dental student should have the following learning outcomes: 1. Posseses communication skills with the patient and the Medical staff. 2. Has the ability to independently examine the patient and takes all relevant information related to his health and disease (dental and appropriate general history), and conducts the necessary additional diagnostic tests to establish the diagnosis. 3. Knows the proper use of endodontic instruments. 4. Knows and properly applies materials in endodontic procedures. 5. Possess the skills to independently perform clinical techniques in endodontic procedures. 6. Knows the side effects of medications used in endodontics.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Prof. dr Barnislav Karadžić, dr Aleksandra Žuža
Methodology	Lectures,exercises, consultations, colloquiums

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Basic principles of endodontic treatment of teeth
I week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
II week lectures	Diseases of the dental pulp, etiology and pathogenesis
II week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
III week lectures	Diseases puple teeth - diagnosis and clinical examination
III week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
IV week lectures	Apical periodontal disease - etiology and pathogenesis
IV week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
V week lectures	Clinical diagnosis of diseases of the dental pulp
V week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
VI week lectures	Clinical diagnosis of apical periodontal disease
VI week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
VII week lectures	Endoparodontalne lesion - etiology and classification
VII week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
VIII week lectures	Endodontic symptomatology - pain in endodontics
VIII week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
IX week lectures	Treatment of teeth with vital pulp
IX week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
X week lectures	Therapy non-vital teeth
X week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XI week lectures	Endodontic treatment of teeth with large periapical lesions
XI week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XII week lectures	Endodontic surgical treatment of diseased teeth
XII week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XIII week lectures	Endodontic treatment of tooth root resorption
XIII week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XIV week lectures	Emergency endodontic treatment
XIV week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XV week lectures	Repeat
XV week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XVI week lectures	Errors and complications during endodontic therapy
XVI week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XVII week lectures	Errors and complications during endodontic therapy
XVII week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XVIII week lectures	Again endodontic treatment - indications and mode
XVIII week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XIX week lectures	Again endodontic treatment - indications and mode
XIX week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XX week lectures	Endodontic of treated tooth- whitening
XX week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XXI week lectures	Restoration of endodontic treated teeth
XXI week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XXII week lectures	Restoration of endodontic treated teeth. Systems channel retention
XXII week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XXIII week lectures	The pace and flow of reparation of damaged periapical tissues after endodontic therapy
XXIII week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XXIV week lectures	Rtg diagnosis of periapical inflammation. Differential diagnosis
XXIV week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XXV week lectures	Prognosis of success of endodontic treatment
XXV week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XXVI week lectures	Specifics channel morphology top tooth root
XXVI week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XXVII week lectures	Therapy endoperiodontal lesions
XXVII week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XXVIII week lectures	Therapy endoperiodontal lesions
XXVIII week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XXIX week lectures	Emergencies in endodontics
XXIX week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XXX week lectures	Klinički rad sa pacijentima.
XXX week exercises	Clinical work with patients.

Student workload	vrijednost_ili_NULL(Students (Weekly): 4.5 credits x 40/30 = 6 hours Structure: 1 hour lecture 3 exercises 1 hour individual work including consultations 1 hour test Load students (semester): Teaching and the final exam (6 hx 16 = 96h). Necessary preparation (before semester enrollment, etc ...) 6h x 2 = 12 h Total load: 4.5 x 30 = 135h Additional work 27h The structure of the load 96 h + 12 h + 27 h)
Per week	Per semester
6.75 credits x 40/30=9 hours and 0 minuts 1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 5 excercises 3 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 9 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =144 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 9 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =18 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 6.75 x 30=202.5 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 40 hour(s) i 30 minuts Workload structure: 144 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 40 hour(s) i 30 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	The presence of lectures and exercises is mandatory. For all exercises, the student is required to work with pacijentima.U otherwise exercise is lost. During the semester, students must meet standards defined curriculum, which is related to clinical work
Consultations	The teacher and associates held consultations with students once a week, in the period that is defined at the beginning of the semester.
Literature	1.Bergenholz et al. Textbook of Endodontology, 2nd eds, Wiley-Blackwell, Chichester, UK, 2010. 2. Leif Tronstad. Clinical endodontics-a textbook, 3rd eds, Thieme, NY, USA, 2009. 3.Slavoljub Živković i sar.Praktikum endodontske terapije, Datastatus, Be
Examination methods	2 test carries 20 points Seminar 9 points Final exam 51 points. Passing grade gets the cumulative collect the minimum 50 points
Special remarks	No
Comment	No

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / CLINICAL ENDODONTICS I

Course:

CLINICAL ENDODONTICS I/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
6830	Obavezan	10	8	1+3+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	Exam in Restorative odontology and Endodontics Preclinical
Aims	After completion of theoretical lectures and practical exercises the student should: be individually and precisely to take a detailed medical history (general and dental) that properly implemented clinical examination, to adequately apply additional tests necessary for final diagnosis, he knew the indications and contraindications for taking endodontic treatment, it may propose an orientation plan endodontic treatment of diseased teeth, he knows the tools, materials and medications used in endodontics, he knows the basic principles of endodontic treatment in teeth with inflamed and infected teeth with pulp, he knows the basic dental treatment, and expands with periapical lesions, that has mastered the basic techniques of preparation and channels that they can be applied in clinical Praxis to be properly applied to different root canal obturation tejnike in practice and knows the side effects medikations used in endodontics
Learning outcomes	vrijednost_ili_NULL(vrijednost_ili_NULL(After completing one semester course in Clinical endodontics I, Dental student should have the following learning outcomes: 1. Posseses communication skills with the patient and the Medical staff. 2. Has the ability to independently examine the patient and takes all relevant information related to his health and disease (dental and appropriate general history), and conducts the necessary additional diagnostic tests to establish the diagnosis. 3. Knows the proper use of endodontic instruments. 4. Knows and properly applies materials in endodontic procedures. 5. Possess the skills to independently perform clinical techniques in endodontic procedures. 6. Knows the side effects of medications used in endodontics.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Prof. dr Barnislav Karadžić, dr Aleksandra Žuža
Methodology	Lectures,exercises, consultations, colloquiums

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Basic principles of endodontic treatment of teeth
I week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
II week lectures	Diseases of the dental pulp, etiology and pathogenesis
II week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
III week lectures	Diseases puple teeth - diagnosis and clinical examination
III week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
IV week lectures	Apical periodontal disease - etiology and pathogenesis
IV week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
V week lectures	Clinical diagnosis of diseases of the dental pulp
V week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
VI week lectures	Clinical diagnosis of apical periodontal disease
VI week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
VII week lectures	Endoparodontalne lesion - etiology and classification
VII week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
VIII week lectures	Endodontic symptomatology - pain in endodontics
VIII week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
IX week lectures	Treatment of teeth with vital pulp
IX week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
X week lectures	Therapy non-vital teeth
X week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XI week lectures	Endodontic treatment of teeth with large periapical lesions
XI week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XII week lectures	Endodontic surgical treatment of diseased teeth
XII week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XIII week lectures	Endodontic treatment of tooth root resorption
XIII week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XIV week lectures	Emergency endodontic treatment
XIV week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XV week lectures	Repeat
XV week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XVI week lectures	Errors and complications during endodontic therapy
XVI week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XVII week lectures	Errors and complications during endodontic therapy
XVII week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XVIII week lectures	Again endodontic treatment - indications and mode
XVIII week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XIX week lectures	Again endodontic treatment - indications and mode
XIX week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XX week lectures	Endodontic of treated tooth- whitening
XX week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XXI week lectures	Restoration of endodontic treated teeth
XXI week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XXII week lectures	Restoration of endodontic treated teeth. Systems channel retention
XXII week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XXIII week lectures	The pace and flow of reparation of damaged periapical tissues after endodontic therapy
XXIII week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XXIV week lectures	Rtg diagnosis of periapical inflammation. Differential diagnosis
XXIV week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XXV week lectures	Prognosis of success of endodontic treatment
XXV week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XXVI week lectures	Specifics channel morphology top tooth root
XXVI week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XXVII week lectures	Therapy endoperiodontal lesions
XXVII week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XXVIII week lectures	Therapy endoperiodontal lesions
XXVIII week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XXIX week lectures	Emergencies in endodontics
XXIX week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XXX week lectures	Klinički rad sa pacijentima.
XXX week exercises	Clinical work with patients.

Student workload	vrijednost_ili_NULL(Students (Weekly): 4.5 credits x 40/30 = 6 hours Structure: 1 hour lecture 3 exercises 1 hour individual work including consultations 1 hour test Load students (semester): Teaching and the final exam (6 hx 16 = 96h). Necessary preparation (before semester enrollment, etc ...) 6h x 2 = 12 h Total load: 4.5 x 30 = 135h Additional work 27h The structure of the load 96 h + 12 h + 27 h)
Per week	Per semester
8 credits x 40/30=10 hours and 40 minuts 1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 3 excercises 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =170 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =21 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 8 x 30=240 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 48 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 170 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 21 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 48 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	The presence of lectures and exercises is mandatory. For all exercises, the student is required to work with pacijentima.U otherwise exercise is lost. During the semester, students must meet standards defined curriculum, which is related to clinical work
Consultations	The teacher and associates held consultations with students once a week, in the period that is defined at the beginning of the semester.
Literature	1.Bergenholz et al. Textbook of Endodontology, 2nd eds, Wiley-Blackwell, Chichester, UK, 2010. 2. Leif Tronstad. Clinical endodontics-a textbook, 3rd eds, Thieme, NY, USA, 2009. 3.Slavoljub Živković i sar.Praktikum endodontske terapije, Datastatus, Be
Examination methods	2 test carries 20 points Seminar 9 points Final exam 51 points. Passing grade gets the cumulative collect the minimum 50 points
Special remarks	No
Comment	No

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / PARODONTOLOGY

Course:

PARODONTOLOGY/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
6831	Obavezan	8	6	1+2+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	No
Aims	he student must be able to independently carry out certain procedures - government diagnostic procedures in periodontology, take full history of the patient, verify the level of oral hygiene, periodontal assess the state of the respective indexes, and set a definite diagnosis of periodontal disease, predict prognosis for individual teeth as well as the entire dentition and the development of a treatment plan diseased periodontal disease, overcome knowledge of instruments and instrumentation techniques and fixation instruments used within the causal treatment of periodontal disease, implement all therapeutic procedures foreseen causal phase of periodontal therapy, knows the indications and contraindications for the application of the basic surgical therapeutic procedures used for the elimination of periodontal pockets and correction of anomalies mucogingival.
Learning outcomes	After completing the two-semester course in Periodontology I, a dental student should achieve the following outcomes: 1.Has communication skills with the patient and the medical staff. 2.Is competent to take independently all the relevant anamnestic data of the patient, to determine the level of oral hygiene and periodontal conditions (by the corresponding indexes), and to define the diagnosis of periodontal disease. 3.Determines the prognosis for individual teeth and whole dentition and defines a treatment plan for the periodontal disease. 4.Knows and applies adequtely instruments used within the causal treatment of periodontal diseas 5.Performs causal periodontal therapy. 6.Knows the indications and contraindications for applying the method of processing periodontal pockets, and applies independetly the therapy of periodontal pockets using this method.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Ass. prof. Mirko Mikić dr Vesna Radišić dr Ognjen Kovačević
Methodology	Lectures, exercises, tests

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	BASICS OF PERIODONTOLOGY
I week exercises	Practical teaching follows lectures. Clinical work with patients.
II week lectures	CLASSIFICATION OF PERIODONTAL DISEASES
II week exercises	Practical teaching follows lectures. Clinical work with patients.
III week lectures	PERIODONTIUM STRUCTURE - CLINICAL ASPECTS
III week exercises	Practical teaching follows lectures. Clinical work with patients.
IV week lectures	CLINICAL PICTURE OF PERIODONTOPATHY
IV week exercises	Practical teaching follows lectures. Clinical work with patients.
V week lectures	CLINICAL PICTURE OF PERIODONTOPATHY
V week exercises	Practical teaching follows lectures. Clinical work with patients.
VI week lectures	ETIOLOGY OF PERIODONTOPATHY
VI week exercises	Practical teaching follows lectures. Clinical work with patients.
VII week lectures	ETIOLOGY OF PERIODONTOPATHY
VII week exercises	Practical teaching follows lectures. Clinical work with patients.
VIII week lectures	OCCLUSION AND PERIODONTIUM
VIII week exercises	Practical teaching follows lectures. Clinical work with patients.
IX week lectures	PATHOGENESIS OF PERIODONTOPATHY
IX week exercises	Practical teaching follows lectures. Clinical work with patients.
X week lectures	DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOSIS OF PERIODONTOPATHY
X week exercises	Practical teaching follows lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XI week lectures	CLINICAL ASPECTS OF RENDGENOGRAPHY IN PERIODONTOLOGY
XI week exercises	Practical teaching follows lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XII week lectures	COMPLICATIONS OF PERIODONTOPATHY AND THEIR THERAPY
XII week exercises	Practical teaching follows lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XIII week lectures	AGGRESSIVE PERIODONTOPATHIES
XIII week exercises	Practical teaching follows lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XIV week lectures	THERAPY OF AGGRESSIVE PERIODONTOPATHIES
XIV week exercises	Practical teaching follows lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XV week lectures	AGING AND PERIODONTICS
XV week exercises	Practical teaching follows lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XVI week lectures	PROGNOSIS OF PERIODONTAL DISEASE
XVI week exercises	Practical teaching follows lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XVII week lectures	THERAPY PLAN FOR PATIENTS WITH PERIODONTOPATHY
XVII week exercises	Practical teaching follows lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XVIII week lectures	THERAPY OF DISORDERED OCCLUSION
XVIII week exercises	Practical teaching follows lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XIX week lectures	CAUSAL THERAPY OF PERIODONTOPATHY
XIX week exercises	Practical teaching follows lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XX week lectures	DRUGS IN THE THERAPY OF PERIODONTAL DISEASE
XX week exercises	Practical teaching follows lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XXI week lectures	CHOICE OF METHOD FOR ELIMINATION OF PERIODONTAL POCKETS
XXI week exercises	Practical teaching follows lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XXII week lectures	TREATMENT OF PERIODONTAL POCKETS
XXII week exercises	Practical teaching follows lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XXIII week lectures	CLINICAL ASPECTS OF BIOLOGICAL WIDTH
XXIII week exercises	Practical teaching follows lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XXIV week lectures	RESECTIVE METHODS IN THERAPY OF PERIODONTAL POCKETS
XXIV week exercises	Practical teaching follows lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XXV week lectures	REGENERATIVE METHODS IN THE THERAPY OF PERIODONTAL POCKETS
XXV week exercises	Practical teaching follows lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XXVI week lectures	PERIODONTAL SURGERY
XXVI week exercises	Practical teaching follows lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XXVII week lectures	FLAP OPERATION
XXVII week exercises	Practical teaching follows lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XXVIII week lectures	FLAP OPERATION
XXVIII week exercises	Practical teaching follows lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XXIX week lectures	GINGIVECTOMY WITH GINGIVOPLASTY
XXIX week exercises	Practical teaching follows lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XXX week lectures	Vježbe prate predavanja.Klinički rad sa pacijentima.
XXX week exercises	Practical teaching follows lectures. Clinical work with patients.

Student workload	Load students (week): 3 credits x 40/30 = 4 hours Structure: 1 hour lecture 2 hours of exercises 1 hour individual work including consultations Load students (semester): Teaching and the final exam (4 hx 16 = 64h). Necessary preparation (before semester enrollment, etc ...) 4h x 2 = 8 h Total load: 4 x 30 = 120h Additional work 48h The structure of the load 64 + h 8 h + 48 h
Per week	Per semester
6 credits x 40/30=8 hours and 0 minuts 1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 5 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =128 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =16 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 6 x 30=180 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 36 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 128 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 16 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 36 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Attendance at lectures and exercises is compulsory.
Consultations	The teacher and associates held consultations with students once a week, in the period that is defined at the beginning of the semester.
Literature	Djajić D., Đukanović D „Bolesti usta, VIII izdanje, Dječije novine, Gornji Milanovac, 1990. Leković V., Dimitrijević B., Janković Lj. Bolesti usta – praktikum, Dječje novine, Gornji Milanovac, 1988. Pomoćna literatura: Djajić D., Đukanović D., Zelić O.,
Examination methods	2 test carries 20 points Seminar 9 points Final exam 51 points. Passing grade gets the cumulative collect the minimum 50 points
Special remarks	No
Comment	No

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / PUBLIC HEALTH

Course:

PUBLIC HEALTH/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
6832	Obavezan	7	3	2+1+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	None
Aims	After attending courses and passing the exam, student should know: to identify public health risk factors for oral diseases at local and national level, to plan, organize and participate in research of oral health of population at local and national level, to plan, organize implementation and evaluation of health education in preventive dental care, to participate in public health integrated programs for prevention of cardiovascular, cancer and other chronic non-communicable diseases, to participate in implementation of measures for prevention, control and eradication of infectious diseases, to plan, participate in organization and implementation of campaign for prevention of oral infectious and non-infectious diseases...
Learning outcomes	After finishing one-semestral course in Public health, the student of dentistry should have the following learning outcomes : 1. Knows and explains the basic ideas of the public health domain ( especially mouth and teeth) ,health care system, dental health services and parametres that define them,with special review on the analysis of the role of health promotion in treatment of contemporary dental public-health problems. 2. Knows and describes the connection between health and other social systems, indicates on the specificities of the health sector organization as well as social system, especially in the domain of health protection of mouth and teeth ; describes the connection between social iniqualities and health, social capital and health, social pathology and health. 3. The student is competent to systematically,critically examinate basic principles and important constitutive elements of the dominant, official biochemical paradigms of health and its treatment. 4. Identifies and describes risk factors that affect health, especially mouth and teeth, in all groups of the social community ,and analyzes and connects the relations between them. 5. He/she is competent to analyze the effects of a behaviours ,as well as all other apsects related to behavior and its modification of health education strategies.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	prof. dr Agima Ljaljević
Methodology

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Introduction to Public Health, definitions, history and development, subject and content of public health
I week exercises	Public health - presenting the place and position of public health in the health care system.
II week lectures	Introduction to public health, basic hygiene and epidemiological and social-medical terms
II week exercises	Public health - presenting the place and position of public health in the health care system
III week lectures	Health needs, requirements and use helath care.
III week exercises	Presentation of health care measures to the natural course of the disease.
IV week lectures	Assessment of health status of population, survey methodology of health and disease, etc.
IV week exercises	Calculating and presenting health indicators.
V week lectures	Strategies for improving of public health
V week exercises	Student design strategies for acquiring skills through playing someone else's roles, simulations, exercises, and the like.
VI week lectures	Health education
VI week exercises	Development of health education programs.
VII week lectures	Contribution of community in preserving and improvement of health
VII week exercises	Creating a health education program with other community members.
VIII week lectures	Environmental factors and improvement of public health
VIII week exercises	Development of a program for the prevention of the impact of risk factors for health.
IX week lectures	Behavior as factor for improvement of public health
IX week exercises	Creating a program to reduce the negative impacts of unhealthy behaviors on health.
X week lectures	Promocija zdravlja
X week exercises	Developing health promotion programs.
XI week lectures	Public health programs, with action plans.
XI week exercises	Development of public health programs
XII week lectures	Planning, programming and funding of dental health care
XII week exercises	Development of specific plans for the protection of oral health for the given population groups.
XIII week lectures	Health, especially the oral health of population groups, women, children, the elderly, workers, people with special needs
XIII week exercises	Creating an action plan for a defined time period.
XIV week lectures	Health Care Systems Financing system, payment service providers, health insurance)
XIV week exercises	Presentation of the health care pyramid.
XV week lectures	Health care by methods of providing health care.
XV week exercises	Presenting differences in methods of providing health care to the population.

Student workload	Weekly 3 credits x 40/30 = 4 hours Structure: 2 h of lectures 1 hour of exercise 1 hour of individual work including consultations During semester Teaching and final exam (4 hours x 16 = 64h). Necessary preparation before beginning of semester (enrollment, verification ...) 4h x 2 = 8 h Total load: 3 x 30 = 90h Additional work 18h The structure of the load 64 + h 8 h + 18 h 90 = h
Per week	Per semester
3 credits x 40/30=4 hours and 0 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 1 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =64 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =8 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 3 x 30=90 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 64 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Preparation and presentation of seminar papers Preparation and defense of scientific papers Homework
Consultations	Sudents have opportunities to ongoing consultations with Professor
Literature	Social medicine - Agima Ljaljević unpublished material
Examination methods	2 test carries Seminar Final exam. homework To successfully pass the exam it is necessary to obtain at least 50 points
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / MANAGEMENT IN DENTISTRY

Course:

MANAGEMENT IN DENTISTRY/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
6833	Obavezan	8	1.75	1+0+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	No prerequisites required
Aims	The aim of the course is to acquaint students with the general principles of management and health care management and to teach them adequately (both theoretically and practically) so that they can understand the concept of successful i.e. effective management. Specific objectives of the course are: to acquire adequate knowledge, appropriate skills and practical experience that will enable students to develop basic communication skills and motivation skills, to understand the importance and need for continuing education. In other words, students are taught to achieve set goals of their institution, service, programme, project and team in most efficient and effective manner
Learning outcomes	After completing one semester course in Management in dentistry, dental student should possess the following learning outcomes: 1. Possess the principles of management in health care. 2. Possess the basic communication skills . 3. Possess the basic skills of organization, leadership and management program of dental care. 4. Analyzes dental programs and make timely decisions.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Snezana Matijevic DDS MSc PhD
Methodology	Lectures, exercises, tests, final exam

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Definition, characteristics and development of management
I week exercises
II week lectures	Management functions
II week exercises
III week lectures	Management functions
III week exercises
IV week lectures	Management functions
IV week exercises
V week lectures	Communication
V week exercises
VI week lectures	Communication
VI week exercises
VII week lectures	Communication
VII week exercises
VIII week lectures	Communication
VIII week exercises
IX week lectures	Public relations and communication
IX week exercises
X week lectures	Leadership
X week exercises
XI week lectures	Successful (effective) manager
XI week exercises
XII week lectures	Management and workplace motivation
XII week exercises
XIII week lectures	Collaboration and teamwork
XIII week exercises
XIV week lectures	Decision making and problem solving
XIV week exercises
XV week lectures	Education for successful management
XV week exercises

Student workload	1 hour of lecture per week
Per week	Per semester
1.75 credits x 40/30=2 hours and 20 minuts 1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 0 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 2 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =37 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =4 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 1.75 x 30=52.5 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 10 hour(s) i 30 minuts Workload structure: 37 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 4 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 10 hour(s) i 30 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Exercises are not included in the curriculum
Consultations	Consultations are provided by the lecturer on request
Literature	Prof. dr Mićović P., Zdravstveni menadžment - Menadžment zdravstvenog sistema i zdravstvenih ustanova, Beograd 2008. godina
Examination methods	2 progress tests 20 points each Seminar paper 9 points Final exam 51 points
Special remarks	Minimum passing score is 50 points
Comment	Additional information can be obtained from the lecturer, a head of the study programme and vice-dean for academic affairs

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / URGENT CONDITIONS IN DENTISTRY

Course:

URGENT CONDITIONS IN DENTISTRY/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
6834	Obavezan	10	2	1+1+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	There is no conditionality.
Aims	During school hours, students should see and recognize individual differential diagnostic dental emergency. During exercises, students will demonstrate first aid techniques that they should overcome.
Learning outcomes	After completing one semester subjects in Emergencies in Dentistry, dental students should have the following learning outcomes: 1. Possess communication skills with the patient and the medical staff. 2. Ability to independently examine the patient and take all relevant information related to his health and disease (dental and appropriate general history), and conduct the necessary additional diagnostic tests to establish the diagnosis . 3. Actively participate in assisting in providing first aid performed by a doctor. 4. Possess skills of independent provision of first aid in most dental emergencies.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Assis prof Mirjana Đuričković Assis prof Mirko Mikić
Methodology	Lectures, exercises,colloquia, seminars

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Emergency cardiovascular and respiratory conditions, hypoglycemic shock, acute crisis adrenaline-resuscitation
I week exercises	Emergency cardiovascular and respiratory conditions, hypoglycemic shock, acute crisis adrenaline-resuscitation
II week lectures	Emergency cardiovascular and respiratory conditions, hypoglycemic shock, acute crisis adrenaline-resuscitation
II week exercises	Emergency cardiovascular and respiratory conditions, hypoglycemic shock, acute crisis adrenaline-resuscitation
III week lectures	Episodic unconsciousness - sinkops, collapse, epilieptični attack, hysterical and rarer forms of episodic disorder awareness
III week exercises	Episodic unconsciousness - sinkops, collapse, epilieptični attack, hysterical and rarer forms of episodic disorder
IV week lectures	Allergic reactions-systemic and local
IV week exercises	Allergic reactions-systemic and local
V week lectures	Pain in the oro-facial region
V week exercises	Pain in the oro-facial region
VI week lectures	Bleeding-as a result of surgical interventions in the oral cavity
VI week exercises	Bleeding-as a result of surgical interventions in the oral cavity
VII week lectures	Bleeding-like injuries of soft and bone tissues of the face and jaw.
VII week exercises	Bleeding-like injuries of soft and bone tissues of the face and jaw.
VIII week lectures	Odontogenic infection-etiology, clinical presentation, development odontogenic infections
VIII week exercises	Odontogenic infection-etiology, clinical presentation, development odontogenic infections
IX week lectures	Odontogenic infection-specific area, the possibilities of propagation of odontogenic infections
IX week exercises	Odontogenic infection-specific area, the possibilities of propagation of odontogenic infections
X week lectures	Violations of the mouth, teeth, jaws and face-first aid for injuries of the oral cavity
X week exercises	Violations of the mouth, teeth, jaws and face-first aid for injuries of the oral cavity
XI week lectures	Emergencies during dental treatment-emergencies during tooth extraction
XI week exercises	Emergencies during dental treatment-emergencies during tooth extraction
XII week lectures	Emergencies during stomatolođke therapy-aspiration and ingestion of foreign objects, endodontic urgency condition
XII week exercises	Emergencies during stomatolođke therapy-aspiration and ingestion of foreign objects, endodontic urgency condition
XIII week lectures	Injuries of teeth and periodontal tissues during childhood
XIII week exercises	Injuries of teeth and periodontal tissues during childhood
XIV week lectures	Injuries of teeth and periodontal tissues during childhood
XIV week exercises	Injuries of teeth and periodontal tissues during childhood
XV week lectures	Options dentists working in emergency dental conditions
XV week exercises	Options dentists working in emergency dental conditions

Student workload	Students (weekly): 2 credits x 40/30 = 2.66sati Structure: 1 hour lecture 1 hour exercise 0.66sati individual work including consultations Load students (semester): Teaching and the final exam (2.66 hx 16 = 42.56h). Necessary preparation (before semester enrollment, etc ...) 2.66hx 2 = 5:32 h Total load: 2 x 30 = 60 h Additional work 12.12h Structure Load 42.56 h + h + 5:32 12:12 h
Per week	Per semester
2 credits x 40/30=2 hours and 40 minuts 1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 0 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =42 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =5 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 2 x 30=60 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 42 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	The presence of students in theoretical and practical lectures is required. Presentation of the seminar work and participation in the discussion on the topic is required and assessed.
Consultations	The teacher and associates held consultations with students once a week, in the term that is defined at the beginning of the semester.
Literature	Petrović V, Gavrić M.Urgentna stanja u stomatološkoj praksi. Draganić. Beograd; 1996
Examination methods	2 test carries 20 points Seminar 10 points Final exam 51 points. Passing grade gets the cumulative collect the minimum 50 points
Special remarks	Compulsory subject narrowly professional
Comment	No

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / PAEDIATRIC DENTISTRY

Course:

PAEDIATRIC DENTISTRY/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
7495	Obavezan	10	10	2+3+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	No prerequisites required
Aims	The aim of the course is to acquaint students with specifics of treatment of children, primary and permanent dentition, specifics of caries in different dentitions, personality types of children, specificity of cavity preparation in primary and permanent teeth in children, treatment of children, pain control, dental materials used in pediatric dentistry, root canal treatment, basic oral surgical procedures in children, application of the basic principles in the treatment of dental injuries, diagnosis and treatment of periodontal disease, diagnosis and treatment of viral, bacterial and other diseases of the mouth in children, the principles of emergency conditions treatment
Learning outcomes	Upon completion of two-semester course and passing the pediatric dentistry exam dental students should achieve the following learning outcomes: 1. Have knowledge of growth and development of orofacial system, anatomical , histological and morphological characteristics of deciduous and permanent teeth, chronology of primary and permanent teeth eruption 2. Have knowledge of diseases of soft tissue in children and their treatment, oral manifestations of infectious diseases and systemic diseases in children as well as types and treatment of injuries in primary and permanent dentition 3. Have knowledge of child personality types, principles of dental treatment planning for children and have communication skill to work with children, parents and medical staff 4. Can examine children independently and take all relevant information related to their health and disease (dental and general medical anamnesis) from parents or accompanying person as well as to conduct necessary additional diagnostic tests in order to make a diagnosis 5. Have knowledge and adequately apply preventive and prophylactic methods in primary, mixed and permanent dentition 6. Can perform independently restorative and endodontic procedure in primary, mixed and permanent dentition 7. Prevent and perform emergency treatment in pediatric dentistry
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Snezana Matijevic DDS MSc PhD Djurickovic Mirjana Asst. Prof.
Methodology	Lectures, exercises, consultations, progress tests, final exam

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Diseases of pulp and periodontal tissue and their diagnosis
I week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
II week lectures	Diagnosis of diseases of pulp and periodontal tissue and treatment of diseases of pulp of primary dentition
II week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
III week lectures	Treatment of diseases of pulp of permanent teeth and endodontic treatment of teeth with immature roots
III week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
IV week lectures	Treatment of disease of periodontal tissues of deciduous and permanent teeth in children
IV week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
V week lectures	Diseases of oral soft tissues in children
V week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
VI week lectures	Diseases of lips in children
VI week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
VII week lectures	Periodontal diseases in children
VII week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
VIII week lectures	Oral manifestations of infectious diseases in children
VIII week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
IX week lectures	Oral manifestations of systemic diseases in children
IX week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
X week lectures	Injuries of deciduous and permanent teeth in children. Treatment of dental injuries
X week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XI week lectures	Injuries of the hard tissue of deciduous and permanent teeth. Injuries of periodontal tissues of deciduous and permanent teeth. Complication of dental injuries
XI week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XII week lectures	Procedural treatment in children and youth
XII week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XIII week lectures	Oral surgical intervention in children
XIII week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XIV week lectures	Emergency conditions in pediatric dentistry
XIV week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XV week lectures	Modern trends in pediatric dentistry
XV week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XVI week lectures
XVI week exercises
XVII week lectures
XVII week exercises
XVIII week lectures
XVIII week exercises
XIX week lectures
XIX week exercises
XX week lectures
XX week exercises
XXI week lectures
XXI week exercises
XXII week lectures
XXII week exercises
XXIII week lectures
XXIII week exercises
XXIV week lectures
XXIV week exercises
XXV week lectures
XXV week exercises
XXVI week lectures
XXVI week exercises
XXVII week lectures
XXVII week exercises
XXVIII week lectures
XXVIII week exercises
XXIX week lectures
XXIX week exercises
XXX week lectures
XXX week exercises

Student workload	2 hours of lecture per week 3 hours of exercise per week 1 hour of self-study per week including consultations
Per week	Per semester
10 credits x 40/30=13 hours and 20 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 3 excercises 8 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =213 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =26 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 10 x 30=300 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 60 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 213 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 26 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 60 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	he presence of lectures and exercises is mandatory. For all exercises, the student is required to work with patients. Otherwise the exercise is lost. During the semester, students must meet standards defined curriculum, which is related to clinical work w
Consultations	Consultations are provided by the lecturer on request
Literature	Glavni urednik Belojica D., Dječija stomatologija, Beograd 2006. Glavni urednik Belojica D. Dječja stomatologija – praktikum, Beograd 2006.
Examination methods	2 progress tests 20 points each Seminar paper 9 points Final exam 51 points Minimum passing score is 50 points
Special remarks	No
Comment	Additional information can be obtained from the lecturer, a head of the study programme and vice-dean for academic affairs

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / JAW ORTHOPAEDICS

Course:

JAW ORTHOPAEDICS/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
7496	Obavezan	12	10	4+6+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	No prerequisites required
Aims	The aim of the course is to acquaint students with the etiology, prevention, diagnosis and treatment of orthodontic anomalies
Learning outcomes	Upon completion of two-semester course and passing the orthodontics exam dental students should achieve the following learning outcomes: 1. Explain definition and importance of orthodontics and have knowledge of prenatal and post-natal development of orofacial region 2. Recognize the characteristics of deciduous, mixed and permanent dentition 3. Have knowledge of etiology and pathogenesis of orthodontic anomalies 4. Recognize orthodontic anomaly and perform clinical examination of the patient 5. Have knowledge of the principles of biomechanics and types of forces and their effect 6. Describe treatment with removable and fixed orthodontic appliances 7. Apply preventive and interceptive measures, measurers of oral hygiene in orthodontic patients 8. Assist the orthodontist during check-ups of patients with orthodontic appliances.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Jasminka Andjelic DDS MSc PhD Dr Snežana Komatina Ražnatović Dr Jelena Pipović
Methodology	Lectures, exercises, consultations, progress tests, final exam

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Classification of malocclusion
I week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
II week lectures	Classification of malocclusion
II week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
III week lectures	Facial cleft, cleft lip and palate. Craniofacial syndromes
III week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
IV week lectures	Etiology of malocclusion: Specific causes of malocclusion (disturbances in embryonic development, skeletal growth disorders)
IV week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
V week lectures	Biological basis of orthodontic treatment
V week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
VI week lectures	Biomechanics
VI week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
VII week lectures	Principles of treatment planning
VII week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
VIII week lectures	Removable orthodontic appliances
VIII week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
IX week lectures	Functional orthodontic appliances
IX week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
X week lectures	Fixed Appliances
X week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
XI week lectures	Preventive and interceptive procedures in orthodontics - treatment of irregularities in primary dentition
XI week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
XII week lectures	Treatment of irregularities in mixed dentition
XII week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
XIII week lectures	Treatment of irregularities in permanent dentition
XIII week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
XIV week lectures	Treatment of patients with cleft lip and palate and craniofacial syndromes
XIV week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
XV week lectures	Properties and selection of orthodontic materials
XV week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
XVI week lectures	Classification of malocclusions
XVI week exercises	Development of the chewing organs under normal conditions
XVII week lectures	Classification of malocclusions
XVII week exercises	Trauma and impaired functions as an etiological factor of malocclusion
XVIII week lectures	Clefts of the face, lips and palate. Syndromes of the craniofacial region
XVIII week exercises	Clinical presentation of patients with irregularities of individual teeth
XIX week lectures	Etiology of malocclusions: specific causes of malocclusions (disorders in embryonic development, skeletal growth disorders)
XIX week exercises	Clinical presentation of patients with dental row irregularities
XX week lectures	Biological basis of orthodontic therapy
XX week exercises	Clinical presentation of patients with class II malocclusion of the 1st department
XXI week lectures	Biomechanics
XXI week exercises	Clinical presentation of patients with class III malocclusion of the 2nd class
XXII week lectures	Principles of therapy planning
XXII week exercises	Clinical presentation of patients with class III malocclusion
XXIII week lectures	Movable orthodontic appliances
XXIII week exercises	Clinical presentation of patients with crossbites
XXIV week lectures	Functional orthodontic appliances
XXIV week exercises	Clinical presentation of patients with open bites
XXV week lectures	Fixed appliances
XXV week exercises	Clinical presentation of patients with deep bite
XXVI week lectures	Preventive and interceptive methods in orthodontics - Therapy of irregularities in the period of milk dentition
XXVI week exercises	Clinical presentation of patients with cleft lip and palate
XXVII week lectures	Therapy of irregularities in the age of mixed dentition
XXVII week exercises	Clinical presentation of patients with preprosthetic orthodontic therapy
XXVIII week lectures	Therapy of irregularities in the age of permanent dentition
XXVIII week exercises	Clinical presentation of patients with presurgical orthodontic therapy
XXIX week lectures	Therapy of patients with cleft lip and palate and craniofacial syndromes
XXIX week exercises	Clinical presentation of patients with cleft lip and palate
XXX week lectures	Izrada aktivnih elemenata pokretnih ortodontskih aparata: pokazana vježba
XXX week exercises	Production of active elements of movable orthodontic appliances: a demonstrated exercise

Student workload	In the first semester: Classes and final exam: (6.66 hours) x 16 = 106.56 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): (6.66 hours) x 2 = 13.32 hours Total workload for the course: 5 x 30 = 150 hours Load structure: 106.56 hours (classes and final exam) + 13.32 hours (preparation) + 30 hours (supplementary work) In the II semester: Classes and final exam: (6.66 hours) x 16 = 106.56 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): (6.66 hours) x 2 = 13.32 hours Total workload for the course: 5 x 30 = 150 hours Load structure: 106.56 hours (classes and final exam) + 13.32 hours (preparation) + 30 hours (supplementary work)
Per week	Per semester
10 credits x 40/30=13 hours and 20 minuts 4 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 6 excercises 3 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =213 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =26 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 10 x 30=300 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 60 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 213 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 26 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 60 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	5 removable appliances 1 fixed appliance (case study)
Consultations	Consultations are provided by the lecturer on request
Literature	Jakšić N., Šćepan I., Glišić B.: Ortodontska dijagnostika - praktikum za osnovne studije, II izdanje, Beograd, 2004. godina Marković M. (urednik): Ortodoncija, medicinska knjiga, Beograd - Zagreb, 1989. godina.
Examination methods	2 progress tests 20 points each Seminar paper 10 points Final exam 50 points
Special remarks	Minimum passing score is 51 points
Comment	Additional information can be obtained from the lecturer, a head of the study programme and vice-dean for academic affairs

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / FIXED DENTAL PROSTHETICS

Course:

FIXED DENTAL PROSTHETICS/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
7497	Obavezan	10	14	1+5+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	Gnathology, Dental prosthetics- before clinic and Dental materials
Aims	After attended lectures the student acquires knowledge of indications and contraindications for making fixed restorations and before prosthetic preparation. Students gain knowledge about the biological principles of tooth preparation, about making restorations to the teeth without pulp , making temporary fixed restorations. Students gain knowledge about the dental bridges, about special fixed restorations, about the stability of fixed restorations. Acquire theoretical knowledge of the clinical phases of making fixed restorations (casted construction, metal-ceramic fixed partial dentures, ceramic fixed partial dentures, whole molten crowns, veneered and partial crowns). Students learn to realization clinical phase in making fixed dental restorations (diagnosis and plan of work, preparation of teeth, imprint teeth, testing the metal substructure and ceramic fixed partial dentures and cementing compensation for pillar teeth).
Learning outcomes	After completing the two-semester lectures in Fixed Prosthodontics, dental student should possess the following learning outcomes: 1. Knows types of fixed prosthetic appliances, indications and contraindications for their use, the materials and the basic principles for making the same. 2. Knows possibilities and importance preparation for fixed prosthodontics treatment and is capable of applying articulator and face arch in the design and development of fixed restorations. 3. Capable of independently take a medical history, perform a dental examination and analysis of X-rays, set indication (to create the appropriate prosthetic replacements), and determine a treatment plan. 4. Equipped with skills to independently perform clinical phase in making of fixed restorations. 5. Has communication skills with patients, medical staff and knows and applies the principles of teamwork. 6. Has the awareness of the necessity of continuing education in order to acquire knowledge of new dental materials and techniques and their potential application in dental prosthetics.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant
Methodology	Lectures, practical classes, colloquia, seminars

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Metal ceramic fixed prosthetic restorations , part II
I week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
II week lectures	Ceramic fees, part I
II week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
III week lectures	Ceramic fees, part II
III week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
IV week lectures	Bridges Part I: Definition and general characteristics of dental bridges, bridge parts and planning principles. Indications and kontraindikacije.Part I
IV week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
V week lectures	Bridges Part I: Definition and general characteristics of dental bridges, bridge parts and planning principles. Indications and kontraindikacije.Part II
V week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
VI week lectures	Bridges Part I: Definition and general characteristics of dental bridges, bridge parts and planning principles. Indications and kontraindikacije.Part III
VI week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
VII week lectures	Bridges Part I: Definition and general characteristics of dental bridges, bridge parts and planning principles. Indications and kontraindikacije.Part IV
VII week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
VIII week lectures	Bridges Part II: Planning span bridges. Display and interpretation of particular solutions in therapy edentulousness bridge constructions.
VIII week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
IX week lectures	Fixed compensation for non-parallel Abutment dental bridges.
IX week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
X week lectures	Dedicated fixed compensation, part I
X week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XI week lectures	Dedicated fixed compensation, part II
XI week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XII week lectures	Persistence fixed restorations, part I
XII week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XIII week lectures	Persistence fixed restorations, part II
XIII week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XIV week lectures	Binding of fixed restorations for abutment teeth, part II
XIV week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XV week lectures	Binding of fixed restorations for abutment teeth, part II
XV week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XVI week lectures
XVI week exercises
XVII week lectures
XVII week exercises
XVIII week lectures
XVIII week exercises
XIX week lectures
XIX week exercises
XX week lectures
XX week exercises
XXI week lectures
XXI week exercises
XXII week lectures
XXII week exercises
XXIII week lectures
XXIII week exercises
XXIV week lectures
XXIV week exercises
XXV week lectures
XXV week exercises
XXVI week lectures
XXVI week exercises
XXVII week lectures
XXVII week exercises
XXVIII week lectures
XXVIII week exercises
XXIX week lectures
XXIX week exercises
XXX week lectures	Klinički rad sa pacijentom; Izrada fiksnih stomatoprotetskih nadoknada.
XXX week exercises

Student workload	Weekly 6.5 credits x 40/30 equals 8.6 hours Structure: 1 cup of lectures and 5 hours of exercises 1.6 test including consultations 2-hour seminar per semester Teaching and the final exam (8,6h x 16 equals 137, 6h) Necessary preparation (before semester enrollment, etc ...) 8,6h x 2 equals 17,2h Total load: 6.5 x 30 equals 195H additional work 40,2h structure opterećenja137.6h + 17,2h + 40.4h
Per week	Per semester
14 credits x 40/30=18 hours and 40 minuts 1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 5 excercises 12 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 18 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =298 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 18 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =37 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 14 x 30=420 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 84 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 298 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 37 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 84 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	The presence of students in theoretical and practical lectures is required. Presentation of the seminar work and participation in the discussion on the topic is required and assessed.
Consultations	The teacher and associates held consultations with students once a week, in the period that is defined at the beginning of the semester.
Literature	D. Trifunovic, Vujosevic Lj: Fixed compensation, the first part, ECPD, Belgrade, in 1998. Radlović-Pantelic S: Prosthodontics-fixed compensation, the second part, the University of Belgrade in 1998.
Examination methods	2 test carries 5 points (10 points total) Seminar 9 points The presence of theoretical teaching 10 points Practical classes (fulfillment of program 10 points, manual dexterity 5 points, theoretical preparedness of 5 points) a total of 20 points Final
Special remarks	No
Comment	No

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / MAXILLOFACIAL SURGERY

Course:

MAXILLOFACIAL SURGERY/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
7498	Obavezan	12	8	4+4+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	No
Aims	Training for independent collection of all relevant anamnestic data, conducting the necessary methods of clinical examination in order to establish a working diagnosis of the most important pathologies of maxillofacial region. Furthermore, to present a preliminary treatment plan, aware the basic principles of treatment of fractures of facial bones (provisional and definitive immobilization of fractures), to know the basic principles of surgical treatment of odontogenic infections in the maxillofacial region and early diagnosis of malignant diseases of the oral cavity.
Learning outcomes	After completing the two-semester course in Maxillofacial Surgery, Dental student should achieve the following outcomes: 1.The student is able to take independently all the relevant anamnestic data of the patient regarding to his health and disease,to implement necessary methods of clinical examination and additional diagnostic procedures in order to establish the preliminary diagnosis of the most important pathological changes of maxillofacial region. 2.Knows the basic differential diagnostic aspects of the disease in the maxillofacial region. 3. Introduces a preliminary treatment plan. 4.Knows the basic treatment principles of the fractures of facial bones (temporary and definitive immobilization of fractures), and is competent to provide first aid and medical aid for injuries of maxillofacial region. 5. Knows the basic principles of anti-shock therapy. 6.Knows the basic principles of surgical treatment of odontogenic infections in the maxillofacial region (intraoral and extraoral incision, drainage of abscesses and phlegmonae) as well as the principles of its antibiotic therapy. 7.Applies actively the principles of asepsis and antisepsis. 8.Knows the early diagnosis of malignant diseases of the oral cavity
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Assis Prof Tanja Boljević
Methodology	Lectures, exercises, seminars, colloquia

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Bimaxillary deformities of the jaws
I week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures
II week lectures	Traumatology of the maxillofacial region
II week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures
III week lectures	Treatment of the facial bones and jaw fractures
III week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures
IV week lectures	Fractures of the middle part of the face. Fractures of the zygomatic bone and the zygomatic arch, orbital floor
IV week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures
V week lectures	Fractures of the alveolar process. Jaw fractures in children
V week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures
VI week lectures	Injuries of teeth
VI week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures
VII week lectures	Basics of plastic and reconstructive surgery in maxillofacial surgery
VII week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures
VIII week lectures	Cleft of the lip, palate and cheeks. Oronasal fistula
VIII week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures
IX week lectures	Tumors of the maxillofacial region
IX week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures
X week lectures	Benign tumors
X week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures
XI week lectures	Congenital, developmental and acquired deformities of the jaw. The mandibular prognatismus
XI week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures
XII week lectures	Giganto-cellular lesions of the jaw. Precancerous lesions of the oral mucous tissue
XII week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures
XIII week lectures	Malignant tumors of the oral mucous tissue. Malignant tumors of the facial skin. Sarcomas
XIII week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures
XIV week lectures	Treatment of patients in oncological surgery of the maxillofacial region
XIV week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures
XV week lectures	Prosthetic reconstruction of the face and jaw
XV week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures
XVI week lectures	Bimaxillary jaw deformities
XVI week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures
XVII week lectures	Traumatology of the maskofacial region
XVII week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures
XVIII week lectures	Treatment of facial and jaw bone fractures
XVIII week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures
XIX week lectures	Fractures of the middle massif of the face. Fractures of the zygomatic bone and zygomatic arch, orbital floor fractures
XIX week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures
XX week lectures	Fractures of the alveolar process. Jaw fractures in children
XX week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures
XXI week lectures	Tooth injuries
XXI week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures
XXII week lectures	Basics of plastic and reconstructive surgery in the maxillofacial region
XXII week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures
XXIII week lectures	Cleft lip, palate and face. Oronasal fistulas
XXIII week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures
XXIV week lectures	Tumors of the maxillofacial region
XXIV week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures
XXV week lectures	Benign tumors
XXV week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures
XXVI week lectures	Congenital, developmental and acquired jaw deformities. Mandibular prognathism
XXVI week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures
XXVII week lectures	Giant cellular lesions of the jaws. Precancerous mucous oral cavity
XXVII week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures
XXVIII week lectures	Malignant tumors of the mucous membrane of the oral cavity. Malignant tumors of the skin of the face. Sarcomas
XXVIII week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures
XXIX week lectures	Treatment of patients in oncological surgery of the maxillofacial region
XXIX week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures
XXX week lectures	Vježbe prate predavanja
XXX week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures

Student workload	In the first semester: Classes and final exam: (5.33 hours) x 16 = 85.28 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): (5.33 hours) x 2 = 10.66 hours Total workload for the course: 4 x 30 = 120 hours Load structure: 85.28 hours (classes and final exam) + 10.66 hours (preparation) + 24.06 hours (supplementary work) In the II semester: Classes and final exam: (5.33 hours) x 16 = 85.28 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): (5.33 hours) x 2 = 10.66 hours Total workload for the course: 4 x 30 = 120 hours Load structure: 85.28 hours (classes and final exam) + 10.66 hours (preparation) + 24.06 hours (supplementary work) 4 credits x 40/30=5,3 hours Structure: 2 hours of lectures, 2 hours of exercises 1 hour of individual work including consultations During the semester Teaching and the final exam (5.3 h x 16 =84.8 h). Preparations for the start of the semester: 5.3h x 2 = 10.6 h Total load: 4 x 30= 120 h Aditional work: 24.6 h Structure of the load: 84.8 h + 10.6 h + 24.6 h = 120 h
Per week	Per semester
8 credits x 40/30=10 hours and 40 minuts 4 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 4 excercises 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =170 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =21 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 8 x 30=240 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 48 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 170 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 21 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 48 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	The presence of students in theoretical and practical lectures is required. Presentation of the seminar work and participation in the discussion on the topic is required.
Consultations	The teacher and associates held consultations with students once a week, in the period that is defined at the beginning of the semester.
Literature	Gavric M., A. Piscevic Sjerobabin I. Maxillofacial Surgery, Belgrade, 1995. Dimitrijevic B., P. Srtevanoivć. Traumatology in maxillofacial surgery, Belgrade, 1992. Petrovic V, Todorovic Lj., Gavric M., Z. Stajčić. Maxillary sinus surgery in the orofac
Examination methods	3 test = 3x10 points Eliminatorz test 10 points Seminar = 9 points Oral exam. Passing grade gets if the student collects minimum 50 points A 90-100 B 80-89 C 70-79 D 60-69 E 50-59
Special remarks	No
Comment	No

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / PARODONTOLOGY II

Course:

PARODONTOLOGY II/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
7499	Obavezan	9	4	1+3+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	Pass the exam Periodontology I
Aims	The student should independently perform certain procedures - government diagnostic procedures in periodontology, take full history of the patient, verify the level of oral hygiene, periodontal assess the state of the respective indexes, and set a definite diagnosis of periodontal disease, predict prognosis for individual teeth as well as the entire dentition and development of a treatment plan diseased periodontal disease, overcome knowledge of instruments and instrumentation techniques and fixation instruments used within the causal treatment of periodontal disease, implement all therapeutic procedures foreseen causal phase of periodontal therapy, knows the indications and contraindications for the application of the basic surgical therapeutic procedures used for the elimination of periodontal pockets and correction of anomalies mucogingival
Learning outcomes	After completing one semester course in Periodontology II, dental student should achieve the following outcomes: 1.Has communication skills with the patient and the medical staff. 2.He/she is competent to take independently all the relevant anamnestic data of the patient, determine the level of oral hygiene and periodontal conditions (by the corresponding indexes), and to define the diagnosis of periodontal disease and suggest the plan of the therapeutic measures. 3. Knows the indications and contraindications for the application of the basic surgical therapeutic interventions for the elimination of periodontal pockets and correction of mucogingival anomalies 4.Determines the traumatic occlusion and applies methods of its elimination (teeth grinding). 5.Identifies etiologic diagnosis of consecutive disease and the teatment plan for the removal of oral focus. 6.Defines a treatment plan for the establishment of the favorable occlusal relations using the other methods (prosthetic, restorative, surgical, orthodontic) and applies the maintance phase of the achieved therapeutic results.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Doc. dr Mirko Mikić dr Vesna Radišić dr Ognjen Kovačević
Methodology	Lectures, exercises, colloquia

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Regenerative treatments of patients with periodontal disease
I week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
II week lectures	Mucogingival anomalies and their treatment
II week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
III week lectures	Mucogingival anomalies and their treatment
III week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
IV week lectures	Mucogingival anomalies and their treatment
IV week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
V week lectures	The effect of forces on the periodontal tissue
V week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
VI week lectures	Therapies disturbed occlusion
VI week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
VII week lectures	Maintenance therapy results
VII week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
VIII week lectures	Before preparing prosthetic periodontal
VIII week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
IX week lectures	Complex-implant periodontal treatment before prosthetic preparation of the patient
IX week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
X week lectures	Periodontal medicine
X week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XI week lectures	Patients risk in periodontology
XI week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XII week lectures	Primary and secundary prevention of periodontal disease
XII week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XIII week lectures	Focal infections. The etiological diagnosis of consecutive diseases
XIII week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XIV week lectures	The treatment plan and prepare the patient for the removal of oral foci
XIV week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.
XV week lectures	Repeat
XV week exercises	Exercises follow the lectures. Clinical work with patients.

Student workload	Weekly 4 credits x 40/30 = 5.3 hours Structure: 1 hour of lectures, 3 hours of exercises and 1.3 hours of seminars independent work, including consultations During the semester Teaching and final exam (5.3 hx 16 = 84.8 h). Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (registration, certification...) 2h x 5.3 = 10.6h Total workload: 4 x 30= 120h Additional work 24.6h Structure of workload 84.8h + 10.6h + 24.6h = 120h
Per week	Per semester
4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts 1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 3 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Attendance at lectures and exercises is compulsory.
Consultations	The teacher and associates held consultations with students once a week, in the period that is defined at the beginning of the semester.
Literature	1. CLINICAL PERIODONTOLOGY, edited by Prof. Dr. B. Dimitrijević, group of authors, Department of Textbooks, 2010 2. Leković V., Dimitrijević B., Janković Lj.: Diseases of the mouth - Praktikum, Dečje no ¬vine, Gornji Milanovac, 1988. Linde J. Clinical periodontology and implantology, Globus, Zagreb 2009.
Examination methods	2 test carries 20 points Seminar 9 points Final exam 51 points. Passing grade gets the cumulative collect a minimum of 50 points
Special remarks	No
Comment	No

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / CLINICAL ENDODONTICS II

Course:

CLINICAL ENDODONTICS II/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
7500	Obavezan	9	5	1+4+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	Pass the exam Clinical endodontics
Aims	fter completion of theoretical lectures and practical exercises the student should: be individually and precisely to take a detailed medical history (general and dental) that properly implemented clinical examination, to adequately apply additional tests necessary for final diagnosis, he knew the indications and contraindications for taking endodontic treatment, it may propose an orientation plan endodontic treatment of diseased teeth, he knows the tools, materials and medications used in endodontics, he knows the basic principles of endodontic treatment in teeth with inflamed and infected teeth with pulp, he knows the basic dental treatment, and expands with periapical lesions, that has mastered the basic techniques of preparation and channels that they can be applied in clinical Praxis to be properly applied to different root canal obturation tejnike in practice and knows the side effects medikations used in endodontics
Learning outcomes	After completing one semester subjects in Clinical endodontics II, dental student should possess the following learning outcomes: 1. Possess communication skills with the patient and the Medical staff. 2. Ability to independently examine the patient and take all relevant information related to his health and disease (dental and appropriate general history), and conduct the necessary additional diagnostic tests to establish the diagnosis. 3. Ability to independently propose a tentative treatment plan diseased teeth. 4. Skills for self- treatment of teeth with inflamed , necrotic pulp and treatment of teeth with periapical process. 5. Analyzes the flow of reparations in the apical periodontal tissue after endodontic treatment of teeth with periapical lesions. 6. Prevents and performs therapy emergencies in endodontics.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Prof. dr Barnislav Karadžić, dr Aleksandra Žuža
Methodology	Lectures, exercises, seminars, colloquia

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures
I week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
II week lectures
II week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
III week lectures
III week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
IV week lectures
IV week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
V week lectures
V week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
VI week lectures
VI week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
VII week lectures
VII week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
VIII week lectures
VIII week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
IX week lectures
IX week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
X week lectures
X week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XI week lectures
XI week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XII week lectures
XII week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XIII week lectures
XIII week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XIV week lectures
XIV week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XV week lectures
XV week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XVI week lectures
XVI week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XVII week lectures
XVII week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XVIII week lectures
XVIII week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XIX week lectures
XIX week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XX week lectures
XX week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XXI week lectures
XXI week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XXII week lectures
XXII week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XXIII week lectures
XXIII week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XXIV week lectures
XXIV week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XXV week lectures
XXV week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XXVI week lectures
XXVI week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XXVII week lectures
XXVII week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XXVIII week lectures
XXVIII week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XXIX week lectures
XXIX week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XXX week lectures	Klinički rad sa pacijentima
XXX week exercises	Clinical work with patients.

Student workload	Load students (week): 6 credits x 40/30 = 8 hours Structure: 1 hour lecture 4 hours of exercises 2.6 hours of independent work, including consultations Load students (semester): Teaching and the final exam (6.6 hx 16 h = 105.6). Necessary preparation (before semester enrollment, etc ...) 6.6 hx 2 = 13.2 Total load: 5 x 30 = 150 h Additional work 31.2 h Structure of load 105.6h + 13.2h + 31.2h
Per week	Per semester
5 credits x 40/30=6 hours and 40 minuts 1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 4 excercises 1 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =106 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =13 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 5 x 30=150 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 106 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	The presence of lectures and exercises is mandatory. For all exercises, the student is required to work with pacijentima.U otherwise exercise is lost. During the semester, students must meet standards defined curriculum, which is related to clinical work
Consultations	The teacher and associates held consultations with students once a week, in the period that is defined at the beginning of the semester.
Literature	1.Bergenholz et al. Textbook of Endodontology, 2nd eds, Wiley-Blackwell, Chichester, UK, 2010. 2. Leif Tronstad. Clinical endodontics-a textbook, 3rd eds, Thieme, NY, USA, 2009. 3.Slavoljub Živković i sar.Praktikum endodontske terapije, Datastatus, Beogra
Examination methods	2 test carries 20 points Seminar 9 points Final exam 51 points. Passing grade gets the cumulative collect the minimum 50 points
Special remarks	No
Comment	No

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / CLINICAL ENDODONTICS II

Course:

CLINICAL ENDODONTICS II/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
7500	Obavezan	12	5	+6+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	Pass the exam Clinical endodontics
Aims	fter completion of theoretical lectures and practical exercises the student should: be individually and precisely to take a detailed medical history (general and dental) that properly implemented clinical examination, to adequately apply additional tests necessary for final diagnosis, he knew the indications and contraindications for taking endodontic treatment, it may propose an orientation plan endodontic treatment of diseased teeth, he knows the tools, materials and medications used in endodontics, he knows the basic principles of endodontic treatment in teeth with inflamed and infected teeth with pulp, he knows the basic dental treatment, and expands with periapical lesions, that has mastered the basic techniques of preparation and channels that they can be applied in clinical Praxis to be properly applied to different root canal obturation tejnike in practice and knows the side effects medikations used in endodontics
Learning outcomes	After completing one semester subjects in Clinical endodontics II, dental student should possess the following learning outcomes: 1. Possess communication skills with the patient and the Medical staff. 2. Ability to independently examine the patient and take all relevant information related to his health and disease (dental and appropriate general history), and conduct the necessary additional diagnostic tests to establish the diagnosis. 3. Ability to independently propose a tentative treatment plan diseased teeth. 4. Skills for self- treatment of teeth with inflamed , necrotic pulp and treatment of teeth with periapical process. 5. Analyzes the flow of reparations in the apical periodontal tissue after endodontic treatment of teeth with periapical lesions. 6. Prevents and performs therapy emergencies in endodontics.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Prof. dr Barnislav Karadžić, dr Aleksandra Žuža
Methodology	Lectures, exercises, seminars, colloquia

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures
I week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
II week lectures
II week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
III week lectures
III week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
IV week lectures
IV week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
V week lectures
V week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
VI week lectures
VI week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
VII week lectures
VII week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
VIII week lectures
VIII week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
IX week lectures
IX week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
X week lectures
X week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XI week lectures
XI week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XII week lectures
XII week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XIII week lectures
XIII week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XIV week lectures
XIV week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XV week lectures
XV week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XVI week lectures
XVI week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XVII week lectures
XVII week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XVIII week lectures
XVIII week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XIX week lectures
XIX week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XX week lectures
XX week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XXI week lectures
XXI week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XXII week lectures
XXII week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XXIII week lectures
XXIII week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XXIV week lectures
XXIV week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XXV week lectures
XXV week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XXVI week lectures
XXVI week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XXVII week lectures
XXVII week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XXVIII week lectures
XXVIII week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XXIX week lectures
XXIX week exercises	Clinical work with patients.
XXX week lectures	Klinički rad sa pacijentima
XXX week exercises	Clinical work with patients.

Student workload	Load students (week): 6 credits x 40/30 = 8 hours Structure: 1 hour lecture 4 hours of exercises 2.6 hours of independent work, including consultations Load students (semester): Teaching and the final exam (6.6 hx 16 h = 105.6). Necessary preparation (before semester enrollment, etc ...) 6.6 hx 2 = 13.2 Total load: 5 x 30 = 150 h Additional work 31.2 h Structure of load 105.6h + 13.2h + 31.2h
Per week	Per semester
5 credits x 40/30=6 hours and 40 minuts 0 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 6 excercises 0 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =106 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =13 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 5 x 30=150 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 106 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	The presence of lectures and exercises is mandatory. For all exercises, the student is required to work with pacijentima.U otherwise exercise is lost. During the semester, students must meet standards defined curriculum, which is related to clinical work
Consultations	The teacher and associates held consultations with students once a week, in the period that is defined at the beginning of the semester.
Literature	1.Bergenholz et al. Textbook of Endodontology, 2nd eds, Wiley-Blackwell, Chichester, UK, 2010. 2. Leif Tronstad. Clinical endodontics-a textbook, 3rd eds, Thieme, NY, USA, 2009. 3.Slavoljub Živković i sar.Praktikum endodontske terapije, Datastatus, Beogra
Examination methods	2 test carries 20 points Seminar 9 points Final exam 51 points. Passing grade gets the cumulative collect the minimum 50 points
Special remarks	No
Comment	No

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / FORENSIC MEDICINE AND MEDICAL LEGISLATION

Course:

FORENSIC MEDICINE AND MEDICAL LEGISLATION/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
7501	Obavezan	10	3	2+1+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	None.
Aims	After attended courses and passing the exam, the student should be able to assess the expertise diagnosis, evaluation of physical injuries at all, especially injuries in the maxillofacial region, evaluation of intoxication, malpractice and negligent treatment of patients from the scope of dentistry, identification of unknown living persons and unidentified human cadavers, particularly in the disaster, evaluation of issuing false medical records, diagnosis of craniocerebral injuries.
Learning outcomes	After completing forensic medicine course, the student of dentistry should achieve the following learning outcomes: 1. Describe body injuries in living people, with a special focus on injuries of the maxillofacial region, diagnose their type and adequately fill in and preserve dental records. 2. Determine the relationship between diseases and injuries; know the difference between complications and consequences; he is familiar with the principles of qualification of injuries. 3. Differ death in origin and significance of performing autopsies; especially in "death in the dental chair". 4. Correctly fulfill Certificate of death. 5. He is familiar with the procedures of identification of the living and the dead persons, especially in massive disasters, with special emphasis on the importance of dental status in identification procedure. 6. He is familiar with the methodology of establishing drunkenness, drug intoxication, doping, poisoning. 7. He is familiar with the importance of DNA technology to establish paternity, identification, biological traces. 8. Cognizant of the importance of traffic accidents and injuries caused by fall from a height. 9. He is familiar with the procedures in cases of family violence and torture, especially with injuries in the maxillofacial region. 10. He obtains the knowledge of medicolegal framework in criminal responsibility related to medical practise, iatrogenic injuries in dentistry, as well as the patients' rights. 11. He is familiar with the procedures of informing the patient and his or her consent to the dental. intervention; familiar with the ethical and criminal aspect in stomatological experiments. 12. He is familiar with importance of homicidal, suicidal and accidental deaths, and how to proceed in every individual case.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Dragana Cukic, MD PhD Miodrag Soc, MD PhD
Methodology	teaching classes (lectures), practical classes (exercises), seminars, colloqia

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Forensic medicine - dentistry as a separate medical discipline. Introduction to the legal regulations.
I week exercises	Following the theme of first lecture.
II week lectures	Forensic examination and forensic expert.
II week exercises	Passing through the prosecutor's and trial data sheets.
III week lectures	Criminal liability of medical professionals.
III week exercises	Case reports of medical malpractice and negligence.
IV week lectures	Natural impairment of health.
IV week exercises	Autopsy I
V week lectures	Expertise tools. Violent health damages. Mechanical injury in general.
V week exercises	Theoretical exercise and case reports using photos and electronic figures.
VI week lectures	Physical injuries: thermal injuries. Injuries electricity. Injuries ionizing radiation.
VI week exercises	Theoretical exercise and case reports using photos and electronic figures.
VII week lectures	Asphyxiation injuries in general
VII week exercises	Theoretical exercise and case reports using photos and electronic figures.
VIII week lectures	Nutrition, bacterial and mental injuries. Iatrogenic damage to health. Death in the dental chair.
VIII week exercises	Theoretical exercise and case reports using photos and electronic figures.
IX week lectures	Chemical injuries, poisoning. Alcohol. Drugs.
IX week exercises	Autopsy II.
X week lectures	Expert testimony of injuries with special attention to injuries of the maxillofacial region.
X week exercises	Passing through the prosecutors's and trial data sheets.
XI week lectures	End of life and death.
XI week exercises	Theoretical exercise.
XII week lectures	Identification: identification of living persons, the identification of unidentified corpses, identification in massive disasters.
XII week exercises	Theoretical exercise and case reports using photos and electronic figures. Anthropology.
XIII week lectures	Homicide, suicide and accident.
XIII week exercises	Theoretical exercise and case reports using photos and electronic figures.
XIV week lectures	Informing and patient's consent to medical intervention.
XIV week exercises	Ethical principles of informative consent forms.
XV week lectures	Legal aspect of medical experiments. The patient's consent.
XV week exercises	Case reports through prosecutor's and trial data sheets.

Student workload	Course and final exam (4 h x 16 =64 h). Obligatory before beginning of the course 4h x 2 = 8h Total load: 4 x 30= 120 h Additional work: 18 h Load structure: 64 h + 8 h + 18h = 120 h
Per week	Per semester
3 credits x 40/30=4 hours and 0 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 1 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =64 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =8 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 3 x 30=90 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 64 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Presence to the lectures and exercises.
Consultations	Pre-exam exercises.
Literature	1. SUDSKA MEDICINA, Dragana Čukić, Medicinski fakultet u Podgorici, 2012., basic textbook for students 2. KLINIČKI I FORENZIČKI ASPEKT POVREDA MAKSILOFACIJALNE REGIJE, Konstantinović V., Puzović D., Zavod za udžbenike, Beograd, 2011. 3. SUDSKA MEDICINA,
Examination methods	2 colloquia - each 20 pts Seminar work 10 pts Final exam 50 pts Exam passed if minimal cumulative pts are at least 50. 50-59 pts - mark E; 60-69 pts - mark D; 70-79 pts - mark C; 80-89 pts - mark B, 90-100 pts - mark A
Special remarks	None.
Comment	None.

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / DENTAL INJURIES IN CHILDREN

Course:

DENTAL INJURIES IN CHILDREN/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
7504	Obavezan	10	3	1+2+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	No prerequisites required
Aims	The aim of the course is to acquaint students with characteristics, frequency and importance of craniofacial injuries, epidemiology of mouth and dental injuries, etiology of craniofacial injuries, injuries treatment protocol, diagnostic methods, treatment of soft tissue injuries, injuries of hard tissues of teeth, supporting tissues and complications of dental injuries
Learning outcomes	Upon completion of one-semester course and passing the mouth and dental injuries in children exam dental students should achieve the following learning outcomes: 1. Have knowledge of characteristics, frequency and importance of craniofacial region injuries 2. Have knowledge of injuries treatment protocol 3. Have knowledge of injury classification 4. Have knowledge of diagnostic and therapeutic methods for the treatment of soft tissue injuries, injuries of hard tissue of teeth, supporting tissues and complications of dental injuries 5. Can provide first aid for craniofacial injuries independently and prescribe appropriate therapy
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Snezana Matijevic DDS, MSc, PhD
Methodology	Lectures, exercises, consultations, progress tests, final exam

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Craniofacial injuries. Characteristics, frequency, importance. Mouth and dental injuries. Characteristics and importance
I week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
II week lectures	Epidemiology of mouth and dental injuries
II week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
III week lectures	Etiology of mouth and dental injuries
III week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
IV week lectures	Injuries treatment protocol
IV week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
V week lectures	Injuries treatment protocol
V week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
VI week lectures	Classification and diagnosis of injuries in children. Diagnostic methods
VI week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
VII week lectures	Classification and diagnosis of injuries in children. Diagnostic methods
VII week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
VIII week lectures	Mouth soft tissue injuries. Treatment
VIII week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
IX week lectures	Mouth soft tissue injuries. Treatment
IX week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
X week lectures	Injuries of hard tissue of teeth. Treatment
X week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
XI week lectures	Injuries of hard tissue of teeth. Treatment
XI week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
XII week lectures	Injuries of periodontal tissues of teeth. Treatment
XII week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
XIII week lectures	Injuries of periodontal tissues of teeth. Treatment
XIII week exercises
XIV week lectures	Complication of dental injuries
XIV week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
XV week lectures	Complication of dental injuries
XV week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture

Student workload	1 hour of lecture per week 2 hours of exercise per week
Per week	Per semester
3 credits x 40/30=4 hours and 0 minuts 1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =64 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =8 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 3 x 30=90 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 64 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	First aid and treatment of injuries of the hard tissue of teeth and luxation of deciduous and permanent teeth
Consultations	Consultations are provided by the lecturer on request
Literature	Prof. dr Beloica D., Prof. dr Vulović M., Prof. dr Duggal M., Prof. dr Dimitrijević B., Povrede zuba - Univerzitet u Beogradu, Stomatološki fakultet, Beograd 2007. godina
Examination methods	2 progress tests 20 points each Seminar paper 10 points Final exam 50 points
Special remarks	Minimum passing score is 50 points
Comment	Additional information can be obtained from the lecturer, a head of the study programme and vice-dean for academic affairs

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / DENTAL INJURIES IN CHILDREN

Course:

DENTAL INJURIES IN CHILDREN/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
7504	Obavezan	11	4	2+2+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	No prerequisites required
Aims	The aim of the course is to acquaint students with characteristics, frequency and importance of craniofacial injuries, epidemiology of mouth and dental injuries, etiology of craniofacial injuries, injuries treatment protocol, diagnostic methods, treatment of soft tissue injuries, injuries of hard tissues of teeth, supporting tissues and complications of dental injuries
Learning outcomes	Upon completion of one-semester course and passing the mouth and dental injuries in children exam dental students should achieve the following learning outcomes: 1. Have knowledge of characteristics, frequency and importance of craniofacial region injuries 2. Have knowledge of injuries treatment protocol 3. Have knowledge of injury classification 4. Have knowledge of diagnostic and therapeutic methods for the treatment of soft tissue injuries, injuries of hard tissue of teeth, supporting tissues and complications of dental injuries 5. Can provide first aid for craniofacial injuries independently and prescribe appropriate therapy
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Snezana Matijevic DDS, MSc, PhD
Methodology	Lectures, exercises, consultations, progress tests, final exam

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Craniofacial injuries. Characteristics, frequency, importance. Mouth and dental injuries. Characteristics and importance
I week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
II week lectures	Epidemiology of mouth and dental injuries
II week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
III week lectures	Etiology of mouth and dental injuries
III week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
IV week lectures	Injuries treatment protocol
IV week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
V week lectures	Injuries treatment protocol
V week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
VI week lectures	Classification and diagnosis of injuries in children. Diagnostic methods
VI week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
VII week lectures	Classification and diagnosis of injuries in children. Diagnostic methods
VII week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
VIII week lectures	Mouth soft tissue injuries. Treatment
VIII week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
IX week lectures	Mouth soft tissue injuries. Treatment
IX week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
X week lectures	Injuries of hard tissue of teeth. Treatment
X week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
XI week lectures	Injuries of hard tissue of teeth. Treatment
XI week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
XII week lectures	Injuries of periodontal tissues of teeth. Treatment
XII week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
XIII week lectures	Injuries of periodontal tissues of teeth. Treatment
XIII week exercises
XIV week lectures	Complication of dental injuries
XIV week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture
XV week lectures	Complication of dental injuries
XV week exercises	The exercise follows the lecture

Student workload	1 hour of lecture per week 2 hours of exercise per week
Per week	Per semester
4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	First aid and treatment of injuries of the hard tissue of teeth and luxation of deciduous and permanent teeth
Consultations	Consultations are provided by the lecturer on request
Literature	Prof. dr Beloica D., Prof. dr Vulović M., Prof. dr Duggal M., Prof. dr Dimitrijević B., Povrede zuba - Univerzitet u Beogradu, Stomatološki fakultet, Beograd 2007. godina
Examination methods	2 progress tests 20 points each Seminar paper 10 points Final exam 50 points
Special remarks	Minimum passing score is 50 points
Comment	Additional information can be obtained from the lecturer, a head of the study programme and vice-dean for academic affairs

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / DENTAL MORPHOLOGY

Course:

DENTAL MORPHOLOGY/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
10273	Obavezan	2	9	1.5+3+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	No conditionality
Aims	Introducing students with the basics of the morphology of primary teeth
Learning outcomes	After completing the course and passing the exam in the Dental Anatomy, the student of Dentistry should have the following learning outcomes: 1. Knows general oral and dental anatomy and special morphology of primary dentition; 2. Student knows how to describe the chronology of tooth development, tooth structure, dental nomenclature and topographic-anatomical marks on the teeth; 3. Knows odontogenesis and types of inherited and acquired dental anomalies; 4. Knows the arrangement and mutual relationship of dental arches. He knows the basics of occlusion, movement, and mandibular positions; 5. It is capable of recognizing dentition, class, dental arch on which the tooth belongs and identifies tooth based on type attributes and topographic-anatomical characteristics; 6. Is able to shape the crown of teeth in a suitable material (wax); 7. Integrates acquired knowledge and skills and is trained for further education from preclinical dental subjects.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Assis Prof. Jasminka Anđelić Dr Aleksa Đuričković
Methodology	Lectures, exercises, consultations, seminar work, colloquium, final exam

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Primary dentition. Attributes of human dentition.
I week exercises	Primary dentition - demonstrative exercise
II week lectures	Anatomy of the dental cavity
II week exercises	Anatomy of the dental cavity - demonstration exercise
III week lectures	The supporting tissue of teeth
III week exercises	The supporting tissue of teeth - demonstration on the model
IV week lectures	Central and lateral upper primary sequences
IV week exercises	Central and lateral upper primary sequences - demonstration of modeling teeth in wax
V week lectures	Central and lateral lower primary sequences
V week exercises	Central and lateral lower primary sequences - demonstration of tooth modeling in wax
VI week lectures	The upper and lower primary canine
VI week exercises	The upper and lower primary canines - demonstrate the modeling of teeth in wax
VII week lectures	Upper first and second primary molar
VII week exercises	Upper first and second primary molar - demonstration of tooth modeling in wax
VIII week lectures	Lower first and second primary molar
VIII week exercises	Lower first and second primary molar - demonstration of tooth modeling in wax
IX week lectures	Stomatognate system
IX week exercises	Demonstration on the model
X week lectures	Formation of dentition
X week exercises	Demonstration on the model
XI week lectures	Dental organization
XI week exercises	Dental organization - demonstration on the model
XII week lectures	Definition, classification and importance of dental cusps
XII week exercises	Analysis of primary tooth models made in wax
XIII week lectures	Relationship between dental arches
XIII week exercises	Model analysis
XIV week lectures	Comparative dental anatomy
XIV week exercises	Observing similarities and differences on the displayed tooth models
XV week lectures	Tooth anomalies
XV week exercises	Model analysis and anomaly recognition
XVI week lectures	Primary dentition. Attributes of human dentition.
XVI week exercises	Primary dentition - demonstration class
XVII week lectures	Anatomy of the dental cavity
XVII week exercises	Anatomy of the dental cavity - demonstration class
XVIII week lectures	Supporting tissues of teeth
XVIII week exercises	Supporting tissues of teeth - demonstration on a model
XIX week lectures	Central and lateral upper deciduous incisors
XIX week exercises	Central and lateral upper deciduous incisors - demonstration of tooth modeling in wax
XX week lectures	Central and lateral lower deciduous incisors
XX week exercises	Central and lateral lower deciduous incisors - demonstration of tooth modeling in wax
XXI week lectures	Upper and lower primary canine
XXI week exercises	Upper and lower deciduous canines - demonstrating the modeling of teeth in wax
XXII week lectures	Upper first and second primary molar
XXII week exercises	Upper first and second milk molars - demonstration of tooth modeling in wax
XXIII week lectures	Lower first and second primary molar
XXIII week exercises	Lower first and second primary molars - demonstration of tooth modeling in wax
XXIV week lectures	Stomatognathic system
XXIV week exercises	Demonstration on the model
XXV week lectures	Formation of dentition
XXV week exercises	Demonstration on the model
XXVI week lectures	Organization of teeth
XXVI week exercises	Organization of teeth - demonstration on a model
XXVII week lectures	Definition, division and role of dental cusps
XXVII week exercises	Analysis of models of crowns of primary teeth made in wax
XXVIII week lectures	Interrelationship of dental arches
XXVIII week exercises	Model analysis
XXIX week lectures	Comparative dental anatomy
XXIX week exercises	Observing similarities and differences on the presented tooth models
XXX week lectures	Analiza modela i prepoznavanje anomalija
XXX week exercises	Model analysis and anomaly detection

Student workload	Student load (per week): 4 credits x 40/30 = 5.33 hours. Structure: 1 hour of lectures, 3 hours of exercises, 1.33 hours of independent work including consultations. Student load (in semester): Teaching and final exam (5.33 h x 16 = 85.28h). Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (enrollment, validation ...): 2h x 5.33 = 10.66h. Total load: 4 x 30 = 120h. Supplementary working: 24.06 h. Load structure: 85.28 h + 10.66 h + 24.06 h = 120 h.
Per week	Per semester
9 credits x 40/30=12 hours and 0 minuts 1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 3 excercises 7 hour(s) i 30 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =192 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 9 x 30=270 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 54 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 192 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 54 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Modeling in wax 7 different teeth of primary dentition
Consultations	Consultations are provided to the professor if necessary
Literature	Martinović Ž. Basics of dental morphology, second edition. Color pres Lapovo Martinović Ž. , Živkovic R. Basics of dental morphology. Official Gazette, Belgrade 2001, vol.
Examination methods	Colloquium = 1 x 20 points 2 Practical Exercise Test = 10 + 10 = 20 Seminar Work = 10 points Final Exam = 50 points. An overrun rating is obtained if you accumulate a minimum of 50 points cumulatively
Special remarks	No
Comment	Additional information on the subject can be obtained from the subject teacher, the head of the study program and the teaching staff

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / INTRODUCTION TO DENTISTRY AND HISTORY OF DENTISTRY

Course:

INTRODUCTION TO DENTISTRY AND HISTORY OF DENTISTRY/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
10275	Obavezan	2	3	2++0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	No conditionality
Aims	The aim is to introduce a student with background and development of dentistry, organization and scope of his future profession and its position in the health system and in society.
Learning outcomes	After completion of one-semester teaching and passed the exam from Preface Introduction and History of Dentistry, the student of Dentistry should have the following learning outcomes: 1. He knows and explains the evolution and treatment of the diseases of the dental system 2. Cognitions and explains the origin and development of the dental profession.3.Can Know and Explain organizational levels and method of financing in dental practice 4. Cites, explains and differentiates dental specialties. 5. Knowing, explaining and analyzing the content of dental services from compulsory health insurance 6. Knowing, explaining and analyzing the social aspects of dentistry
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Doc dr Mirjana Đuričković
Methodology	Lectures, colloquiums, seminars, final examination

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Introduction to dentistry
I week exercises
II week lectures	Dental medicine of prehistoric and ancient peoples
II week exercises
III week lectures	Medieval dental medicine. Renaissance
III week exercises
IV week lectures	18th century, the independence of dental medicine
IV week exercises
V week lectures	Pierre Fauchard, founder of modern dental medicine
V week exercises
VI week lectures	Dental Medicine in the Industrial Age
VI week exercises
VII week lectures	Dental medicine activities
VII week exercises
VIII week lectures	Organization and Levels of Dental Protection
VIII week exercises
IX week lectures	Health insurance
IX week exercises
X week lectures	Dental staff
X week exercises
XI week lectures	Dentistry Studies - Program
XI week exercises
XII week lectures	Organization of dental service
XII week exercises
XIII week lectures	Specialist education in dentistry
XIII week exercises
XIV week lectures	Continuous education and professional associations
XIV week exercises
XV week lectures	Organization of work in the clinic Ergonomics, Professional and Iathrogenic Diseases
XV week exercises

Student workload	tudent load (weekly): 3 credits x 40/30 = 4 hours. Structure: 2 hours of lectures, 1 hour seminar work, 1 hour stand-alone work including consultations. Student load (in semester): Teaching and final exam (4 h x 16 = 64 h). Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (enrollment, validation ...): 2h x 4 = 8h. Total load: 3 x 30 = 90h. Supplementary work: 18 h. Load structure: 64 h + 8 h + 18 h = 90 h.
Per week	Per semester
3 credits x 40/30=4 hours and 0 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 0 excercises 2 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =64 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =8 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 3 x 30=90 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 64 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	The presence of theoretical teaching is compulsory. Presentation of the seminar work and participation in the topic discussion is mandatory and evaluated.
Consultations	The subject teacher and expert associates will hold consultations with the students once a week, in the term defined at the beginning of the semester.
Literature	Јanković S. Uvod u stomatologiju. Medicinski fakultet Foča. Pintera. Istočno Sarajevo; 2019. Hraste J, Grzic R. Introduction to Dentistry. Faculty of Medicine Rijeka; 2008.
Examination methods	2 colloquia at 20 points Seminar work 10 points Final exam up to 50 points An overrun rating is obtained if you accumulate a minimum of 50 points cumulatively
Special remarks	A compulsory, rather narrow subject.
Comment	No

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / ENGLISH LANGUAGE IIN DENTISTRY III

Course:

ENGLISH LANGUAGE IIN DENTISTRY III/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
10714	Obavezan	3	3	2+1+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	none
Aims	Acguiring the skills of understanding the spoken and written English dealing with medicine and dentistry. Upgrading language skills.
Learning outcomes	At the end of this course student will be able to: - predict lecture content and organization from the introduction - follow signposts to lecture organization - choose an appropriate form of lecture notes - recognize the lecturer’s stance and level of confidence/tentativeness - use topic sentences to get an overview of the text - use Internet effectively - speak from notes and summarize - effectively write notes and paraphrase.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Dragana Čarapić, PhD
Methodology	Lectures and discussions

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Introduction to the course
I week exercises	Let’s examine your mouth; I can’t put up with the pain
II week lectures	Oral cancer; risk factors
II week exercises	How to brush your teeth; prevention
III week lectures	Personal protective equipment; Role play activities
III week exercises	Mind your mouth; preventing gum disease
IV week lectures	Ask your dental hygienist about understanding and eliminating bad breath
IV week exercises	White smile dental clinic
V week lectures	Three dentists, three different paths
V week exercises	Oral health (history and development)
VI week lectures	Anatomy of the oral cavity
VI week exercises	Prevention
VII week lectures	Presentations
VII week exercises	Presentations
VIII week lectures	Mid-term exam
VIII week exercises	Mid-term exam
IX week lectures	Anatomy of the tooth
IX week exercises	The muscles of the face and oral cavity
X week lectures	Presentations
X week exercises	Presentations
XI week lectures	Chronoloy of the tooth development
XI week exercises	Examination of dental patients
XII week lectures	Systemic examination of patients
XII week exercises	Dental caries
XIII week lectures	Mid-term exam (2nd term)
XIII week exercises	Mid-term exam (2nd term)
XIV week lectures	Presentations
XIV week exercises	Presentations
XV week lectures	Pulpitis
XV week exercises	Gingivitis

Student workload	30 P + 15V
Per week	Per semester
3 credits x 40/30=4 hours and 0 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 1 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =64 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =8 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 3 x 30=90 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 64 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Students are obliged to attend the classes, participate in discussions, do tasks and take tests.
Consultations
Literature	1. V. Evans, J. Dooley, M. Caldwell, Career Paths: Dentistry, Express Publishing, 2017. 2. The Carter Center, Oral Health, project funded under USAID, 2006. 3. S. D. Jovanović, Vokabular engleskog jezika medicinske struke, Beograd, Fokus – Forum za int
Examination methods	Mid-term exam: 35 points Presentation: 10 points Class attendance: 5 points  Final exam: 50 points
Special remarks	The lectures are taught in English and Montenegrin.
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / ENGLISH LANGUAGE IIN DENTISTRY III

Course:

ENGLISH LANGUAGE IIN DENTISTRY III/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
10714	Obavezan	3	3	2+1+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	none
Aims	Acguiring the skills of understanding the spoken and written English dealing with medicine and dentistry. Upgrading language skills.
Learning outcomes	At the end of this course student will be able to: - predict lecture content and organization from the introduction - follow signposts to lecture organization - choose an appropriate form of lecture notes - recognize the lecturer’s stance and level of confidence/tentativeness - use topic sentences to get an overview of the text - use Internet effectively - speak from notes and summarize - effectively write notes and paraphrase.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Dragana Čarapić, PhD
Methodology	Lectures and discussions

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Introduction to the course
I week exercises	Let’s examine your mouth; I can’t put up with the pain
II week lectures	Oral cancer; risk factors
II week exercises	How to brush your teeth; prevention
III week lectures	Personal protective equipment; Role play activities
III week exercises	Mind your mouth; preventing gum disease
IV week lectures	Ask your dental hygienist about understanding and eliminating bad breath
IV week exercises	White smile dental clinic
V week lectures	Three dentists, three different paths
V week exercises	Oral health (history and development)
VI week lectures	Anatomy of the oral cavity
VI week exercises	Prevention
VII week lectures	Presentations
VII week exercises	Presentations
VIII week lectures	Mid-term exam
VIII week exercises	Mid-term exam
IX week lectures	Anatomy of the tooth
IX week exercises	The muscles of the face and oral cavity
X week lectures	Presentations
X week exercises	Presentations
XI week lectures	Chronoloy of the tooth development
XI week exercises	Examination of dental patients
XII week lectures	Systemic examination of patients
XII week exercises	Dental caries
XIII week lectures	Mid-term exam (2nd term)
XIII week exercises	Mid-term exam (2nd term)
XIV week lectures	Presentations
XIV week exercises	Presentations
XV week lectures	Pulpitis
XV week exercises	Gingivitis

Student workload	30 P + 15V
Per week	Per semester
3 credits x 40/30=4 hours and 0 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 1 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =64 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =8 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 3 x 30=90 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 64 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Students are obliged to attend the classes, participate in discussions, do tasks and take tests.
Consultations
Literature	1. V. Evans, J. Dooley, M. Caldwell, Career Paths: Dentistry, Express Publishing, 2017. 2. The Carter Center, Oral Health, project funded under USAID, 2006. 3. S. D. Jovanović, Vokabular engleskog jezika medicinske struke, Beograd, Fokus – Forum za int
Examination methods	Mid-term exam: 35 points Presentation: 10 points Class attendance: 5 points  Final exam: 50 points
Special remarks	The lectures are taught in English and Montenegrin.
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / ENGLISH LANGUAGE IN DENTISTRY IV

Course:

ENGLISH LANGUAGE IN DENTISTRY IV/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
10715	Obavezan	4	2	2+1+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	none
Aims	Acguiring the skills of understanding the spoken and written English dealing with medicine and dentistry. Upgrading language skills.
Learning outcomes	At the end of this course student will be able to: - predict lecture content and organization from the introduction - follow signposts to lecture organization - choose an appropriate form of lecture notes - recognize the lecturer’s stance and level of confidence/tentativeness - use topic sentences to get an overview of the text - use Internet effectively - speak from notes and summarize - effectively write notes and paraphrase.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Dragana Čarapić, Phd
Methodology	Lectures and discussions

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Anesthetic consideration in dental practice
I week exercises	Tooth extraction
II week lectures	Dental instruments for minor surgery
II week exercises	Indication and principles of incision and drainage
III week lectures	Soft tissue injury
III week exercises	Fracture of the orofacial region
IV week lectures	Principles of preventive dentistry (oral health)
IV week exercises	Prevention of periodontal diseases
V week lectures	Case study: Medically compromised patient
V week exercises	Case study: Medically compromised patient
VI week lectures	Setting patient goals; assessing risk
VI week exercises	Case study
VII week lectures	Presentations
VII week exercises	Presentations
VIII week lectures	Mid-term exam
VIII week exercises	Mid-term exam
IX week lectures	Case study: Maya Patel
IX week exercises	Setting patient goals; assessing risk
X week lectures	Presentations
X week exercises	Presentations
XI week lectures	Case study: pediatric patients
XI week exercises	Case study: pediatric patients
XII week lectures	Setting patient goals; assessing risk
XII week exercises	Adult Periodontal patients
XIII week lectures	Mid-term exam (2nd term)
XIII week exercises	Mid-term exam (2nd term)
XIV week lectures	Mid-term exam (2nd term)
XIV week exercises	Case study: Special needs patients
XV week lectures	Case study: Geriatric patients
XV week exercises	Case study: Special needs patients

Student workload	30P + 30V
Per week	Per semester
2 credits x 40/30=2 hours and 40 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises -1 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =42 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =5 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 2 x 30=60 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 42 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Students are obliged to attend the classes, participate in discussions, do tasks and take tests.
Consultations
Literature	1. T. Evelyn, Case Studies in Dental Hygiene, Pearson education, 2013. 2. S. D. Jovanović, Vokabular engleskog jezika medicinske struke, Beograd, Fokus – Forum za interkulturnu komunikaciju, 2013. 3. Oxford Concise Medical Dictionary, OUP, 2003. 4.
Examination methods	Mid-term exam: 35 points Presentation: 10 points Class attendance: 5 points Final exam: 50 points
Special remarks	The lectures are taught in English and Montenegrin.
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / ENGLISH LANGUAGE IN DENTISTRY IV

Course:

ENGLISH LANGUAGE IN DENTISTRY IV/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
10715	Obavezan	4	2	2+1+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	none
Aims	Acguiring the skills of understanding the spoken and written English dealing with medicine and dentistry. Upgrading language skills.
Learning outcomes	At the end of this course student will be able to: - predict lecture content and organization from the introduction - follow signposts to lecture organization - choose an appropriate form of lecture notes - recognize the lecturer’s stance and level of confidence/tentativeness - use topic sentences to get an overview of the text - use Internet effectively - speak from notes and summarize - effectively write notes and paraphrase.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Dragana Čarapić, Phd
Methodology	Lectures and discussions

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Anesthetic consideration in dental practice
I week exercises	Tooth extraction
II week lectures	Dental instruments for minor surgery
II week exercises	Indication and principles of incision and drainage
III week lectures	Soft tissue injury
III week exercises	Fracture of the orofacial region
IV week lectures	Principles of preventive dentistry (oral health)
IV week exercises	Prevention of periodontal diseases
V week lectures	Case study: Medically compromised patient
V week exercises	Case study: Medically compromised patient
VI week lectures	Setting patient goals; assessing risk
VI week exercises	Case study
VII week lectures	Presentations
VII week exercises	Presentations
VIII week lectures	Mid-term exam
VIII week exercises	Mid-term exam
IX week lectures	Case study: Maya Patel
IX week exercises	Setting patient goals; assessing risk
X week lectures	Presentations
X week exercises	Presentations
XI week lectures	Case study: pediatric patients
XI week exercises	Case study: pediatric patients
XII week lectures	Setting patient goals; assessing risk
XII week exercises	Adult Periodontal patients
XIII week lectures	Mid-term exam (2nd term)
XIII week exercises	Mid-term exam (2nd term)
XIV week lectures	Mid-term exam (2nd term)
XIV week exercises	Case study: Special needs patients
XV week lectures	Case study: Geriatric patients
XV week exercises	Case study: Special needs patients

Student workload	30P + 30V
Per week	Per semester
2 credits x 40/30=2 hours and 40 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises -1 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =42 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =5 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 2 x 30=60 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 42 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Students are obliged to attend the classes, participate in discussions, do tasks and take tests.
Consultations
Literature	1. T. Evelyn, Case Studies in Dental Hygiene, Pearson education, 2013. 2. S. D. Jovanović, Vokabular engleskog jezika medicinske struke, Beograd, Fokus – Forum za interkulturnu komunikaciju, 2013. 3. Oxford Concise Medical Dictionary, OUP, 2003. 4.
Examination methods	Mid-term exam: 35 points Presentation: 10 points Class attendance: 5 points Final exam: 50 points
Special remarks	The lectures are taught in English and Montenegrin.
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / SOCIAL MEDICINE AND EPIDEMIOLOGY

Course:

SOCIAL MEDICINE AND EPIDEMIOLOGY/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
10716	Obavezan	3	2	2++0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	There is no condition
Aims	After students listen all the lectures and pass the exam, they should distinguish basic concepts in field of social medicine and epidemiology which are important for performing dental practice. They should identify public health risk factors for mouth and tooth disease and methods for prevention of their effects. They also should know basic of health promotion and disease prevention, which will serve as a basis for improving public health knowledge and skills
Learning outcomes	1. Explain basic concepts in field of public health, such as health, health care system, health services and parameters which determine it with special focus on analyzing role of health promotion in treatment of contemporary public health problems; 2. Explain connection between health and other social systems; point out on specific nature of health sector as social system; present a link between social inequalities and health, social capital and health, social pathology and health; 3. Systematically and critically review basic principles and essential constituent elements of dominant, official biomedical paradigm of health, disease and its treatment; 4. Identify and describe risk factors that affect on health in all groups of community, analyze and link relationship between them. Also, analyze effects of behaviors on health, as well as all aspects related to behavior and its modification with health education strategies; 5. Understands basic principles and concepts in epidemiology. Knows a difference in classifications in fields which are important in epidemiology; Knows epidemiological measures of disease frequency and disease burden 6. Knows measures for disease prevention and control
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	prof. dr Agima Ljaljević prof. dr Dragan Laušević
Methodology	Lectures, exercises, tests, final exam-test

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Definition of social medicine. Concept and content of human health. Definition of health. Relationship between health and illness
I week exercises
II week lectures	Social-medical illnesses
II week exercises
III week lectures	Measurement of population health status
III week exercises
IV week lectures	Levels of health care of population
IV week exercises
V week lectures	Organization of health care of population
V week exercises
VI week lectures	Organization of dental health care
VI week exercises
VII week lectures	Financing of health care of population
VII week exercises
VIII week lectures	Behavior and health
VIII week exercises
IX week lectures	Health education
IX week exercises
X week lectures	Health education strategies
X week exercises
XI week lectures	Epidemiology-definition. Principles and concepts of epidemiology
XI week exercises
XII week lectures	Epidemiological measures of disease frequency and disease burden
XII week exercises
XIII week lectures	Measures to for disease prevention
XIII week exercises
XIV week lectures	Measures for disease control
XIV week exercises
XV week lectures	Application of good medical practice in dentistry
XV week exercises

Student workload	Student load (per week): 2 credits x 40/30 = 2.66 hours. Structure: 1 hour of lectures, 1 hour of exercises, 0.66 hours of independent work including consultations. Student load (in semester): Teaching and final exam (2.66 h x 16 = 42.56 h). Necessary preparation before beginning of semester (enrollment, certification...) 2.66h x 2 = 5.32 h. Total load: 2 x 30 = 60h Supplementary work 12.12h Structure of load 42.56 h + 5.32 h + 12.12 h = 60h
Per week	Per semester
2 credits x 40/30=2 hours and 40 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 0 excercises 0 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =42 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =5 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 2 x 30=60 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 42 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Creation and presentation of seminar papers. Design and defense of scientific papers. Homework
Consultations	Every working day
Literature	References: Special material prepared by teachers of this course
Examination methods	Passed colloquiums Done seminar work Passed exam In accordance with recommendations of the University
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / COMMUNICATION SKILLS IN DENTISTRY

Course:

COMMUNICATION SKILLS IN DENTISTRY/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
11147	Obavezan	3	2	2++0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	No
Aims	Objectives of studying the course: Acquisition of new theoretical knowledge and improvement of communication skills as a professional skill in healthcare, Application of certain communication skills (assertiveness, empathy, active listening), Understanding of the ways and importance of communication within the healthcare team, Explanation of the specifics of communication with patients, Analyzing possible obstacles in communication and demonstration of ways to overcome them, Explanation of the specifics of communication with patients. ​
Learning outcomes	Knowledge of modern theoretical approaches in communication, knowledge of communication skills, improvement of communication skills, analyzing and removing obstacles in communication.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Assist Prof Mirjana Đuričković Assist Prof Mirko Mikić
Methodology	Lectures, exercises, seminar, work in small groups, consultations, methodical exercises, seminar papers, presentation in front of the group, method of practical student activities, colloquiums

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Research on communication between healthcare workers and patients
I week exercises
II week lectures	Motivational interview
II week exercises
III week lectures	The latest communication information technologies and communication in medicine
III week exercises
IV week lectures	Communication skills with patients suffering from an incurable disease
IV week exercises
V week lectures	Communication with elderly people
V week exercises
VI week lectures	Obstacles in communication with people with sensory disorders
VI week exercises
VII week lectures	Communication with people with mental disorders
VII week exercises
VIII week lectures	Specifics of communication with seriously ill patients and their family members
VIII week exercises
IX week lectures	Mandatory qualities of a healthcare worker and rules of good communication
IX week exercises
X week lectures	Tolerance as a prerequisite for successful communication
X week exercises
XI week lectures	Using empathy in communication with the patient
XI week exercises
XII week lectures	Binding attitudes and communication of healthcare workers towards their colleagues
XII week exercises
XIII week lectures	Dental staff burnout
XIII week exercises
XIV week lectures	Teamwork
XIV week exercises
XV week lectures	Defense of seminar papers
XV week exercises

Student workload	Classes and final exam (2.6 hours x 16 = 41.6 hours). Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (registration, certification...): 2h x 2.6 = 5.2h. Total workload: 2 x 30 = 60h. Additional work: 13.2h. Load structure: 41.6 h + 5.2 h + 13.2 h = 60 h
Per week	Per semester
2 credits x 40/30=2 hours and 40 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 0 excercises 0 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =42 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =5 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 2 x 30=60 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 42 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Attendance at lectures is mandatory. During the semester, the student is obliged to do one seminar paper.
Consultations	In agreement with the subject teacher.
Literature	Nenadović M. Vjestina komuniciranja.Beograd;2010. Đordjević B, Braš M. Komunikacija u medicini, čovjek je covjeku lijek, Medicinska naklada, Zagreb; 2011. Mandić T. Komunikologija : psihologija komunikacije 4. izdanje. Klio. Beograd;2003.
Examination methods	Colloquium = 2 x 20 points Seminar paper = 10 points Final exam = 50 points A passing grade is obtained if a cumulative minimum of 50 points is collected
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / RESTORATIVE ODONTOLOGY - PRECLINICS

Course:

RESTORATIVE ODONTOLOGY - PRECLINICS/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
11148	Obavezan	6	8	1+3+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	No
Aims	Objectives of the course: Mastering the technique of cavity preparation, protection of the pulpo-dentine complex and placement of materials for temporary and definitive fillings on models.
Learning outcomes	After completing the two-semester course and passing the exam in Restorative Odontology-pre-clinic, the Stomatology student should have the following learning outcomes: 1. Know the basic principles of work organization in a dental office. 2. Knows and correctly applies hand and machine instruments during caries removal and cavity preparation. 3. Knows the course of the restorative procedure. 4. Possesses the skill of cavity preparation on artificial teeth. 5. Knows and correctly applies materials for the protection of the pulpodentine complex and materials for temporary and definitive closure of cavities (with the use of matrices and interdental stakes). 6. Can fully apply all learned procedures and actions in clinical conditions.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Assis Prof Mirjana Đuričković Dr Mladen Vuković
Methodology	Lectures, exercises, seminar, work in small groups, consultations, methodical exercises, seminar papers, presentation in front of the group, method of student practical activities, colloquiums

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Introduction to dental pathology and therapy. Caries, definition: etiopathogenesis, clinical picture, caries predilection sites.
I week exercises	Acquaintance with the basic principles of work, with equipment and instruments. Getting to know the organization and way of conducting practical classes. Workplace and dental machines. Hand instruments and their purpose
II week lectures	Diagnostic methods for caries detection. Dental examination, instruments and diagnostic aids. Marking teeth
II week exercises	Mechanical instruments and their use. Position of the therapist during work (in relation to the patient). Direct and indirect work in the mouth. Resting (fixing) the hand when working in the mouth.
III week lectures	Caries classification: way of spreading through dental tissues; secondary and recurrent caries.
III week exercises	Class I cavity preparation: Theoretical introduction to practice. Principles of Class I cavity preparation on the biting surface of molars.
IV week lectures	Dental caries therapy: Analysis of the basic principles of cavity treatment according to Black and clinical review.
IV week exercises	Class I cavity preparation: on the biting surface of the molar (continued). Principles of Class I cavity preparation on the biting surface of premolars.
V week lectures	Instruments for the treatment of carious lesions. Rotating and manual instruments. Workplace. Dry radon field.
V week exercises	Class I cavity preparation on the biting surface of the premolar (continued). Principles of Class I cavity preparation (Foramen coecum).
VI week lectures	Class I cavity preparation. Cavity preparation on the biting surface of molars and premolars, foramen cecum and foramen molars. Approach, point of support, use of adequate instruments. Nomenclature of cavity walls and corners.
VI week exercises	Class II cavity preparation Principles of molar preparation.
VII week lectures	Class II cavity preparation. Preparations on premolars and molars. Restrictive preparation of class II cavities: slot and tunnel preparation
VII week exercises	Class II cavity preparation. Principles of premolar class II cavity preparation.
VIII week lectures	MOD cavity preparation on premolars and molars. MOD cavity on a tooth with vital pulp. MOD cavity on depulped tooth.
VIII week exercises	Preparation of class II cavity type MOD. Principles of MOD cavity preparation on a vital tooth.
IX week lectures	Class III cavity preparation and tooth separation. Variant "A" class III cavity. A sub-variant of the "A" class III cavity variant. Tooth separation
IX week exercises	Principles of class II cavity preparation of type MOD on a vital tooth.
X week lectures	Preparation of class IV cavities. Principles of preparation of different variants
X week exercises	Class III cavity preparation. Theoretical introduction to the exercise. Principles of class III cavity preparation ("A" variant), sub-variant "A".
XI week lectures	Class IV cavity preparation. Principles of preparation of different variants.
XI week exercises	Cavity preparation for adhesive materials. Deviation from Blacks principles.
XII week lectures	Class V cavity preparation. Principles of cavity preparation of class V carious and non-carious etiology.
XII week exercises	Class III cavity preparation. Theoretical introduction to the exercise. Principles of class III cavity preparation ("A" variant), sub-variant "A".
XIII week lectures	Basic principles of tooth crown restoration
XIII week exercises	Basic gnathological principles in the restoration of molars and premolars
XIV week lectures	Lezije tvrdih zubnih tkiva nekarijesne etiologije
XIV week exercises	Basic gnathological principles in the restoration of molars and premolars
XV week lectures	Cavity preparation for inlay-onlay from precious alloys and cavity preparation for inlay from composites and porcelain
XV week exercises	Preparation for cast fillings, Principles of inlay preparation.
XVI week lectures	Materials in restorative dentistry - basic characteristics
XVI week exercises	Basic principles in working with materials for temporary cavity closure. Placing the material in the cavity
XVII week lectures	Materials for temporary closure of cavities
XVII week exercises	Working principles and installation of protective surfaces - preparation of materials and installation of materials in the cavity
XVIII week lectures	Protective surfaces in restorative dentistry
XVIII week exercises	Principles of working with Glas-ionomer cements (chemical and light polymerization) for restorative fillings, placement of material in the cavity
XIX week lectures	Glas-ionomer cements as materials for substrates and cementation of fixed restorations
XIX week exercises	Principles of working with amalgams - restoration according to basic gnathological requirements, contact point, occlusal morphology, placing the material in the cavity
XX week lectures	Glas-ionomer cements as materials for restorative fillings
XX week exercises	Principles of working with amalgams in restorative dentistry - preparation and protection, placing the material in the cavity
XXI week lectures	Composite materials in restorative dentistry - properties
XXI week exercises	Principles of working with amalgam fillings - matrices and interdental stakes, placing the material in the cavity
XXII week lectures	Composite materials in restorative dentistry - classifications
XXII week exercises	Definitive processing of amalgam fillings
XXIII week lectures	Composite materials - basic principles of application in teeth of the frontal and lateral regions
XXIII week exercises	Composite materials - application technique and polymerization technique - placement of matrices, interdental posts, placement of material in the cavity
XXIV week lectures	Adhesives in restorative odontology - chemical and micromechanical effect of the adhesive bond
XXIV week exercises	Composite materials - basic gnathological requirements for the restoration of molars and premolars - contact point, occlusal morphology, exercises on extracted teeth, placing the material in the cavity
XXV week lectures	Adhesives in restorative dentistry - classification adhesive agents
XXV week exercises	Composite materials - factors affecting the quality of fillings
XXVI week lectures	Application of amalgam in restorative dentistry - basic features and characteristics
XXVI week exercises	Adhesives in dentistry - enamel and dentin conditioning
XXVII week lectures	Application of amalgam in restorative dentistry
XXVII week exercises	Adhesives in dentistry - technique of total etching of enamel and dentin and technique with self-etching primers
XXVIII week lectures	Materials for cast metal fillings
XXVIII week exercises	Definitive processing of composite fillings
XXIX week lectures	Materials for indirect fillings made of aesthetic materials
XXIX week exercises	Principles and techniques of working with materials for indirect (cast) fillings
XXX week lectures	Kontrola uspjeha restaurativne terapije I dugotrajnost ispuna
XXX week exercises	Control of the success of restorative therapy and the longevity of fillings

Student workload	In the first semester: Classes and final exam: (5.33 hours) x 16 = 85.28 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): (5.33 hours) x 2 = 10.66 hours Total workload for the course: 4 x 30 = 120 hours Load structure: 85.28 hours (classes and final exam) + 10.66 hours (preparation) + 24.06 hours (supplementary work) In the II semester: Classes and final exam: (5.33 hours) x 16 = 85.28 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): (5.33 hours) x 2 = 10.66 hours Total workload for the course: 4 x 30 = 120 hours Load structure: 85.28 hours (classes and final exam) + 10.66 hours (preparation) + 24.06 hours (supplementary work)
Per week	Per semester
8 credits x 40/30=10 hours and 40 minuts 1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 3 excercises 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =170 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =21 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 8 x 30=240 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 48 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 170 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 21 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 48 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Attendance at lectures and exercises is mandatory. During the semester, the student is obliged to fulfill the standard stipulated in the plan and program, which refers to the preparation of cavities on acrylic teeth on the phantom and practical work with dental materials, which are used for the definitive closure of cavities in restorative dentistry.
Consultations	In agreement with the subject teacher.
Literature	Živković S. Fundamentals of restorative dentistry. Data Status. Belgrade; in 2019. Živković S. Cavity preparation, practical. Data Status. Belgrade; in 2017. Živković S. Materials in restorative dentistry, practical. Data Status. Belgrade; 2018. Karadžov O, Kztele D, Kuburović D, Marković D. Cavity preparation. University of Belgrade. Griffin. Belgrade; 1999.
Examination methods	By fulfilling the pre-exam requirements (activity during lectures 6 points, practical classes 30 points, colloquiums 12 points and seminar work 2 points), and passing the exam (test 10 points, practical exam 25 points, oral exam 15 points) a student can achieve a maximum of 100 points , where the pre-examination requirements contribute up to 50 points. A passing grade is obtained if at least 50 points are accumulated cumulatively.
Special remarks	Mandatory, pre-clinical, narrowly professional
Comment	no

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / MOBILE PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY - PRECLINICS

Course:

MOBILE PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY - PRECLINICS/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
11149	Obavezan	6	8	1+3+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	No
Aims	Mastering the theoretical and practical knowledge necessary for making total prosthesis, partial plate prosthesis, partial skeleterine prosthesis
Learning outcomes	After completing two-semester classes and passing the exam in the subject Mobile Tomatologic Prosthetics - Preclinic, dentistry student should have the following learning outcomes: 1. He knows and explains the laboratory stages in making a total prosthesis. 2. He knows and explains the types and classification of toothlessness, construction parts and laboratory phases in the production of partial plate prosthesis and skeletal prosthesis. 3. Knows the types, significance and use of dental parallelometers and articulators. 4. Analyzes models for studies in parallelometers and articulators. 6. Integrates the acquired knowledge and is qualified for further education in mobile prosthetics
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Assis prof Biljana Milošević Dr Uroš Labudović
Methodology	Lectures, exercises, seminar, small group work, consultations, methodical exercises, seminar papers, presentation in front of the group, method of practical activities of the student

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	General concepts of total dentures
I week exercises	Technical laboratory production of mobile prosthetic restorations
II week lectures	Anatomical imprint
II week exercises	Technical laboratory production of mobile prosthetic restorations
III week lectures	Functional footprint
III week exercises	Technical laboratory production of mobile prosthetic restorations
IV week lectures	How to get a working model
IV week exercises	Technical laboratory production of mobile prosthetic restorations
V week lectures	Formation of biting templates
V week exercises	Technical laboratory production of mobile prosthetic restorations
VI week lectures	Determining the position of teeth in people with eugnate jaw ratios
VI week exercises	Technical laboratory production of mobile prosthetic restorations
VII week lectures	Determining the position of the lateral teeth in people with eugnate jaw ratios
VII week exercises	Technical laboratory production of mobile prosthetic restorations
VIII week lectures	Determining the position of the lateral teeth in people with eugnate jaw ratios
VIII week exercises	Technical laboratory production of mobile prosthetic restorations
IX week lectures	Definitive tooth lining
IX week exercises	Technical laboratory production of mobile prosthetic restorations
X week lectures	Final procedures in the manufacture of total dentures
X week exercises	Technical laboratory production of mobile prosthetic restorations
XI week lectures	Repairs, proofreadings and substitutions of total dentures
XI week exercises	Technical laboratory production of mobile prosthetic restorations
XII week lectures	Immediate total proses
XII week exercises	Technical laboratory production of mobile prosthetic restorations
XIII week lectures	Superdental total prosthesis
XIII week exercises	Technical laboratory production of mobile prosthetic restorations
XIV week lectures	Total prosthesis – base reinforced with a metal skeleton
XIV week exercises	Technical laboratory production of mobile prosthetic restorations
XV week lectures	Recapitulation
XV week exercises	Technical laboratory production of mobile prosthetic restorations
XVI week lectures	General terms about toothless jaws
XVI week exercises	Technical laboratory production of mobile prosthetic restorations
XVII week lectures	Forms of partial dentures
XVII week exercises	Technical laboratory production of mobile prosthetic restorations
XVIII week lectures	Parts of partial plate prosthesis
XVIII week exercises	Technical laboratory production of mobile prosthetic restorations
XIX week lectures	Retention, stabilization, transfer of occlusal loads and guidance of partial plate prosthesis
XIX week exercises	Technical laboratory production of mobile prosthetic restorations
XX week lectures	Retention, stabilization, transfer of occlusal loads and guidance of partial plate prosthesis
XX week exercises	Technical laboratory production of mobile prosthetic restorations
XXI week lectures	Laboratory production of partial plate dentures, Partial skeletal dentures
XXI week exercises	Technical laboratory production of mobile prosthetic restorations
XXII week lectures	Parts of partial skeletal prosthesis
XXII week exercises	Technical laboratory production of mobile prosthetic restorations
XXIII week lectures	Retention, stabilization transfer of occlusal loads and guidance of partial skeletal prosthesis
XXIII week exercises	Technical laboratory production of mobile prosthetic restorations
XXIV week lectures	Retention, stabilization transfer of occlusal loads and guidance of partial skeletal prosthesis
XXIV week exercises	Technical laboratory production of mobile prosthetic restorations
XXV week lectures	Application of parallelometers in planning and making partial dentures
XXV week exercises	Technical laboratory production of mobile prosthetic restorations
XXVI week lectures	Application of parallelometers in planning and making partial dentures
XXVI week exercises	Technical laboratory production of mobile prosthetic restorations
XXVII week lectures	Connecting elements of partial skeletal prosthesis
XXVII week exercises	Technical laboratory production of mobile prosthetic restorations
XXVIII week lectures	Laboratory production of partial skeletal dentures
XXVIII week exercises	Technical laboratory production of mobile prosthetic restorations
XXIX week lectures	Laboratory production of partial skeletal dentures
XXIX week exercises	Technical laboratory production of mobile prosthetic restorations
XXX week lectures	Tehničko-laboratorijska izrada mobilnih protetskih nadoknada
XXX week exercises	Technical laboratory production of mobile prosthetic restorations

Student workload	Sunday 3 credits x 40/30 = 4 hours Structure: 3 hours of exercise 1 hour term work 1 hour independent work including consultation. In the semester Teaching and final exam (4 x 16 = 64 h). Necessary preparations before the start of the semester (enrollment, certification...) 2h x 4 = 8 Total load: 3 x 30 = 90 h Supplementary work 18 h Load structure 64 + 8 + 18 = 90 h
Per week	Per semester
8 credits x 40/30=10 hours and 40 minuts 1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 3 excercises 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =170 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =21 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 8 x 30=240 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 48 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 170 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 21 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 48 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	-regular attendance of classes and exercises tests from practicum seminars, colloquiums, exams
Consultations	In agreement with the subject teacher.
Literature	1. Group of authors – Dental Prosthetics – Preclinic, Department of Textbooks and Teaching Aids Belgrade 1995 2. Group of Authors – Dental materials, Department of Textbooks and Teaching Aids Belgrade 2003
Examination methods	Colloquium = 2 x 20 points Seminar paper = 10 points Final exam = 50 points Transitional grade is obtained if the cumulative lyric is collected min 50 points
Special remarks	no
Comment	no

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / FIXED DENTAL PROSTHETICS - PRECLINICS

Course:

FIXED DENTAL PROSTHETICS - PRECLINICS/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
11150	Obavezan	6	8	1.5+2.5+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	No
Aims	Mastering the theoretical and practical knowledge necessary for the production of fixed prosthetic works
Learning outcomes	After completing two-semester classes and passing the exam in the subject Fixed Dental Prosthetics - Preclinic, dentistry student should have the following learning outcomes: 1. He knows and explains the laboratory stages in the development of fixed dental restorations 2. He knows and explains the types of fixed dental restorations and stages in the production of the entire cast crown, faceted crown, metal-ceramic crowns and dental bridges with an emphasis on laboratory phases in the construction. 3. It integrates the acquired knowledge and is qualified for further education in and fixed dental prosthetics.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	MD PhD Biljana Milošević, PhD Dr Tanja Marković
Methodology	Lectures, exercises, seminar, small group work, consultations, methodical exercises, seminar papers, presentation in front of the group, method of practical activities of the student,

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Preclinical and dental workplace; instruments, appliances and devices for work.
I week exercises	Technical laboratory production of fixed prosthetic restorations
II week lectures	First examination - anamnesis, clinical examination and fixed prosthetic therapy plan
II week exercises	Technical laboratory production of fixed prosthetic restorations
III week lectures	Study and diagnostic models – purpose and significance. Test fixed prosthetic works
III week exercises	Technical laboratory production of fixed prosthetic restorations
IV week lectures	Biomechanical factors of tooth preparation. Fixed prosthetic therapy and periodontal system - determining the limit of preparation. Pre-prosthetic preparation of patients. Preparing the mouth and teeth for fixed prosthetic therapy
IV week exercises	Technical laboratory production of fixed prosthetic restorations
V week lectures	Abrasives. Anesthesia in fixed prosthetic therapy. Protecting the mouth and teeth during grinding
V week exercises	Technical laboratory production of fixed prosthetic restorations
VI week lectures	Biomechanical factors of tooth preparation. Fixed prosthetic therapy and periodontal system - determining the limit of preparation.
VI week exercises	Technical laboratory production of fixed prosthetic restorations
VII week lectures	Crowns - division, indications and contraindications. Durability of crowns.
VII week exercises	Technical laboratory production of fixed prosthetic restorations
VIII week lectures	Temporary and immediate crowns - acrylic and composite crowns. Clinical and laboratory aspects. Mechanical protection of the brushed tooth.
VIII week exercises	Technical laboratory production of fixed prosthetic restorations
IX week lectures	Complete metal crown. Clinical and laboratory aspects.
IX week exercises	Technical laboratory production of fixed prosthetic restorations
X week lectures	Faceted crown. Clinical and laboratory aspects.
X week exercises	Technical laboratory production of fixed prosthetic restorations
XI week lectures	Metal-ceramic crown. Clinical and laboratory (basics) aspects
XI week exercises	Technical laboratory production of fixed prosthetic restorations
XII week lectures	Completely- ceramic crown. Clinical and laboratory (basics) aspects.
XII week exercises	Technical laboratory production of fixed prosthetic restorations
XIII week lectures	Individual cast upgrade. Clinical and laboratory aspects.
XIII week exercises	Technical laboratory production of fixed prosthetic restorations
XIV week lectures	Ready-made upgrades (metal, composite-fiber reinforced).
XIV week exercises	Technical laboratory production of fixed prosthetic restorations
XV week lectures	Final lecture. Recapitulation
XV week exercises	Technical laboratory production of fixed prosthetic restorations
XVI week lectures	Modified crowns – combined works. Clinical and laboratory aspects.
XVI week exercises	Technical laboratory production of fixed prosthetic restorations
XVII week lectures	Telescopic systems - telescopic and cone crowns. Clinical and laboratory aspects.
XVII week exercises	Technical laboratory production of fixed prosthetic restorations
XVIII week lectures	Inlay, Onlay, Overlay. Aesthetic scales. Clinical and laboratory aspects.
XVIII week exercises	Technical laboratory production of fixed prosthetic restorations
XIX week lectures	Fingerprinting – transfer of information from the office to the dental laboratory. Types and distribution of printed materials.
XIX week exercises	Technical laboratory production of fixed prosthetic restorations
XX week lectures	Working models – peculiarities, division and fabrication systems
XX week exercises	Technical laboratory production of fixed prosthetic restorations
XXI week lectures	Transfer of models to an articulator of average values.
XXI week exercises	Technical laboratory production of fixed prosthetic restorations
XXII week lectures	Modeling of fixed prosthetic construction in wax (inzoma). Procedures of investment, preheating, annealing and casting-base (expansion-contraction).
XXII week exercises	Technical laboratory production of fixed prosthetic restorations
XXIII week lectures	Characteristics of dental alloys (gold, AgPd, CoCr, NiCr, titanium) and possibilities of application in fixed prosthetics
XXIII week exercises	Technical laboratory production of fixed prosthetic restorations
XXIV week lectures	Heat treatment of dental alloys (melting, casting, recrystallization, homogenization and precipitation of alloys). Technologies of merging the same and/or different metals.
XXIV week exercises	Technical laboratory production of fixed prosthetic restorations
XXV week lectures	Division, peculiarities and application of aesthetic materials (ceramics, polymers-comparison) for fixed prosthetic works. The color, shape and aesthetics of the teeth.
XXV week exercises	Technical laboratory production of fixed prosthetic restorations
XXVI week lectures	Ceramic systems and the basics of technology of working with ceramic materials. Metal-ceramic systems.
XXVI week exercises	Technical laboratory production of fixed prosthetic restorations
XXVII week lectures	Ceramic systems and the basics of technology of working with ceramic materials. Fully-ceramic systems
XXVII week exercises	Technical laboratory production of fixed prosthetic restorations
XXVIII week lectures	Implant-prosthetic therapy of dental deficiency and specifics of laboratory construction of implant-prosthetic structures
XXVIII week exercises	Technical laboratory production of fixed prosthetic restorations
XXIX week lectures	Technologies of finishing fixed prosthetic works (polishing-glazing). Control of contact points, occlusion and articulation contacts. Marginal adaptation (laboratory-outpatient clinic).
XXIX week exercises	Technical laboratory production of fixed prosthetic restorations
XXX week lectures	Tehničko-laboratorijska izrada fiksnih protetskih nadoknada
XXX week exercises	Technical laboratory production of fixed prosthetic restorations

Student workload	In the semester Teaching and final exam (5.3 x 16 =84.8 h). Necessary preparations before the start of the semester (enrollment, certification...) 2h x 5.3 = 10.6 h Total load: 4 x 30 = 120 h Supplementary work 24.6h Load structure 84.8 h + 10.6 h + 24.6 h = 120 h Sunday 4 credits x 40/30 = 5.3 hours Structure: 1 hour of lectures, 3 hours of exercises and 1.3 hours of self-study seminar, including consultation
Per week	Per semester
8 credits x 40/30=10 hours and 40 minuts 1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =170 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =21 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 8 x 30=240 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 48 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 170 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 21 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 48 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	regular attendance of classes and exercises tests from practicum seminars, colloquiums, exams
Consultations	In agreement with the subject teacher.
Literature	1. Grupa autora – Stomatološka protetika – pretklinika, Zavod za udžbenike i nastavna sredstva Beograd 1995.god. 2. Grupa Autora – Stomatološki materijali, Zavod za udžbenike i nastavna sredstva Beograd 2003.god.
Examination methods	Midterm exam = 2 x 20 points Seminar paper = 10 points Final exam = 50 points A passing score is obtained if a minimum of 50 points are cumulatively collected
Special remarks	no
Comment	no

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / GENERAL RADIOLOGY

Course:

GENERAL RADIOLOGY/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
11151	Obavezan	5	2	1+1+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites
Aims
Learning outcomes
Lecturer / Teaching assistant
Methodology

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures
I week exercises
II week lectures
II week exercises
III week lectures
III week exercises
IV week lectures
IV week exercises
V week lectures
V week exercises
VI week lectures
VI week exercises
VII week lectures
VII week exercises
VIII week lectures
VIII week exercises
IX week lectures
IX week exercises
X week lectures
X week exercises
XI week lectures
XI week exercises
XII week lectures
XII week exercises
XIII week lectures
XIII week exercises
XIV week lectures
XIV week exercises
XV week lectures
XV week exercises

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
2 credits x 40/30=2 hours and 40 minuts 1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 0 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =42 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =5 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 2 x 30=60 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 42 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations
Consultations
Literature
Examination methods
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / ANESTHESIOLOGY AND REANIMATION

Course:

ANESTHESIOLOGY AND REANIMATION/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
11152	Obavezan	5	2	1+1+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	There are no prerequisites for registering and listening to the course.
Aims	Acquisition of basic theoretical and practical knowledge in anesthesiology and resuscitation.
Learning outcomes	1. Student može da obavi preoperativnu pripremu pacijenta za predstojeći operativni zahvat. 2. Student je sposoban da predvidi komplikacije opšte i regionalne anestezije i da ih efikasno zbrinjava. 3. Student identifikuje reverzibilne uzroke akutnog zastoja srca i sprovodi osnovne I napredne postupke oživljavanja sa jednim i dva spasioca.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Assist. Prof. Marijana Karišik, MD, PhD; Ivana Đurišić MD.
Methodology	Lectures, exercises in the operating room, exercises in the simulation room, seminar papers.

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Introduction to anesthesiology and history of anesthesia.
I week exercises	The exercises follow the lectures.
II week lectures	Preoperative preparation of the patient for anesthesia.
II week exercises	The exercises follow the lectures.
III week lectures	General anesthesia.
III week exercises	The exercises follow the lectures.
IV week lectures	Drugs in anesthesia; Anesthetics and analgesics used in general anesthesia.
IV week exercises	The exercises follow the lectures.
V week lectures	The role of neuromuscular blockers in anesthesia.
V week exercises	The exercises follow the lectures.
VI week lectures	Airway management and monitoring in anesthesia.
VI week exercises	The exercises follow the lectures.
VII week lectures	Cardiac arrest - resuscitation procedures (BLS and ALS).
VII week exercises	The exercises follow the lectures.
VIII week lectures	Life-threatening patient; reversible causes of cardiac arrest.
VIII week exercises	The exercises follow the lectures.
IX week lectures	ALS, post-resuscitation treatment.
IX week exercises	The exercises follow the lectures.
X week lectures	Regional anesthesia and local anesthetics.
X week exercises	The exercises follow the lectures.
XI week lectures	Complications of general anesthesia.
XI week exercises	The exercises follow the lectures.
XII week lectures	Complications of regional anesthesia.
XII week exercises	The exercises follow the lectures.
XIII week lectures	Complications of anesthesia: Allergic reactions, bronchospasm, malignant hyperthermia.
XIII week exercises	The exercises follow the lectures.
XIV week lectures	Emergency conditions caused by environmental factors.
XIV week exercises	The exercises follow the lectures.
XV week lectures	Pain and pain threatment.
XV week exercises	The exercises follow the lectures.

Student workload	Classes and final exam: (2.7 hours) x 16 = 43.2 hours; Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): (2.7 hours) x 2 = 5.4 hours; Total workload for the course: 2 x 30 = 60 hours; Additional work for exam preparation in the make-up exam period, including taking the make-up final exa; Workload structure: 43.2 hours + 5.4 hours + 11.4 hours.
Per week	Per semester
2 credits x 40/30=2 hours and 40 minuts 1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 0 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =42 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =5 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 2 x 30=60 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 42 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Attendance at theoretical and practical classes; Preparation of seminar papers in teams (5-7 students) with individual presentations; Colloquium; Final exam (test).
Consultations	All types of consultations during the semester.
Literature	Morgan & Mikhails Clinical Anesthesiology. Millers Anesthesia. Barash, Cullen and Stoeltings Clinical Anesthesia. https://accessanesthesiology.mhmedical.com/book.aspx?bookid=2444.
Examination methods	Class attendance: up to 10 points, exercises 10 points, seminar work up to 10 points, colloquium up to 20 points. Final exam (test) up to 50 points. A passed exam implies a cumulative minimum of 50 points.
Special remarks	There is none.
Comment	There is none.

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / HYGIENE WITH ORAL HYGIENE

Course:

HYGIENE WITH ORAL HYGIENE/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
11153	Obavezan	6	2	1+1+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	Does not have
Aims	Students should learn the possible harm to oral health in drinking water and food, how oral health can be protected and improved through proper nutrition and ingestion of quality drinking water, how cleaning, disinfection and sterilization are properly carried out in a healthcare facility, and what are principles of proper maintenance of oral hygiene.
Learning outcomes	After completing a one-semester course in Hygiene with Oral Hygiene, students are expected to possess the following knowledge: Understand the basic ecological principles underlying life on Earth, including humans. Recognize the potential impact of water pollution on health, particularly oral health, and be familiar with the hygiene assessment of drinking water and its use in promoting health. Grasp the significance of soil and the potential harmful effects of waste materials on health, emphasizing oral health. Understand the importance of nutrition for overall health, with a specific focus on oral health. This includes knowledge of food examination and the conduct of dietary studies for planning nutrition. Appreciate the significance of personal hygiene, disinfection, and sterilization in health protection, with a specific emphasis on oral health. Proficiently implement proper oral hygiene practices. This course provides a comprehensive understanding of hygiene principles, emphasizing their relevance to oral health, and equips students with practical skills for maintaining and promoting health, particularly in the context of oral hygiene. After completing a one-semester course in Hygiene with Oral Hygiene, students are expected to possess the following knowledge: Understand the basic ecological principles underlying life on Earth, including humans. Recognize the potential impact of water pollution on health, particularly oral health, and be familiar with the hygiene assessment of drinking water and its use in promoting health. Grasp the significance of soil and the potential harmful effects of waste materials on health, emphasizing oral health. Understand the importance of nutrition for overall health, with a specific focus on oral health. This includes knowledge of food examination and the conduct of dietary studies for planning nutrition. Appreciate the significance of personal hygiene, disinfection, and sterilization in health protection, with a specific emphasis on oral health. Proficiently implement proper oral hygiene practices. This course provides a comprehensive understanding of hygiene principles, emphasizing their relevance to oral health, and equips students with practical skills for maintaining and promoting health, particularly in the context of oral hygiene. After completing a one-semester course in Hygiene with Oral Hygiene, students are expected to possess the following knowledge: Understand the basic ecological principles underlying life on Earth, including humans. Recognize the potential impact of water pollution on health, particularly oral health, and be familiar with the hygiene assessment of drinking water and its use in promoting health. Grasp the significance of soil and the potential harmful effects of waste materials on health, emphasizing oral health. Understand the importance of nutrition for overall health, with a specific focus on oral health. This includes knowledge of food examination and the conduct of dietary studies for planning nutrition. Appreciate the significance of personal hygiene, disinfection, and sterilization in health protection, with a specific emphasis on oral health. Proficiently implement proper oral hygiene practices. This course provides a comprehensive understanding of hygiene principles, emphasizing their relevance to oral health, and equips students with practical skills for maintaining and promoting health, particularly in the context of oral hygiene. After completing a one-semester course in Hygiene with Oral Hygiene, students are expected to possess the following knowledge: Understand the basic ecological principles underlying life on Earth, including humans. Recognize the potential impact of water pollution on health, particularly oral health, and be familiar with the hygiene assessment of drinking water and its use in promoting health. Grasp the significance of soil and the potential harmful effects of waste materials on health, emphasizing oral health. Understand the importance of nutrition for overall health, with a specific focus on oral health. This includes knowledge of food examination and the conduct of dietary studies for planning nutrition. Appreciate the significance of personal hygiene, disinfection, and sterilization in health protection, with a specific emphasis on oral health. Proficiently implement proper oral hygiene practices. This course provides a comprehensive understanding of hygiene principles, emphasizing their relevance to oral health, and equips students with practical skills for maintaining and promoting health, particularly in the context of oral hygiene. After completing the one-semester course in Hygiene with oral hygiene, the student should know the basic ecological principles on which the living world on Earth rests, including man; to know how water pollution can adversely affect health, especially oral health, how drinking water is tested hygienically and how water is used to improve health; to know the importance of soil and the potential harmful effect of waste materials on health, especially on oral health; to know the importance of nutrition for health, especially oral health, and how to test foods and conduct dietary tests and plan a diet; To know the importance of personal hygiene, disinfection and sterilization in health protection, especially oral health; to know how to perform oral hygiene correctly.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	doc. dr Snežana Barjaktarović-Labović doc.dr Mirjana Đuričković
Methodology	Lectures, exercises, seminar, work in small groups, consultations, methodical exercises, seminar papers, presentation in front of the group, method of student practical activities,

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Basic principles of hygiene and medical ecology
I week exercises	Drinking water (physical and chemical examination)
II week lectures	Drinking water and health
II week exercises	Drinking water (microbiological examination)
III week lectures	Drinking water and health
III week exercises	Drinking water - seminar
IV week lectures	Drinking water and health
IV week exercises	Drinking water - seminar
V week lectures	Drinking water and health
V week exercises	Drinking water - seminar
VI week lectures	Nutrition and health
VI week exercises	Laboratory examination of foodstuffs
VII week lectures	Nutrition and health
VII week exercises	Dietary tests
VIII week lectures	Nutrition and health
VIII week exercises	Diet planning
IX week lectures	Nutrition and health
IX week exercises	Nutrition and health -seminar
X week lectures	Nutrition and health
X week exercises	Nutrition and health - seminar
XI week lectures	Cleaning and disinfection
XI week exercises	Medical waste management
XII week lectures	Sterilization
XII week exercises	Disinfection and sterilization - seminar
XIII week lectures	Personal hygiene
XIII week exercises	Personal hygiene - seminar
XIV week lectures	Oral hygiene
XIV week exercises	Oral hygiene -seminar
XV week lectures	Principles of geomedicine
XV week exercises	Soil and Health - seminar

Student workload	Teaching and final exam: (2.66 hours) x 16 = 42.56 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, enrollment, certification): (2.66 hours) x 2 = 5.32 hours Total workload for the course: 2 x 30 = 60 hours Load structure: 42.56 hours (classes and final exam) + 5.32 hours (preparation) + 12 hours (supplementary work)
Per week	Per semester
2 credits x 40/30=2 hours and 40 minuts 1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 0 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =42 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =5 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 2 x 30=60 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 42 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Regular attendance of classes and exercises
Consultations
Literature	Belojević G. Đuričković M. Higijena sa oralnom higijenom. Podgorica: Medicinski fakultet Univerziteta Crna Gora; 2021. 2. Vasiljević N. (Ur.) Praktikum iz higijene I medicinske ekologije za studente medicine. Beograd: medicinski fakultet, Univerzitet u Beogradu; 2015.
Examination methods	Prisustvo nastavi: 10 poena, Vježbe 10, Seminarski rad 10, Kolokvijum 20 poena; Završni ispit (pismeno) do 50 poena. Položen ispit podrazumijeva kumulativno sakupljeno 50 poena i više.
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / DENTAL RADIOLOGY

Course:

DENTAL RADIOLOGY/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
11154	Obavezan	6	4	1+2+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites
Aims
Learning outcomes
Lecturer / Teaching assistant
Methodology

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures
I week exercises
II week lectures
II week exercises
III week lectures
III week exercises
IV week lectures
IV week exercises
V week lectures
V week exercises
VI week lectures
VI week exercises
VII week lectures
VII week exercises
VIII week lectures
VIII week exercises
IX week lectures
IX week exercises
X week lectures
X week exercises
XI week lectures
XI week exercises
XII week lectures
XII week exercises
XIII week lectures
XIII week exercises
XIV week lectures
XIV week exercises
XV week lectures
XV week exercises

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts 1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 2 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations
Consultations
Literature
Examination methods
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / INFORMATICS AND STATISTICS IN DENTISTRY

Course:

INFORMATICS AND STATISTICS IN DENTISTRY/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
11155	Obavezan	5	2	1+1+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	None
Aims	The goal of the course is for students of the Faculty of Medicine to master basic statistical terms that explain the various features and modalities used in statistical terminology. Also, the goal is for students to master scientific methodology and modern computer tools in order to be able to set research hypotheses and draw valid and reliable conclusions.
Learning outcomes	After completing the one-semester course and passing the exam in the subject Medical Statistics I informatics, a Medicine student should have the following learning outcomes: 1. Know how to explain the basics concepts of mathematical statistics. 2. Computes statistics on a given sample using appropriate software packages. 3. Performs processing, sorting, grouping, tabulation and graphical display data using appropriate software packages. 4. Tests statistical hypotheses.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Savo Tomovic
Methodology	Lectures, exercises in the computer classroom / laboratory. Learning and independent preparation of practical tasks. Consultations.

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Introduction. Basic terms in statistics. Basic terms in computer science.
I week exercises	Introduction. Basic terms in statistics. Basic terms in computer science.
II week lectures	Data collection. Tabular and graphical presentation of data.
II week exercises	Data collection. Tabular and graphical presentation of data.
III week lectures	Absolute and relative numbers. Measures of central tendency and distribution of statistical data.
III week exercises	Absolute and relative numbers. Measures of central tendency and distribution of statistical data.
IV week lectures	Measures of variation of statistical series. Measures of asymmetry and flattening of frequency distributions.
IV week exercises	Measures of variation of statistical series. Measures of asymmetry and flattening of frequency distributions.
V week lectures	Basic concepts of probability.
V week exercises	Basic concepts of probability.
VI week lectures	Mathematical expectation. Basic concepts of combinatorics.
VI week exercises	Mathematical expectation. Basic concepts of combinatorics.
VII week lectures	Theoretical probability distributions.
VII week exercises	Theoretical probability distributions.
VIII week lectures	Population and sample. Types of statistical samples.
VIII week exercises	Population and sample. Types of statistical samples.
IX week lectures	Colloquium.
IX week exercises
X week lectures	The importance and use of modern digital technologies in healthcare.
X week exercises	The importance and use of modern digital technologies in healthcare.
XI week lectures	Digitized health care sector. Digital competencies of doctors, selection and use of digital tools and systems and their critical evaluation.
XI week exercises	Digitized health care sector. Digital competencies of doctors, selection and use of digital tools and systems and their critical evaluation.
XII week lectures	Data mining and predictive medicine.
XII week exercises	Data mining and predictive medicine.
XIII week lectures	Machine learning and data mining as tools for epidemiological surveillance.
XIII week exercises	Machine learning and data mining as tools for epidemiological surveillance.
XIV week lectures	The use of digital technologies and algorithms for intelligent data processing in biomedicine.
XIV week exercises	The use of digital technologies and algorithms for intelligent data processing in biomedicine.
XV week lectures	The importance of collecting large sets of digital data, challenges in analyzing and processing large sets of dig. data.
XV week exercises	The importance of collecting large sets of digital data, challenges in analyzing and processing large sets of dig. data.

Student workload	Teaching and final exam: (2.66 hours) x 16 = 42.56 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, enrollment, certification): (2.66 hours) x 2 = 5.32 hours Total workload for the course: 2 x 30 = 60 hours Load structure: 42.56 hours (classes and final exam) + 5.32 hours (preparation) + 12 hours (supplementary work)
Per week	Per semester
2 credits x 40/30=2 hours and 40 minuts 1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 0 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =42 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =5 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 2 x 30=60 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 42 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	The student is obliged to attend lectures and exercises. Completion of homework and seminar papers, as well as taking the colloquium and final exam are mandatory.
Consultations
Literature
Examination methods	5 homework assignments are evaluated with a total of 10 points (2 points for each homework assignment), a colloquium of 40 points, a final exam of 50 points. A passing grade is obtained if at least 50 points are accumulated cumulatively.
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / INTERNAL MEDICINE

Course:

INTERNAL MEDICINE/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
11156	Obavezan	5	6	4+2+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	Determined by the Faculty Study Rules
Aims	The course aims to acquaint students with the etiopathogenesis, clinical picture, diagnosis, treatment and prevention of basic clinical entities in the field of internal medicine
Learning outcomes	After completing one semester of courses in Internal Medicine, the student of Dentistry should have the following learning outcomes: 1. He is able to collect anamnestic data and perform a physical examination of internal medicine patients. 2. By examining the oral cavity, he recognizes and knows how to interpret the importance of local changes that occur as part of internal medicine diseases. 3. Connects (understands) the causes and mechanisms of the most common internal diseases. 4. Recognizes the symptoms and signs of internal diseases. 5. Knows the principles and manner of performing diagnostic procedures and plans to perform diagnostic procedures related to oral health. 6. Is able to recognize emergencies in the field of internal medicine and to provide a basic plan for the care of emergency patients.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Prof.dr Aneta Bošković, Prof.dr Ljilja GledovićMusić, Prof.dr Snežana Vujošević, Prof.dr Brigita Smolović and assistents
Methodology	Lectures, seminars, exercises, colloquia, consultations

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Anamnesis in internal medicine
I week exercises	students learn to take anamnesis: generalities, main difficulties, closer anamnesis, anamnesis by systems, personal anamnesis, family anamnesis, socio-epidemiological survey
II week lectures	Physical examination in internal medicine Seminar: Additional diagnostic procedures
II week exercises	studenti vježbaju/uče osnove fizikalnog pregleda u internoj medicine:inspekcija, palpacija, perkusija, auskultacija
III week lectures	COPD. Bronchial asthma. Pneumonia.
III week exercises	students learn history, physical examination and additional diagnostic procedures for COPD, asthma and pneumonia;
IV week lectures	Fungal diseases of the lungs. Respiratory tumors. Pulmonary tuberculosis Seminar: Chronic respiratory failure. Pulmonary thromboembolism.
IV week exercises	students learn the basics of history and physical examination and the importance of additional diagnostic procedures for respiratory tumors and tuberculosis; learn the importance of chronic respiratory failure and the possibilities of its treatment, as well as how to recognize a patient with an urgent condition such as pulmonary thromboembolism
V week lectures	Arterial hypertension. Ischemic heart disease (stable angina pectoris, ACS). Acute myocardial infarction.
V week exercises	students learn how to measure blood pressure, learn risk factors for CVD, how to recognize a patient with ACS, what to do urgently from diagnostic procedures and how to take care of the patient as soon as possible
VI week lectures	Cardiomyopathies. Rheumatic fever. Myocarditis. Endocarditis. Pericarditis. Colloquium I
VI week exercises	students learn the division of cardiomyopathies and the basis of anamnesis and physical examination; students learn physical examination in myocarditis, endocarditis, pericarditis, emphasizing the importance of additional diagnostic procedures, students learn about the importance of prevention of endocarditis when it comes to dental interventions
VII week lectures	Acquired heart defects. Syncope, heart rhythm disorders. Diseases of the aorta and peripheral circulation. Seminar: Heart failure. Prevention of cardiovascular diseases.
VII week exercises	students learn the most serious heart rhythm disorders, how to recognize them and how to take care of them most urgently; students practice examination of venous and arterial peripheral circulation and learn which additional diagnostic procedures need to be done
VIII week lectures	Esophageal diseases. Hiatus hernia. Diseases of the stomach and duodenum (gastritis, ulcer disease, tumors). Diseases of the small and large intestine.
VIII week exercises	students practice the anamnesis of the most common diseases of the upper and lower part of the digestive tract, how to distinguish between them, how to prevent them, how to diagnose and how to treat; the connection of these diseases with oral manifestations is emphasized, IE the necessity of referral to a gastroenterohepatologist when they are noticed during the examination of the oral cavity
IX week lectures	Liver diseases (chronic hepatitis, drug and toxic liver diseases). Diseases of the biliary tract. Pancreatic diseases (acute and chronic pancreatitis, cancer). Seminar: Cirrhosis of the liver.
IX week exercises	students practice the anamnesis of the most common diseases of the liver, biliary tract and pancreas, learn the basics of physical examination and how to identify a patient with cirrhosis of the liver based on an objective finding on the head / oral cavity; they also learn which laboratory findings they must pay attention to in patients with cirrhosis of the liver, and plan dental interventions; students emphasize the risk of patients receiving antibiotics, NSAIDs due to drug-induced liver damage, but also the risk of antibiotic-associated diarrhea
X week lectures	Diabetes mellitus with complications. Emergencies. Eating Disorders. Colloquium II
X week exercises	students learn the anamnesis and physical examination and additional diagnostic and laboratory analyzes that are necessary to do in a patient with DM; learn what are the complications of DM and how to recognize them and treat them as soon as possible; practice examples of a balanced diet
XI week lectures	Diseases of the pituitary gland. Diseases of the thyroid and parathyroid glands. Diseases of the adrenal glands. Seminar: Hypersensitivity reactions. Anaphylaxis.
XI week exercises	students learn how to recognize a patient with the most common pituitary disease; learn thyroid examination and additional examinations that are necessary for thyroid, parathyroid and adrenal gland diseases; the student learns from hypersensitivity reactions, which are the most common causes; students learn how to recognize a patient with anaphylaxis, what are the clinical manifestations, or how to take care of the patient as soon as possible
XII week lectures	Glomerulonephritis. Urinary tract infections. Nephrolithiasis. Acute renal failure. Seminar: Chronic renal failure and kidney transplantation.
XII week exercises	students learn the anamnesis, physical examination and additional diagnostic procedures of the most common nephrological diseases; students learn the basics of treating these diseases and get acquainted with kidney transplantation
XIII week lectures	Classification of rheumatic diseases. Rheumatoid arthritis. Seronegative arthritis. Systemic connective tissue diseases. Seminar: SLE
XIII week exercises	as a large number of rheumatic diseases have manifestations in the oral cavity, students learn to recognize these diseases, take a history, as well as the importance of early treatment of these diseases; students are also introduced to the side effects of some of the therapeutic modalities in rheumatic diseases that may have manifestations in the oral cavity, or which patients are at risk of the same
XIV week lectures	Anemia. Myeloproliferative and lymphoproliferative diseases.
XIV week exercises	students learn the basics of physical examination and recognition of patients with hematological diseases, IE the need to monitor laboratory tests in these patients if dental interventions are planned, in order to prevent complications
XV week lectures	Hemostasis disorders - hemorrhagic syndrome. Seminar: Agranulocytosis. Acute leukemias
XV week exercises	students learn to recognize disorders of hemostasis and agranulocytosis, especially when we talk about the risk of dental interventions; students learn the anamnesis, physical examination and additional diagnostic procedures performed in acute leukemias and the basics of therapeutic treatment with reference to TMCH

Student workload	Weekly: 6 credits x 40/30 = 8 hours; Structure: 3 hours of lectures, 3 hours of exercises, 2 hours of independent work; During the semester: Teaching and final exam (8 x 16 = 128 hours); Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (enrollment, certification ...) 8 hours x 2 = 16 hours; Total workload: 6 credits x 30 = 180 hours; Additional work: 36 hours; Load structure: 128 hours + 16 hours + 36 hours = 180 hours
Per week	Per semester
6 credits x 40/30=8 hours and 0 minuts 4 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 2 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =128 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =16 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 6 x 30=180 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 36 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 128 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 16 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 36 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Regular attendance of theoretical classes and regular attendance at exercises
Consultations	Consultations with subject teachers.
Literature	B. Dapčević, G. Pudar, M. Rajić, Nj. Jojić, M. Brajović, N. Dimković I saradnici: Interna medicina za studente stomatologije, II izdanje; 2012. D. Manojlović: Propedevtika interne medicine, 2009.
Examination methods	Attendance at theoretical and practical classes with knowledge testing - 10 points; Colloquia 40 points; Final exam: 50 points. A passing grade is obtained if a minimum of 50 points is cumulatively collected.
Special remarks
Comment	Methodical units of practical teaching correspond to methodical units of theoretical teaching

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / PSYCHIATRY

Course:

PSYCHIATRY/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
11157	Obavezan	6	2	1+1+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	Nema
Aims	Studying and getting to know etiological factors, epidemiology, pathogenesis, clinical forms, diagnostic and therapeutic and rehabilitation techniques in modern psychiatry
Learning outcomes	Learning outcomes: After completing the one-semester course in Psychiatry, the Dentistry student should have the following learning outcomes: 1. Differentiate between different groups of mental disorders and know how to describe and distinguish between the psychopathological symptoms of mental disorders. 2. He is qualified to approach a mentally ill person and conduct a psychiatric interview, take an anamnesis and compile a psychological profile. 3. Knows how to describe all categories of mental disorders and classification systems for the diagnosis of mental disorders. 4. He is qualified to diagnose and describe treatment methods and therapeutic procedures for basic mental disorders in consultation with a specialist in psychiatry. 5. He is qualified to set indications for hospital treatment of mental disorders and indications for psychotherapeutic and socio therapeutic treatment. 6. Has the communication skills to establish a conversation with psychomotor agitated patients in emergency and crisis situations and with their family members.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Professor Lidija Injac Stevovic,MD, PhD, Psychiatrist
Methodology	Lectures, exercises, seminars, colloquiums, final exam. Consultations

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Definition and historical development of psychiatry. Psychiatric institutions and forms of organization of psychiatric services. Classification systems
I week exercises	Introductory. Basic principles of the organization of psychiatric care. Organization of modern psychiatric care. Types of psychiatric institutions (dispensary, consult, psychiatric department: closed, open, day hospital, night hospital). Tour of organizational units in a psychiatric institution. Doctor-patient relationship. Behavior of the patient in contact with the doctor. Transfer relations. 2. Anamnesis in psychiatry. Psychiatric interview. Psychiatric history. Auto and heteroanamnesis. Authenticity of anamnesis, citation of patients. The importance of anamnesis
II week lectures	Etiology and prevention of mental disorders
II week exercises	Determining the level of education, assessment of the environment in which the patient developed and lives. Confrontation of auto, hetero anamnesis and social survey. Anamnesis vitae, developmental aspects. Premorbid personality. Family history (diseases in the family, suicide, antisocial behavior, relations in the family - parents house). Workplace relations.
III week lectures	Diagnostic procedures in psychiatry
III week exercises	Definition of interview. Diagnostic and therapeutic interview and complementary diagnostics. Case report
IV week lectures	General psychopathology
IV week exercises	Perception, attention. Attention disorders (attention tests) Memory, thinking, learning. Qualitative and quantitative memory disorders. Examination of memory function, work with the patient. Definition of thought. Concrete and abstract thinking. Thought disorders by form. Thought disorders by content. Ideo affective block. Examination of thought disorders. Presentation of a patient with delusions. . Intelligence, emotions.. Intelligence disorders. Working with patients: description of oligophrenia and dementia. Definition of emotionality. The concept of emotional maturity. Division of emotions. Affect and mood. Quantitative and qualitative disorders. Presentation of patients with emotional disorders. 6. Will, urges. Will disorders (quantitative, qualitative): Catatonic syndrome. Presentation of a patient with a disorder of voluntary activity. Definition of instinct. Motives. The drive for self-preservation is a pathology. The urge to preserve the species - a pathology. Pathology of social motives. Presentation of a patient with a instinct disorder. Consciousness. Psychiatric concept of consciousness and characteristics. Unconscious psyche. Disorders of consciousness (qualitative-quantitative) - examination
V week lectures	Schizophrenia
V week exercises	Schizophrenia. Differentiation of individual forms of schizophrenia (simplex, hebephrenia, catatonic SCH, paranoid schizophrenia, schizoaffective disorders, residual states) 12. Schizophrenia. Differential diagnosis of schizophrenia in relation to delusions and other psychotic disorders
VI week lectures	Mood disorders
VI week exercises	Mood disorders. Anamnesis and status of depressed patients. Masked depression - suicide prevention of depressed patients. Clinical processing. 16. Brain organic psycho syndrome. Case report of acute organic brain syndrome (delirium). Case report of chronic organic disease
VII week lectures	Anxiety disorders
VII week exercises	Clinical treatment of anxiety disorders. Specifics of the exploration of anxiety patients. First contact with a anxiety patient. Phenomenological observation of manifestations. Dynamic perception of symptoms. 18. Clinical treatment of anxiety disorders. Anxiety defenses. Delineation of certain forms of anxiety disorders. Differential diagnosis according to other syndromes
VIII week lectures	Personality disorders
VIII week exercises	Clinical treatment of personality disorders. Social-medical analysis of behavior in personality disorders. Clinical treatment with personality disorder. Social-medical analysis of behavior in personality disorders. Clinical treatment with personality disorder.
IX week lectures	Sexual disorders and deviations
IX week exercises	Sexual disorders, sexual inversions, perversions and deviations
X week lectures	Brain organic psychosyndrome
X week exercises	The doctors attitude in relation to the patient with impaired consciousness. Presentation of patients (delirium, dementia). 8. Psychological testing and psychometrics. Application of psychometric tests. IQ testing. Projective techniques. Organic brain tests. Group therapy.
XI week lectures	Substance use disorders
XI week exercises	Alcoholism. Case report with complications (alcohol psychoses, especially delirium tremens). Specifics of treatment and rehabilitation. Drug addiction. Differential diagnosis of drug addiction and other substance use disorders. Morphinism
XII week lectures	Psycho-dentist disorders
XII week exercises	Psychogenic oral symptoms and signs, sensory, ulceration of the oral mucosa, secondary psychiatric disorders
XIII week lectures	Suicide. Emergency psychiatry
XIII week exercises	Suicide. Suicide - clinical treatment of suicides. Significance of suicide attempts. Differences between suicide and attempted suicide. Analyzes of disposition, reasons and motives for attempted suicide. Analysis of the appeal of the suicide phenomenon. Suicide in certain psychoses.
XIV week lectures	Mental disorders in children and adolescent
XIV week exercises	Mental disorders in children. Case report of anxiety and psychotic disorders in children. Specifics of treatment. Mental disorders in adolescents. Psychiatric specificities of the adolescent period. Psychiatric disorders in adolescence: anxiety disorders, adolescent crisis, identity crisis, borderline states, psychoses. Specifics of treatment. Case report and clinical treatment of a case of adolescent crisis, developmental disability, Case report
XV week lectures	Treatment in psychiatry - pharmacotherapy. Treatment in psychiatry - psychotherapy and socio therapy. Law on the Protection of Persons with Mental Disorders
XV week exercises	Principles of pharmacotherapy and presentation of side effects. Application of basic pharmacotherapy protocols (presentation of the standard treatment of the most common disorders that a general practitioner encounters in his outpatient clinic). Analysis of the most common side effects of psychotropic drugs. Presentation of neuroleptic extrapyramidal syndrome. Emergency conditions. Emergency psychiatric unit.

Student workload	Weekly 2 credits x 40/30 = 2 hours Structure: 1 hour lecture 1 hour of exercises 2 hours of independent work including consultations In the semester Classes and final exam (4 hours x 16 = 64 hours). Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (registration, certification...) 4h x 2 = 8 Total workload: 4 x 30 = 120h Additional work 48 hours Load structure 64 + 8 + 48h
Per week	Per semester
2 credits x 40/30=2 hours and 40 minuts 1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 0 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =42 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =5 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 2 x 30=60 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 42 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Regular attendance of lectures and exercises
Consultations	Consultations on Mondays from 13:00 to 15:00
Literature	1.Pekovic M. Psihijatrija, Univerzitet Crne Gore, Medicinski fakultet 2010, Podgorica 2.Jasović Gasic M., Lecic Tosevski D. Psihijatrija, Univerzitet u Beogradu, Medicinski fakultet 2007. 3.Kaplan & Sadocks Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, 2018, Lippincott Williams & Wilkins (LWW) 4. Dimitrijević I:Bolesti zavisnosti, Medicinski fakultet Beograd,2015 5.Marić J. Klinička psihijatrija, Beograd 2005
Examination methods	Colloquiums and oral exam Attendance at lectures from 0 to 2 points Attendance at excercise from 0 to 2 points Homework from 0 to 3 points Seminar paper from 0 to 3 points Colloquium I from 10 to 20 points Colloquium II from 10 to 20 points Final exam from 0 to 50 points A passing grade is obtained if a cumulative minimum of 50 points is collected
Special remarks	No
Comment	No

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / DERMATOVENEROLOGY

Course:

DERMATOVENEROLOGY/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
11158	Obavezan	6	3	1+1+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	Microbiology with immunology
Aims	Introduction to dermatoses (etiology, pathogenesis, clinical presentation, diagnosis and treatment) with an emphasis on dermatoses that are manifested by changes in the mucous membrane of the oral cavity and tongue.
Learning outcomes	The student should recognize and treat dermatoses in the oral cavity and certain infectious dermatoses related to the region of the skin of the face, capillaries and mucous membranes of the oral cavity.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Full Professor Milena Đurović, dr Nataša Vukotić Đuričanin-clinical assistant
Methodology	Lectures, exercises, consultations.

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Structure and function of the skin. Eflorescence.
I week exercises	Taking medical history in dermatovenereology. Getting acquainted with efflorescences.
II week lectures	Erythemosquamous dermatoses, erythrodermia, papular dermatoses.
II week exercises	Access to the dermatological patient. Status dermatologicus. Presentation of Patients with Erythemato-Squamous Dermatoses
III week lectures	Infectious diseases of the skin.
III week exercises	Therapy in dermatovenerology (local, systemic, cryotherapy, intralesion application of drugs, radiowave therapy). Presentation of patients with infectious skin diseases.
IV week lectures	Infestations.
IV week exercises	Working with Woods lamp. Taking skin swabs for bacterial examination and skin shavings on fungi and S. scabiei.
V week lectures	Diseases of the pylosebaceal unit.
V week exercises	Skin biopsy, types of biopsies and method of performance. Presentation of patients with diseases of the pylosebaceous unit.
VI week lectures	A group of eczema. Pruriginous dermatoses. Keratinization disorders.
VI week exercises	Presentation of patients with endogenous and exogenous eczema. Prick and Patch tests application.
VII week lectures	Bullous dermatoses.
VII week exercises	Presentation of patients with bullous dermatoses. Performing Tzankovs test. Therapy and treatment of bullous skin diseases.
VIII week lectures	Diseases of connective tissue.
VIII week exercises	Presentation of patients with autoimmune diseases.
IX week lectures	Urticaria, purpura, erythematous dermatoses.
IX week exercises	Presentation of patients with chronic urticaria and diagnostic procedures.
X week lectures	Diseases of the mucous membrane of the oral cavity and tongue.
X week exercises	Presentation of patients with lesions in the oral cavity.
XI week lectures	Dyschromia, skin atrophy. Diseases of the pores of hair and sweat glands.
XI week exercises	Presentation of patients with lesions in the oral cavity. Presentation of patients with pigmentation disorders.
XII week lectures	Precancerous conditions of skin.
XII week exercises	Introduction to the basic principles of dermoscopic examination. Presentation of patients with precancerous and benign and malignant skin tumors.
XIII week lectures	Skin tumors.
XIII week exercises	Introduction to the basic principles of dermoscopic examination. Presentation of patients with benign and malignant skin tumors.
XIV week lectures	Sexually transmitted diseases.
XIV week exercises	Introduction to the diagnosis of syphilis, interpretation of specific and non-specific treponemic tests. Presentation of patients with genodermatosis and sexually transmitted diseases.
XV week lectures	Final exam.
XV week exercises	Practical exam.

Student workload	During the semester Teaching and final exam: (4 hours) x 16 = 64 hours Necessary preparations before the start of the semester (administration, enrollment, certification): (4 hours) x 2 = 8 hours Total load for the subject: 3 x 30 = 90 hours Load structure: 64 hours (teaching and final exam) + 8 hours (preparation) + 18 hours (supplementary work) Sunday 3 credits x 40/30 = 4 hours Structure: 1 hour lecture 1 hour of clinical exercise 2 hours of independent work and consultation
Per week	Per semester
3 credits x 40/30=4 hours and 0 minuts 1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 2 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =64 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =8 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 3 x 30=90 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 64 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Midterm exams, participation in theoretical and practical teaching.
Consultations
Literature	Karadaglic Dj, Pavlovic M. Dermatologija i venerologija. Beograd: Grafolik; 2002. Lalević Vasić B, Medenica Lj, Nikolić M. Dermatovenerologija sa propedevtikom. Beograd: Medicinski fakultet Univerziteta u Beogradu CIBID; 2018. Wolff K, Johnson RA, Saavedra AP, Roh E. Fitzpatrick’s Color Atlas and Synopsis of Clinical Dermatology. Eighth edition. New York; 2017.
Examination methods	Two mid-term exams of 20 points. Attending the lectures and CE accounts for 10 points. Practical part and oral part of the exam, as a final exam up to 50 points.
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / INFECTIOUS DISEASES

Course:

INFECTIOUS DISEASES/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
11159	Obavezan	6	3	1+1+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	None.
Aims	Overcoming of the basic principles of diagnostics, therapy, protective prognostic assessment of infective diseases regarding their significance as growing public health problem.
Learning outcomes	Expanding knowledge about infectious diseases and their importance in modern medical practice and science, prevention, treatment options, the need to isolate the sick
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	dr sci Milovan Živković
Methodology	Theoretical lectures with interactive participation of students. Practical exercises at the Clinic for Infectious Diseases, practical work with mastering the basic measures and principles of occupational safety and the skills of adequate examination of patients suffering from infectious diseases

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	General infectology.
I week exercises	Measures use of personal and collective protection of infective diseases.
II week lectures	Infections of respiratory system (viral, bacterial, parasitic).
II week exercises	Practical procedure with the patient to whom is suspected to have imported infective disease with high risk.
III week lectures	Angina (Streptococcus, Staphylococcus, Diphtheria, viral angina, fungal angina, parasitic).
III week exercises	Specifics of anamnesis, physical examination, neurological examination of infective disease patients.
IV week lectures	Rash fever and other infective diseases with characteristic rash.
IV week exercises	Planning and selection of order of diagnostic procedures with the infective diseases patients.
V week lectures	Infections of gastrointestinal tract (bacterial, viral, parasitic).
V week exercises	Taking material for microbiological researches (swabs, blood culture, serological tests, thick drops, peripheral smear).
VI week lectures	Liver infections and bile ducts (Hepatitis).
VI week exercises	Taking of urin samples for microbiological analyses.
VII week lectures	Enteroviruses infections (Polio, ECHO, Cocky) COLLOQUIUM I.
VII week exercises	Taking samples of stool for microbiological analyses.
VIII week lectures	Infections of the nervous system (Meningitis, encephalitis, slow viral infections).
VIII week exercises	Setting of indications for LP, performance technique, cytological examination, interpretation of findings.
IX week lectures	Special clinical syndromes (Febrile state of unknown origin, nosocomial infections, infections during pregnancy).
IX week exercises	Interpretation of results of the most common microbiological and serological analyses.
X week lectures	Infections during pregnancy.
X week exercises	Interpretations of the results of examinations of sensitivity of microorganism regarding antibiotics.
XI week lectures	Infections of urinary tract.
XI week exercises	Diagnostic and differential diagnostic of infective diseases.
XII week lectures	HIV/AIDS.
XII week exercises	Hematological – biochemical analyses and their use for diagnostic – prognostic estimation of infective diseases.
XIII week lectures	Sepsis and septic shock
XIII week exercises	Estimation of data use from the epidedemiological survey in diagnostic of infective diseases.
XIV week lectures	Infections caused by spirochete
XIV week exercises	Appointment class for making seminary works. Lumbar puncture.
XV week lectures	Parasitic infections. Fungal infections. II Colloquium II.
XV week exercises	Practical implementation of active and passive AT protection.

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
3 credits x 40/30=4 hours and 0 minuts 1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 2 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =64 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 4 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =8 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 3 x 30=90 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 64 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 18 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Regular attendance at theoretical lectures and practical classes on infectious diseases
Consultations
Literature
Examination methods
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / PHYSICAL MEDICINE

Course:

PHYSICAL MEDICINE/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
11160	Obavezan	5	2	1+1+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	none
Aims	Acquisition of knowledge and skills in the field of physical medicine necessary for the application of physical modalities for the purpose of prophylaxis, diagnostics and therapy
Learning outcomes	After the lectures and patise work, the students will be able to acquire the knowledge to recognize painful conditions that are treated with physical therapy, to learn the basics of applying physical modalities, to learn the basic principles of functional assessment in rehabilitation.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Professor Vesna Bokan-Mirkovic
Methodology	Lectures, consultations, practice

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Physical medicine and rehabilitation: definition, classification and content
I week exercises	Getting to know work in outpatient and clinical organizational units for physical medicine and rehabilitation
II week lectures	Electrotherapy: Galvanotherapy, modification, dosage, indications and contraindications
II week exercises	Practical application of galvanotherapy and Iontophoresis of drugs
III week lectures	Electrotherapy: alternating currents of low, medium and high frequency
III week exercises	Practical application of low, medium and high frequency-currents
IV week lectures	Electrostimulation methods
IV week exercises	Practical application of Electrostimulation
V week lectures	Electromagnetic field. Effect of magnetic field on living organism
V week exercises	Treatment option for electromagnetic field
VI week lectures	Ultrasound therapy and diagnostics in physical medicine
VI week exercises	Practical application of Ultrasound therapy
VII week lectures	Laser therapy: Division of lasers, Effect of lasers in physical therapy
VII week exercises	Practical application of Laser therapy
VIII week lectures	Phototherapy, ultraviolet (UV) lights, infrared (IR) Light Treatment. What conditions does phototherapy treat.
VIII week exercises	Practical application of phototherapy
IX week lectures	Kinesitherapy: definition, division, application in medical rehabilitation
IX week exercises	Kinesitherapy: practical application of exercises in different conditions
X week lectures	Physical therapy and rehabilitation in temporomandibular joint disease
X week exercises	Methods of physical therapy and rehabilitation in the treatment of temporomandibular joint disease
XI week lectures	Physical medicine and rehabilitation in the treatment of peripheral facial nerve paralysis
XI week exercises	Methods of physical therapy and rehabilitation in the treatment of peripheral facial nerve damage
XII week lectures	Physical medicine and rehabilitation in the treatment of trigeminal neuralgia
XII week exercises	Methods of physical medicine and rehabilitation in the treatment of trigeminal neuralgia
XIII week lectures	Neck pain in physical medicine
XIII week exercises	Medical rehabilitation of patients with musculoskeletal injuries and nerve lesions
XIV week lectures	Neurological rehabilitation: selected chapters
XIV week exercises	Medical rehabilitation of patients after central motor neuron lesions
XV week lectures	News in the application of physical therapy and rehabilitation in dentistry
XV week exercises	News in the application of physical therapy and rehabilitation in dentistry

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
2 credits x 40/30=2 hours and 40 minuts 1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 0 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =42 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =5 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 2 x 30=60 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 42 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	regular attendance of classes and exercises
Consultations
Literature
Examination methods	Class attendance: 5 points, Seminar work 5 points, Two colloquiums 20 points each; Final exam up to 50 points. The final exam includes an oral and practical part. The student passed the oral part of the exam only if he got more than 50% correct answers. A passed exam means a cumulative score of 50 points or more.
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / RESTORATIVE ODONTOLOGY I

Course:

RESTORATIVE ODONTOLOGY I/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
11866	Obavezan	8	8	1+3+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	Passed exam - Restorative odontology - pre-clinic
Aims	The goal is to train the student to acquire all the necessary knowledge and skills necessary to independently diagnose and compensate damage to the crown of the tooth with adequate therapeutic procedures, materials and instruments of modern restorative odontology.
Learning outcomes	After completing the two-semester course in Restorative Odontology, the Dentistry student should have the following learning outcomes: 1. Possess communication skills with patients and medical staff. 2. He is able to make a clinical diagnosis of the condition of the pulp based on history, clinical examination and additional tests. 3. He is able to make a plan of the therapeutic procedure. 4. Has the skills to independently perform clinical restoration techniques on carious and non-carious tooth damage. 5. He has the skills to independently perform the clinical phases of work with materials for direct and indirect fillings. 6. Knows, applies and possesses the skills to independently perform clinical techniques for whitening vital and non-vital teeth. 7. Knows possible mistakes and consequences of inadequate application of materials in clinical conditions.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Prof. Dr. Mirjana Đuričković Dr. Nina Marić Dr. Kemal Šahmanović
Methodology	Lectures, exercises, seminar, work in small groups, consultations, methodical exercises, seminar papers, presentation in front of the group, method of student practical activities, colloquiums

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Introduction to clinical practice, basic principles of professional teamwork in the dental office
I week exercises	Introduction to clinical procedure - workplace and ethical attitude towards the patient
II week lectures	Preparation for a restorative procedure - work in the doctors office
II week exercises	Anamnesis and caries diagnosis Reading of orthopantomograms and intraoral X-rays
III week lectures	Basic phases of work in restorative odontology
III week exercises	Preparation for restorative procedures - dry working field; anesthetizing teeth
IV week lectures	Work field: absolutely dry work field, tools and techniques
IV week exercises	Restorative intervention - preparation and restoration of Class I teeth with amalgam fillings with a base setting
V week lectures	Basic gnathological principles in restorative odontology
V week exercises	Restorative intervention - preparation and restoration of class II teeth with amalgam fillings with a base setting
VI week lectures	The reaction of the pulpodentine complex to the stages of cavity preparation and restoration
VI week exercises	Additional types of retention in the first cavity restoration for amalgam fillings
VII week lectures	The reaction of the pulpodentine complex to acute, chronic and deep caries - defense mechanisms
VII week exercises	Restorative intervention - preparation and restoration of cavities with MOD amalgam fillings with a substrate setting
VIII week lectures	Deep tooth decay (Caries profunda) - clinical picture, therapy and prognosis indirect and pulp covering, one-session and multi-session, method of execution and means
VIII week exercises	Preparation and restoration of class III and IV cavities on frontal teeth with composites and adhesive system with and without placement of GJC substrate (adhesive cavity)
IX week lectures	Direct covering of the pulp and vital amputation (Biopulpotomy); indications, method of execution, pulp wound healing, control of therapy success, medications
IX week exercises	Preparation of adhesive cavity V and VI class I restoration with composite fillings on frontal and lateral teeth
X week lectures	Pharmacological principles of action of agents for stimulation of dentinogenesis; pulp regeneration - new aspects of the first method; future therapeutic possibilities
X week exercises	Preparation of adhesive cavity I and II class on lateral teeth and setting of composite filling
XI week lectures	Minimally invasive procedures in restorative dentistry during the preparation and placement of materials for permanent fillings
XI week exercises	Preparation and restoration of multi-surface cavities on lateral teeth using adhesive systems, GJC substrate (open and closed "sandwich technique") and composite fillings
XII week lectures	Application of matrices in restorative dentistry
XII week exercises	One-session and multi-session treatment of deep caries
XIII week lectures	Principles and methods of retention in complex multi-surface cavities for different restorative techniques and materials
XIII week exercises	Restorative intervention - preparation and restoration of teeth with indirect fillings
XIV week lectures	Traumatic tooth damage. Types of tooth injuries, etiology, symptomatology, diagnosis and differential diagnosis
XIV week exercises	Whitening of vital teeth
XV week lectures	Pain of the pulpodentine complex: mechanisms of occurrence, clinical manifestations, diagnosis and differential diagnosis
XV week exercises	Trauma therapy
XVI week lectures	Materials for definitive cavity restoration: application of principles in clinical work depending on the type of material
XVI week exercises	Preparation and restoration of single surface cavities with amalgam fillings
XVII week lectures	Clinical application of amalgam fillings in restorative odontology - application, course of the first phase of restoration
XVII week exercises	Preparation and restoration of multi-surface cavities with amalgam fillings
XVIII week lectures	Clinical application of amalgam - problems and failures
XVIII week exercises	Preparation and restoration of class III cavities with adhesive systems and composite fillings
XIX week lectures	Clinical application of composite fillings in restorative odontology - application, course of the first phase of restoration in frontal teeth
XIX week exercises	Preparation and restoration of class III cavities with adhesive systems and composite fillings with the application of a GJC substrate
XX week lectures	Clinical application of composite fillings in restorative odontology - application, course of the first phase of restoration in lateral teeth
XX week exercises	Preparation and restoration of complex class IV cavities with composite filling
XXI week lectures	Adhesives in dentistry - clinical division and application technique
XXI week exercises	Restoration of the V hair cavity on the frontal and lateral teeth
XXII week lectures	Adhesives in dentistry - factors that influence the quality of the bond between fillings and hard dental tissues
XXII week exercises	Preparation and restoration of single-surface cavities on lateral teeth with composite fillings
XXIII week lectures	Clinical application of GJC cement - as a base and liner under fillings
XXIII week exercises	Preparation and restoration of multi-surface cavities on lateral teeth using adhesive systems, GJC substrate (open and closed "sandwich technique") and composite fillings
XXIV week lectures	Clinical application of GJC as restorative materials
XXIV week exercises	Restoration of complex cavities using adhesive composite systems and additional types of retention (grooves and retention points)
XXV week lectures	Clinical procedure for the application of cast fillings
XXV week exercises	Restorative procedure using GJC fillings
XXVI week lectures	Restoration of endodontically treated teeth - clinical procedure
XXVI week exercises	Restorative procedure for deep caries and preservation of vitality by indirect covering of the pulp - monitoring the success of the therapy
XXVII week lectures	Tooth discoloration, etiology and possibility of elimination
XXVII week exercises	Restorative procedure for deep caries and preservation of vitality by direct covering of the pulp - monitoring the success of the therapy
XXVIII week lectures	Bleaching of vital teeth
XXVIII week exercises	Restorative intervention - preparation and restoration of teeth with indirect fillings
XXIX week lectures	Aesthetic moments and monitoring the success of restorations on frontal and lateral teeth: criteria, methods and means
XXIX week exercises	Whitening of vital teeth
XXX week lectures	Terapija trauma, izrada direktne kompozitne fasete
XXX week exercises	Trauma therapy, making a direct composite veneer

Student workload	In the first semester: Classes and final exam: (5.33 hours) x 16 = 85.28 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): (5.33 hours) x 2 = 10.66 hours Total workload for the course: 4 x 30 = 120 hours Load structure: 85.28 hours (classes and final exam) + 10.66 hours (preparation) + 24.06 hours (supplementary work) In the II semester: Classes and final exam: (5.33 hours) x 16 = 85.28 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): (5.33 hours) x 2 = 10.66 hours Total workload for the course: 4 x 30 = 120 hours Load structure: 85.28 hours (classes and final exam) + 10.66 hours (preparation) + 24.06 hours (supplementary work)
Per week	Per semester
8 credits x 40/30=10 hours and 40 minuts 1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 3 excercises 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =170 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =21 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 8 x 30=240 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 48 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 170 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 21 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 48 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	ttendance at lectures and exercises is mandatory. In all exercises, the student is obliged to work with patients. Otherwise, the exercise is lost. During the semester, the student must fulfill the norm provided by the plan and program, which refers to clinical work with patients. The standard includes: placed 12 aesthetic 6 amalgam fillings on permanent teeth, 4 MOD fillings and 5 indirect and direct pulp coverings during both semesters. Otherwise, the student loses the right to take the exam.
Consultations	In agreement with the subject teacher.
Literature	Živković S. Basics of restorative dentistry. DataStatus. Belgrade; 2009. Mjor I. Pulp and dentin biology in restorative dentistry (translation). Data Status. Belgrade, 2008. Kidd E. Basics of dental caries. Datastatus. Belgrade; 2010.
Examination methods	By fulfilling the pre-examination requirements (activity in lectures 6 points, 2 cloquiums of 7 points each is 14 points, practical teaching 30 points - total 50 points) and passing the exam (test -10 points, practical exam 30 points and oral exam 10 points - total 50 points ) a student can achieve a maximum of 100 points, whereby pre-examination obligations contribute up to 50 points. A passing grade is obtained if at least 50 points are accumulated cumulatively.
Special remarks	Specifics that need to be emphasized for the subject: Mandatory, clinical, narrowly professional; Clinical exercises are performed in groups of 5 students.
Comment	no

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / MOBILE PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY I

Course:

MOBILE PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY I/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
11867	Obavezan	8	8	1+3+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	Passed the exam Mobile dental prosthetics-preclinic
Aims	Training in the diagnosis, planning and development of mobile dental restorations / total dentures
Learning outcomes	The student is introduced in detail to the biological basics of edentulous treatment. He learns about changes in tissues of the orofacial complex that are the result of loss of natural teeth, processes and directions of resorption of residual alveolar ridges, diseases of the oral mucosa as well as changes that occur in the basic functions of this system (chewing, swallowing, speech, physiognomy ) During theoretical and practical classes, the student should master the basics of planning mobile dental restorations and the methodology of their development. In practical classes, he works independently with patients and goes through all the clinical phases of making total and partial dentures. He should gain dexterity in communicating with patients, in using modern materials used in clinical practice and in using the necessary instruments and apparatus. He should recognize possible errors on new compensations and provide the patient with a successful adaptation to them.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Doc. dr Biljana Milošević Dr Zorica Popović, Dr Vesna Kisić
Methodology	Seminar papers during practical classes , midterm exams , final exam

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Functional anatomy and physiology of the orofacial system from the aspect of edentulousness, Basic concepts of toothlessness therapy , indications for the manufacture of total prostheses, types of TP, clinical significance
I week exercises	Introduction to the program of practical exercises , dental chair, work with patients
II week lectures	Prosthetic preparation of edentulous mouths
II week exercises	The importance of anamnesis in dental prosthetics, patient review, basics of the work plan in the development of TP
III week lectures	Principles and biological aspects of edentulous jaw prints
III week exercises	Selection of standard spoons with edentulous jaw imprinting, demonstration of preliminary prints in the upper and lower jaws, student work
IV week lectures	Methods of taking the print of edentulous jaws, materials, preliminary print, functional print
IV week exercises	Upper and lower toothless jaw prints , student work on patients
V week lectures	Determination of interforkrelations in the development of TP I part
V week exercises	Working models, adaptation of individual spoons, demonstration of functional prints, rda students on patients
VI week lectures	Determining inter-forked relationships Part II
VI week exercises	Functional prints of toothless jaws, student work on patients
VII week lectures	Application of articulators in the manufacture of total dentures
VII week exercises	Preparation of biting templates, demonstrating the registration of inter-jaw relationships on toothless patients, work of students on patients
VIII week lectures	Selection and determination of the position of the front teeth in patients with eugnate jaw ratio ( Sk.Kl. I )
VIII week exercises	Determination of intervillidual relationships on the patient, transfer of jaw models to the articulator, work of students
IX week lectures	Selection and determination of the position of lateral teeth in pacenae with eugnate jaw ratio ( I Sk. Kl. ) t
IX week exercises	Determination of interjacular relationships, transfer of jaw models into articulator , work of students on patients
X week lectures	Selection and determination of the position of artificial teeth in patients with II and III skeletal classes
X week exercises	Prosthesis model rehearsal , demonstration, student work on patients , distribution of seminar papers
XI week lectures	Principles and application of the concept of bilaterally balanced occlusion in the manufacture of total dentures
XI week exercises	Work of students with patients
XII week lectures	Rehearsal of the model of total dentures
XII week exercises	Student work on patients , presentation of seminar papers
XIII week lectures	Retention and stabilization of total dentures
XIII week exercises	Student work on patients , presentation of seminar papers
XIV week lectures	Handing over total dentures and maintaining therapeutic effects, patient instructions, control examinations, repairs, proofreadings, submissions
XIV week exercises	Student work on patients , presentation of seminar papers
XV week lectures	Alternative forms of total dentures, immediate, supradental, metal-reinforced dentures, total dentures on implants
XV week exercises	Student work on patients , presentation of seminar papers
XVI week lectures	Introductory concepts about partial dentures, types of partial dentures, indications for making PP, biological aspects in the manufacture of partial dentures.
XVI week exercises	Anamnesis in dental prosthetics , patient review , demonstration , student work
XVII week lectures	Tooth loss , state of toothlessness, consequences for the stomatognati system, preparation of oral tissues for the production of PP, classification of toothlessness
XVII week exercises	Selection and preparation of standard spoons , pšreliminar prints of toothless jaws , demonstration
XVIII week lectures	Partial plate prosthesis , Part I
XVIII week exercises	Preliminary prints of toothless jaws, student work on patients
XIX week lectures	Retention and stabilization of partial plate prosthesis
XIX week exercises	Student work on patients
XX week lectures	Partial skeletal prosthesis , basic concepts in psp planning, application of parallelometers
XX week exercises	Determining interjacular relationships , transferring models into articulators , demonstrating
XXI week lectures	Elements of partial skeletal prosthesis
XXI week exercises	Student work on patients , distribution of seminar papers
XXII week lectures	Planning partial skeletal prosthesis – retention
XXII week exercises	Student work on patients, partial prosthesis skeleton test
XXIII week lectures	Biostatics of partial skeletal prosthesis - stabilization
XXIII week exercises	Partial prosthesis model rehearsal, demonstration , student work
XXIV week lectures	Complex partial dentures- dedicated fixed reimbursements
XXIV week exercises	Student work on patients, presentation of seminar papers
XXV week lectures	Partial dentures with double – telescope crowns
XXV week exercises	Student work on patients , handing over partial dentures
XXVI week lectures	Partial dentures with precise connecting elements, entima- atečmeni
XXVI week exercises	Student work on patients, presentation of seminar papers
XXVII week lectures	Alternative forms of partial dentures, immediate, supradental, dentures on implants, two-piece prostheses
XXVII week exercises	Student work on patients, presentation of seminar papers
XXVIII week lectures	Clinical procedures in the treatment of toothlessness PSP , Part I
XXVIII week exercises	Student work on patients
XXIX week lectures	Clinical procedures in the treatment of PSP , Part II
XXIX week exercises	Student work on patients, presentation of seminar papers
XXX week lectures	Rad studenata na pacijentima, izlaganje seminarskih radova
XXX week exercises	Student work on patients, presentation of seminar papers

Student workload	Weekly 4 credits x 40/30 = 5.3 hours Structure: 1 hour of lectures, 3 hours of exercises and 1.3 hours of self-study seminar, including consultation In the semester Teaching and final exam (5.3 x 16 =84.8 h). Necessary preparations before the start of the semester (enrollment, certification...) 2h x 5.3 = 10.6 h Total load: 4 x 30 = 120 h Supplementary work 24.6h Load structure 84.8 h + 10.6 h + 24.6 h = 120 h
Per week	Per semester
8 credits x 40/30=10 hours and 40 minuts 1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 3 excercises 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =170 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =21 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 8 x 30=240 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 48 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 170 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 21 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 48 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	-regular attendance of classes and exercises tests from practicum seminars, colloquiums, exams
Consultations
Literature	1. M. Krstić, A. Petrović, D. Stanišić Sinobad, Z. Stošić: Clinical Prosthetics- Total Prosthesis, Vel Arta, Belgrade 1998. 1. Dragoslav Stamenković : Clinical Prosthetics- Partial Prostheses, Interprint, Belgrade 2006
Examination methods	Seminar papers during practical classes , midterm exams , final exam
Special remarks
Comment	Clinical subject, requires the work of students on patients with the use of special materials and instruments. Clinical exercises are performed in groups of 5 students, because the clinical hall has 5 dental chairs.

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / FIXED DENTAL PROSTHETICS I

Course:

FIXED DENTAL PROSTHETICS I/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
11868	Obavezan	8	8	1+3+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	Dental prosthetics-preclinic mobile and fixed
Aims	After attending lectures, the student acquires knowledge about indications and contraindications for the fabrication of fixed dental prostheses and preprosthetic preparations. They gain knowledge about the biological principles of tooth preparation, fabrication of prostheses on pulpless teeth, and the creation of temporary fixed prostheses. The student acquires knowledge about dental bridges, specialized fixed prostheses, and the durability of fixed prostheses in the oral environment. They also gain theoretical knowledge about the clinical phases of creating fixed prostheses (cast post and core, metal-ceramic and all-ceramic fixed prostheses, cast, veneered, and partial crowns). The student masters the implementation of clinical phases in the fabrication of fixed prostheses (diagnosis and treatment planning, tooth preparation, impression taking, try-in of the metal substructure and porcelain part of the fixed prosthesis, and cementation of the prosthesis on abutment teeth).
Learning outcomes	1. Knows the types of fixed prosthetic restorations, indications and contraindications for their application, materials, and basic principles for making them. 2. Knows the possibilities and importance of pre-prosthetic preparation for fixed prosthetic restorations and is capable of applying the face arch and articulator in the planning and production of fixed restorations. 3. Is capable of independently taking a medical history, conducting a dental examination and X-ray analysis, setting an indication (for the preparation of appropriate prosthetic compensation), and establishing a therapy plan. 4. Possesses the skill to independently perform clinical phases in the production of fixed reimbursements. 5. Has communication skills with patients, medical staff, and knows and applies the principles of teamwork. 6. Has an awareness of the necessity of continuous education to acquire knowledge about new dental materials and techniques of work and the possibilities of their application in dental prosthetics.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant
Methodology	Lectures, exercises, seminar, small group work, consultations, methodical exercises, seminar papers, presentation in front of the group, method of practical activities of the student,

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Definition and historical overview of fixed reimbursements. Indications and contraindications for the manufacture of fixed reimbursements.
I week exercises	CE : Clinical workplace on fixed prosthetics; instruments; sterilization and disinfection
II week lectures	Diagnosis, preprosthetic preparation and therapy plan
II week exercises	Exercises : Anamnesis, examination, status of teeth and plan of fixed protracted therapy; Removing existing crowns
III week lectures	Concepts of occlusion in the production of fixed reimbursements, I time
III week exercises	Exercises : X-ray analysis; Testing the vitality of the carrier teeth.
IV week lectures	Concepts of occlusion in the development of fixed reimbursements, 2nd hour
IV week exercises	Exercises : Fingerprinting for Study Models
V week lectures	Biological principles of tooth preparation, I time
V week exercises	Exercises : Grinding teeth; Local anesthesia.
VI week lectures	Biological principles of tooth preparation, 2nd hour
VI week exercises	Exercises : Grinding teeth with rounded preparation for a metalceramic crown; Local anesthesia
VII week lectures	Temporary fixed compensations, and time
VII week exercises	Exercises : Making a temporary crown by direct (direct) imprint procedure; Temporary cementation of the immediate crown
VIII week lectures	Temporary fixed compensations, 2nd class
VIII week exercises	Exercises : Making an immediate crown by direct (direct) procedure using ready-made crowns; Temporary cementation of the immediate crown.
IX week lectures	Prints for fixed fees, and time
IX week exercises	Exercises : Opening the dentogingive sulcus with thread and astringent agent; Choosing a spoon for prints.
X week lectures	Prints for fixed fees, second class
X week exercises	Exercises : Fingerprinting procedures; Types of prints; Two-time printing procedures Fingerprinting
XI week lectures	Reimbursements on depulped teeth, and in no time
XI week exercises	Exercises : Root canal preparation and modeling of individual upgrading of single-rooted teeth.
XII week lectures	Reimbursements on depulped teeth, 2nd hour
XII week exercises	Exercises : Cementing individual upgrades
XIII week lectures	Metal-ceramic fixed reimbursements, I time
XIII week exercises	Exercises : Rehearsal of metal substructure for the crown. Determination of color. Determination of interjacular relationships by wax register.
XIV week lectures	Metal-ceramic fixed reimbursements, 2nd hour
XIV week exercises	Exercises : Rehearsal of metalceramic work before glaze
XV week lectures	Cast rosary and faceted crowns
XV week exercises	Exercises : The First midterm exam
XVI week lectures	Ceramic Fixed Prostheses I Class
XVI week exercises	CE: Examination, medical history, dental status, and plan for fixed prosthodontic therapy; Taking impressions for study models.
XVII week lectures	Ceramic Fixed Prostheses II Class
XVII week exercises	CE: Analysis of X-rays; Planning prosthodontic work
XVIII week lectures	Bridges Part I: Definition and general characteristics of dental bridges, bridge components, and planning principles. Indications and contraindications. Class I
XVIII week exercises	CE: Removal of existing bridges. Bridge planning.
XIX week lectures	Bridges Part I: Definition and general characteristics of dental bridges, bridge components, and planning principles. Indications and contraindications. Class II
XIX week exercises	CE: Tooth preparation for multi-unit fixed prosthodontic constructions; Veneered and metal-ceramic bridges.
XX week lectures	Bridges Part I: Definition and general characteristics of dental bridges, bridge components, and planning principles. Indications and contraindications. Class III
XX week exercises	CE: Fabrication of temporary bridges using indirect techniques.
XXI week lectures	Bridges Part I: Definition and general characteristics of dental bridges, bridge components, and planning principles. Indications and contraindications. Class IV
XXI week exercises	CE: Cementation of temporary bridges
XXII week lectures	Bridges Part II: Planning large-span bridges. Presentation and interpretation of individual solutions in the treatment of edentulism with bridgework constructions
XXII week exercises	Exercises: Impression techniques; two-step impression; one-step impression in an individual tray.
XXIII week lectures	Fixed prostheses on non-parallel abutment teeth for dental bridges.
XXIII week exercises	CE: Trial of the metal substructure of the bridge; Relationship between the bridge body and the mucosa.
XXIV week lectures	Specialized fixed prostheses, Class I
XXIV week exercises	CE: Registration of interocclusal relationships. Transfer of reference points from patients to articulators, orientation, and model setup using a facebow.
XXV week lectures	Specialized fixed prostheses, Class II
XXV week exercises	CE: Planning combined dental prostheses
XXVI week lectures	Durability of fixed prostheses, Class I
XXVI week exercises	CE: Analysis of models, planning, and fabrication of specialized fixed prostheses.
XXVII week lectures	Durability of fixed prostheses, Class II
XXVII week exercises	CE: Fabrication of specialized fixed prostheses.
XXVIII week lectures	Attachment of fixed prostheses to abutment teeth, Class I
XXVIII week exercises	CE: Trial and temporary cementation of completed bridges.
XXIX week lectures	Attachment of fixed prostheses to abutment teeth, Class II
XXIX week exercises	CE: Permanent cementation of bridges; Patient instructions on bridge hygiene.
XXX week lectures	Drugi kolokvijum
XXX week exercises	Second Midterm Examination.

Student workload	In the semester Teaching and final exam (5.3 x 16 =84.8 h). Necessary preparations before the start of the semester (enrollment, certification...) 2h x 5.3 = 10.6 h Total load: 4 x 30 = 120 h Supplementary work 24.6h Load structure 84.8 h + 10.6 h + 24.6 h = 120 h Sunday 4 credits x 40/30 = 5.3 hours Structure: 1 hour of lectures, 3 hours of exercises and 1.3 hours of self-study seminar, including consultation
Per week	Per semester
8 credits x 40/30=10 hours and 40 minuts 1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 3 excercises 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =170 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =21 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 8 x 30=240 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 48 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 170 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 21 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 48 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	regular attendance of lectures and clinical exercises ,tests from practicum seminars, midterm exams, final exam
Consultations
Literature	1. D. Vujošević Lj: Fiksne nadoknade, prvi dio, ECPD, Beograd,1998. 2. Radlović-Pantelić S:Stomatološka protetika-fiksne nadoknade, drugi dio, Univerzitet u Beogradu, 1998
Examination methods	2 midterm exams of 5 points each(total 10 points) Seminar paper 10 points Lecture attendance 10 points Clinical exercises (program fulfilment 10 points, manual dexterity 5 points, theoretical preparedness 5 points) a total of 20 points Final exam 50 points The passing grade is obtained if the cumulative score is 50 points
Special remarks	Clinical exercises are performed in groups of 5 students, because the clinical hall has 5 dental chairs
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / ORAL SURGERY I

Course:

ORAL SURGERY I/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
11869	Obavezan	8	9	2+2.5+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	Passed exams in dental anesthesiology and dental radiology
Aims	Training for self-examination of the patient and taking all relevant data (anamnesis and clinical examination), and implementation of the necessary diagnostic procedure in order to establish the diagnosis of oral surgical diseases. Furthermore, to apply terminal and conducting anesthesia in the oral cavity, to perform simple extractions of erupted and partially erupted teeth as well as complicated tooth extractions (separation), to carry out the treatment of simple intraoperative, postoperative and postextraction complications
Learning outcomes	After completing the two-semester course in Oral Surgery I, the student of dentistry should have the following learning outcomes: 1. He is able to independently examine a patient and take all relevant data related to his health and illness (dental and appropriate general history), and carry out the necessary diagnostic tests procedures in order to establish the diagnosis of oral surgical diseases. 2. Applies terminal and conducting anesthesia in the oral cavity in order to perform oral surgical interventions, diagnosis and treatment of orofacial pain, as well as to treat complications of local anesthesia. 3. Perform simple extractions of erupted and partially erupted teeth as well as complicated tooth extractions (separation). 4. Prescribe medications for preoperative and postoperative treatment of oral surgery patients and carry out treatment of simple intraoperative, postoperative and postextraction complications, including diagnostics and conservative treatment of oroantral communication. 5. Diagnoses pathological changes in the jaws (cysts, benign tumors, non-tumor lesions, periapical lesions, tooth trauma) and sets indications for surgical treatment methods. 6. Treats acute and chronic dentogenic infections and prescribes appropriate medications. 7. Establish local hemostasis during and after surgical interventions. 8. Prevents and implements the therapy of most emergency conditions in dentistry.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Associate professor Marija Antunović; Vukadin Bajagić, DDS, mr sc.; Milan Vučetić, DDS, PhD
Methodology	lectures, exercises, seminars, colloquiums

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Concept and objectives of oral surgery. Applied surgical anatomy of the orofacial region.
I week exercises	Anatomy, vascularisation and innervation of the orofacial region.
II week lectures	Tooth extraction.
II week exercises	Instruments for tooth extraction - forceps.
III week lectures	Tooth extraction.
III week exercises	Instruments for tooth extraction - levers.
IV week lectures	Complications during tooth extraction.
IV week exercises	Complications during tooth extraction - radiological and clinical examples in practice.
V week lectures	Wound healing after tooth extraction.
V week exercises	Wound healing after tooth extraction - radiological and clinical examples in practice.
VI week lectures	Procedures with oral surgery patients.
VI week exercises	Procedures with oral surgery patients - radiological and clinical examples in practice.
VII week lectures	Basic surgical principles.
VII week exercises	Demonstration of basic principles in oral surgery.
VIII week lectures	Impacted and supernumerary teeth.
VIII week exercises	Impacted and supernumerary teeth - radiological and clinical examples in practice. Tooth extraction.
IX week lectures	Impacted and supernumerary teeth.
IX week exercises	Impacted and supernumerary teeth - radiological and clinical examples in practice. Tooth extraction.
X week lectures	Chronic periapical lessions.
X week exercises	Chronic periapical lessions - radiological and clinical examples in practice. Tooth extraction.
XI week lectures	Chronic periapical lessions.
XI week exercises	Chronic periapical lessions - radiological and clinical examples in practice. Tooth extraction.
XII week lectures	Jaw cysts.
XII week exercises	Jaw cysts - radiological and clinical examples in practice.
XIII week lectures	Jaw cysts.
XIII week exercises	Jaw cysts - radiological and clinical examples in practice.
XIV week lectures	Acute dentogenic infections.
XIV week exercises	Treatment of acute dentogenic infections. Tooth extraction.
XV week lectures	Acute dentogenic infections.
XV week exercises	Treatment of acute dentogenic infections. Tooth extraction.
XVI week lectures	Bleeding and hemostasis.
XVI week exercises	Application of different methods of artificial hemostasis after tooth extraction.
XVII week lectures	Bleeding and hemostasis.
XVII week exercises	Application of different methods of artificial hemostasis after tooth extraction.
XVIII week lectures	Surgical procedures as part of orthodontic treatment.
XVIII week exercises	Surgical procedures as part of orthodontic treatment - tooth extraction.
XIX week lectures	Oroantral communications and fistulas.
XIX week exercises	Conservative treatment of oroantral communication after tooth extraction.
XX week lectures	Trauma of teeth and alveolar process. Replantation and transplantation.
XX week exercises	Radiological and clinical examples of dental injuries.
XXI week lectures	Preprosthetic surgery.
XXI week exercises	Radiological and clinical examples of pre-prosthetic interventions on soft tissues.
XXII week lectures	Preprosthetic surgery.
XXII week exercises	Radiological and clinical examples of pre-prosthetic interventions on bone tissues.
XXIII week lectures	Oral surgical aspects of facial pain.
XXIII week exercises	Diagnosis and treatment of painful conditions - tooth extraction.
XXIV week lectures	Oral surgical aspects of facial pain.
XXIV week exercises	Diagnosis and treatment of painful conditions - tooth extraction.
XXV week lectures	Benign tumors of soft and bone tissues of the orofacial region.
XXV week exercises	Radiological and clinical examples of benign tumors of the orofacial region.
XXVI week lectures	Oral surgical aspects of the risk patients.
XXVI week exercises	Tooth extraction in patients with medical risk.
XXVII week lectures	Oral surgical aspects of the risk patients.
XXVII week exercises	Tooth extraction in patients with medical risk.
XXVIII week lectures	Intraoperative and postoperative complications.
XXVIII week exercises	Diagnosis and treatment of complications during and after tooth extraction.
XXIX week lectures	Prevention and treatment of emergency conditions in the orofacial region.
XXIX week exercises	Tooth extraction.
XXX week lectures	Vađenje zuba.
XXX week exercises	Tooth extraction.

Student workload	In the 1st semester: Teaching and final exam: (5.33 hours) x 16 = 85.28 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): (5.33 hours) x 2 = 10.66 hours Total workload for the course: 4 x 30 = 120 hours Load structure: 85.28 hours (teaching and final exam) + 10.66 hours (preparation) + 24.06 hours (supplementary work) In the II semester: Teaching and final exam: (6.66 hours) x 16 = 106.56 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, enrollment, certification): (6.66 hours) x 2 = 13.32 hours Total workload for the course: 5 x 30 = 150 hours Load structure: 106.56 hours (teaching and final exam) + 13.32 hours (preparation) + 30 hours (additional work)
Per week	Per semester
9 credits x 40/30=12 hours and 0 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 7 hour(s) i 30 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =192 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 9 x 30=270 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 54 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 192 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 54 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Attendance at theoretical and practical classes is mandatory. Presentation of the seminar work and participation in the discussion on the given topic is mandatory and is graded.
Consultations
Literature	Todorović Lj., Petrović V., Kafedžiska-Vračar V., Jurišić M. Oral surgery. Faculty of Dentistry, University of Belgrade; 2002. Marković A., Čolić S., Stojčev Stajčić Lj., Dražić R., Gačić B. Practice of oral surgery. Faculty of Dentistry, University of Belgrade; 2010
Examination methods	2 colloquiums = 2 x 15 points. Seminar work = 9 points. 1 control test from practical exercises = 10 points. Final exam = 51 points. A passing grade is obtained if at least 50 points are accumulated cumulatively.
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / PUBLIC HEALTH IN DENTISTRY

Course:

PUBLIC HEALTH IN DENTISTRY/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
11870	Obavezan	7	2	2++0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	Does not have
Aims	The goal of the study course is to enable the acquisition of comprehensive theoretical and research competencies in the field of public health, especially the study of health determinants, health policy and management research, health system, health promotion, living and working environment, whereby researchers are trained to perform multidisciplinary, integrated and participatory public health research, using methods from different sciences: social medicine, epidemiology, biostatistics, medical anthropology and sociology, health economics, politics.
Learning outcomes	Students should be trained to identify the right place of health in the system of social values and to critically explain the differences in the health of the population of different regions within one or between countries, to look at all dimensions of health and based on them make judgments about the positive and negative characteristics of the definition of health; - Students should be trained to understand concepts related to public health; to see the differences and connections between public health and clinical medicine, to accept the multidisciplinary approach to public health, as well as its long-term importance, as well as to understand the concept of "Health for All"; - Students should learn to identify adequate sources of data on health and health care, to critically analyze health status indicators and through discussion to see the possible causes of differences and changes in the health status of the population. They must be directed to understand the concept of the Policy and the goals of sustainable development; - Students are instructed to understand the concept and characteristics of public health strategies within which especially health education; to see group work as a method of health education, as well as the advantages and disadvantages of this method. They come up with topics for presenting the method of working in a group and implement them in groups; - Through practical exercises, students are provided with the skills to create short, impactful health-educational messages for a specific target group and are encouraged to create a visual presentation of messages in various health-education materials; - Students are trained to recognize risk factors from the immediate environment and work together to create measures to overcome their negative impact on health. As part of the exercises, they create programs that contain measures to prevent the influence of risk factors from the environment (maladapted behavior, negative social, economic, biological and other influences). During the presentation of the program, everyone participates in evaluating the specific program, its reality and giving suggestions, comments and proposals;
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Prof. dr Agima Ljaljević
Methodology	Lectures, exercises, seminar, work in a small group, consultations, methodical exercises, seminar papers, presentation in front of the group, method of students practical activities.

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Introduction to public health, definitions, history and development, subject and content of public health;
I week exercises
II week lectures	Theoretical considerations of public health, basic hygienic-epidemiological and social-medical concepts;
II week exercises
III week lectures	Health needs, requirements and use of health care, conditions for ensuring the use of health services;
III week exercises
IV week lectures	Assessment of the health status of the population, methodology of health and disease research, etc. Presentation of the leading socio-medical diseases. Public health problem;
IV week exercises
V week lectures	Strategies for improving public health. Health Planning;
V week exercises
VI week lectures	Health promotion, Health education;
VI week exercises
VII week lectures	Analysis of the possible contribution of the social community in the preservation and improvement of oral health;
VII week exercises
VIII week lectures	Environmental factors and improvement of public health. Determinants of health and risk factors. Health risk assessment;
VIII week exercises
IX week lectures	Behavior as a factor for improving public health. Behavior modification methodology;
IX week exercises
X week lectures	Health promotion. Health and education strategy;
X week exercises
XI week lectures	Public health programs, with action plans;
XI week exercises
XII week lectures	Protection of health, especially oral health of population groups, women, children, the elderly, workers, persons with special needs;
XII week exercises
XIII week lectures	Planning, programming and financing of dental health care;
XIII week exercises
XIV week lectures	Planning in dentistry, programming and financing of dental health care;
XIV week exercises
XV week lectures	Health care by methods of providing health care;
XV week exercises

Student workload	Teaching and final exam: (4 hours) x 16 = 64 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): (4 hours) x 2 = 8 hours Total workload for the course: 3 x 30 = 90 hours Additional work for exam preparation in the remedial exam period, including taking the remedial final exam: from 0 to 60 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total workload for the subject 300 hours) Load structure: 64 hours (classes and final exam) + 8 hours (preparation) + 18 hours (supplementary work)
Per week	Per semester
2 credits x 40/30=2 hours and 40 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 0 excercises 0 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =42 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =5 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 2 x 30=60 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 42 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Attendance at classes. Attendance at exercises. Taking the colloquium. Taking an exam.
Consultations	Students are encouraged to attend consultations every working day;
Literature	1. Ljaljević A. Poseban materijal kreiran za studente Medicinskog fakulteta UCG, Podgorica, 2017. 2. Puntarić D, Juričev, Savićević A i saradnici. Javno zdravstvo. Zagreb, 2016 3. Antić LJ, Đikanović B, Vuković D, Matejić B. Factors associated with preventive practices for cervical cancer in women in Serbia: Data from the National Population Health Survey in Serbia 2006.HEalthMED 2012;6(4):1265-78. (M23);
Examination methods	Seminars, colloquia, final exam.
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / MANAGEMENT AND ORGANIZATION IN DENTISTRY

Course:

MANAGEMENT AND ORGANIZATION IN DENTISTRY/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
11871	Obavezan	8	2	2++0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	There are no conditions
Aims	The aim of this course is to familiarize students with the general principles of management and healthcare management and to train them in the appropriate scope (theoretical and practical) with everything that will enable them to understand the concept of a successful, i.e. effective, manager. The specific goals of the course are the acquisition of adequate knowledge, appropriate skills and practical experience that will enable students to develop basic communication skills, develop the ability to motivate, and understand the importance and need for continuous education. In other words, students are trained to achieve the set goals of the institution, service, program, project, team, etc. in the most efficient and effective way.
Learning outcomes	After completing the one-semester course in the subject Management in Dentistry, the Dentistry student should have the following learning outcomes: 1. Know the principles of management in health care. 2. Has basic communication skills. 3. Possesses the basic skills of organizing, leading and managing the dental care program. 4. Analyzes dental programs and makes timely decisions.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Assis Prof Snežana Matijević
Methodology	Lectures, exercises, seminar, work in small groups, consultations, methodical exercises, seminar papers, presentation in front of the group, method of student practical activities, colloquiums

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Definition, characteristics and development of management
I week exercises
II week lectures	Functions of management
II week exercises
III week lectures	Functions of management
III week exercises
IV week lectures	Functions of management
IV week exercises
V week lectures	Communication
V week exercises
VI week lectures	Communication
VI week exercises
VII week lectures	Communication
VII week exercises
VIII week lectures	Communication
VIII week exercises
IX week lectures	Public relations and communication
IX week exercises
X week lectures	Leadership
X week exercises
XI week lectures	A successful (effective) manager
XI week exercises
XII week lectures	Management and work motivation
XII week exercises
XIII week lectures	Collaboration and teamwork
XIII week exercises
XIV week lectures	Decision making and problem solving
XIV week exercises
XV week lectures	Education for successful management
XV week exercises

Student workload	Classes and final exam: (2.66 hours) x 16 = 42.56 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): (2.66 hours) x 2 = 5.32 hours
Per week	Per semester
2 credits x 40/30=2 hours and 40 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 0 excercises 0 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =42 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =5 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 2 x 30=60 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 42 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Attendance at theoretical classes is mandatory. Presentation of the seminar work and participation in the discussion on the given topic is mandatory and is graded.
Consultations	weekly
Literature	Prof. dr Mićović P., Zdravstveni menadžment - Menadžment zdravstvenog sistema i zdravstvenih ustanova, Beograd 2008. godina
Examination methods	Total workload for the course: 2 x 30 = 60 hours Load structure: 42.56 hours (classes and final exam) + 5.32 hours (preparation) + 12 hours (supplementary work) 2 colloquiums 20 points each Seminar work 10 points Final exam max up to 50 points A passing grade is obtained if a minimum of 50 points is accumulated
Special remarks	no
Comment	no

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / CLINICAL OROFACIAL GENETICS

Course:

CLINICAL OROFACIAL GENETICS/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
11872	Obavezan	8	2	1+1+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	No prerequisites required
Aims	The aim of the course is to acquaint students with the importance and basics of clinical genetics in dental medicine, the most common genetic abnormalities of teeth and orofacial structures, evaluation methods of people with genetic orofacial disorders and the possibilities of preventive action through genetic counseling. Craniofacial abnormalities require an interdisciplinary approach, therefore, through this course, future dentists will be trained to participate in the team for diagnosis, treatment and habilitation of people with genetic orofacial disorders and diseases.
Learning outcomes	After completing the course in the subject, the student will be able to: 1. Explain the principles and specifics of genetic disorders and the importance of clinical genetics in dental medicine. 2. Explain the principles of inheritance of genomic orofacial disorders, their clinical characteristics, the method of taking a genetic history, including family tree drawing. 3. Recognizes and adequately interprets orofacial anomalies, refers the patient to appropriate consultations and diagnostics. 4. Presents the general principles of clinical genetics and genetic methods in the diagnosis of genetic abnormalities of the orofacial region. 5. Adequately assess the role of heredity in the disorder of dental and orofacial structures and participate in multidisciplinary diagnosis, treatment and habilitation of these patients. 6. Knows the basic principles and specifics of genetic counseling and providing genetic information and the basic bioethical principles of genetic data protection and nondirect counseling.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Full professor Olivera Miljanović, MD, PhD and teaching associate Jelena Jovanović, MD
Methodology	Lectures, exercises, workshops, seminars, and consultations.

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	An introduction to clinical orofacial genetics: History and impact of medical genetics to medical science. Definition and scope of clinical orofacial genetics in dentistry.
I week exercises	Introductory exercise – orientation on the principles of practical teaching
II week lectures	Cellular and molecular basis of inheritance.
II week exercises	Medical history of genomic burdens and diseases
III week lectures	Chromosomes and cell division. Developmental genetics.
III week exercises	Genomic risks recognition
IV week lectures	Models of inheritance
IV week exercises	Evaluation of phenotypic characteristics accompanying genomic diseases
V week lectures	Congenital anomalies and dysmorphic syndromes. Dysmorphic craniofacial structures.
V week exercises	Principles of Genealogy, Familly three, pedigree symbols and recognition of the models of inheritance
VI week lectures	Genetics of dental dimensions
VI week exercises	Dysmorphological examination of the orofacial region: Recognition and registration of minor and major anomalies
VII week lectures	Clinical application of DNA technologies and the human genome project.
VII week exercises	Introduction to the principles of laboratory diagnostics in genetics
VIII week lectures	Population genetics and epidemiology of craniofacial malformations.
VIII week exercises	Drawing family trees for different types of hereditary diseases
IX week lectures	Genetic anomalies of teeth.
IX week exercises	Presentation and analysis of examples of genetic dental anomalies
X week lectures	Genetic defects of enamel and dentin.
X week exercises	Presentation and analysis of examples of genetic anomalies of enamel and dentin
XI week lectures	Genetic disorders of periodontal and other oral structures.
XI week exercises	Presentation and analysis of examples of genetic disorders of periodontal structures
XII week lectures	Manifestations of chromosomal and dysmetabolic syndromes in craniofacial region.
XII week exercises	Presentation and analysis of craniofacial manifestations of chromosomal aberrations
XIII week lectures	Genetic basis of frequent dental diseases: Cleft lip and palate, caries.
XIII week exercises	Presentation and analysis of craniofacial manifestations of neurocutaneous syndromes
XIV week lectures	Genetic counseling in dentistry. Prenatal diagnostics
XIV week exercises	Presentation and analysis of craniofacial manifestations of genetic dysplastic syndromes
XV week lectures	Bioethical principles and dilemmas in clinical genetics.
XV week exercises	Repetitorium of the exercises

Student workload	Classes and final exam: (2,66 hours) x 16 = 42,56 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): (2,66 hours) x 2 = 5,32 hors Total workload for the course: 2 x 30 = 60 hours Load structure: 42,56 hours (classes and final exam) + 5,32 hours (preparation) + 12 hours (supplementary work)
Per week	Per semester
2 credits x 40/30=2 hours and 40 minuts 1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 0 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =42 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =5 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 2 x 30=60 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 42 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Attending classes, actively participating in exercises and seminars, independent preparation of materials for seminars, solving set problems independently and in a group.
Consultations	After lectures, seminars and exercises, online and live in agreement with the professor and teaching assistant
Literature	Turnpenny P, Ellard S. Emerjevi osnovi medicinske genetike. 13. izdanje (prevod sa engleskog jezika). Datastatus, Beograd 2009. ili Turnpenny P, Ellard S. Emery`s Elements of Medical Genetics. 15th ed. Elsevier, 2017. Additional literature (selected chapters): Skrinjarić I. Orofacijalna genetika. Školska knjiga Zagreb, 2006. Nussbaum R.L, McInnes R.R, Willard H.E. Tompson & Tompson Genetics in medicine, Eight ed. Elsevier, 2016.
Examination methods	Class attendance: 10 points Seminar: 20 points Final exam: 70 points Grade: A B C D E F Points: : 90-100 80-89 70-79 60-69 50-59 < 50 Passed exam implies cumulatively accumulated at least 50 points
Special remarks	None
Comment	None

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / PARODONTOLOGY I

Course:

PARODONTOLOGY I/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
11873	Obavezan	8	7	1+2+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	pharmacology, general surgery, internal medicine, dental diseases, radiology
Aims	After taking the class and passing the exam in the BASICS OF PERIODONTOLOGY course , the student must be able to perform certain procedures independently. 1. governs diagnostic procedures in periodontology 2. take a complete history of the patient , verify the level of oral hygiene , assess the state of the periodontium with the appropriate indices 3. Make a definitive diagnosis of periodontal disease ( history , clinical examination and X-ray analysis ) 4. Predict the prognosis of the disease for individual teeth as well as the entire dentition and develop a treatment plan for the diseased periodontium 5. master the knowledge of instruments and the technique of instrumentation and fixation with instruments used within the causal therapy of periodontitis ( sickle instrument , chisel , special curettes ) 6. master the technique of cleaning periodontal instruments and the use of an ultrasonic device for the removal of plaque 7. They carry out all the therapeutic procedures foreseen by the causal phase of periodontal therapy 8. They know the indications and contraindications for applying the periodontal pocket treatment method 9. Carry out periodontal pocket therapy using the periodontal pocket treatment method 10. Diagnose and treat emergency conditions in the periodontium 11. They know the indications and contraindications for the application of basic surgical therapeutic interventions used to eliminate periodontal pockets.
Learning outcomes	After completing the two-semester course in Periodontology I, the Dentistry student should have the following learning outcomes: 1. Possess communication skills with patients and medical staff. 2. He is able to independently take all relevant anamnestic data from the patient, determine the level of oral hygiene as well as the state of the periodontium (with appropriate indices), and define the diagnosis of periodontal disease. 3. Determine the prognosis of the disease for individual teeth as well as for the entire dentition and define a treatment plan for the diseased periodontium. 4. Knows and correctly applies the instruments used in the causal therapy of periodontitis 5. Independently performs causal therapy of periodontitis. 6. Knows the indications and contraindications for applying the periodontal pocket treatment method, and independently applies periodontal pocket therapy using this method.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Ass. prof. Mirko Mikić Dr Vesna Radišić Dr Ognjen Kovačević
Methodology	lectures, exercises, seminars

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	BASICS OF PERIODONTOLOGY
I week exercises	Basic characteristics of healthy periodontium. Clinical picture of periodontium disease. Diagnosis of periodontal disease: history (main complaints)
II week lectures	CLASSIFICATION OF PERIODONTIUM DISEASES
II week exercises	Diagnosis of periodontal disease (present disease, personal and family history, bad habits and data on maintenance of oral hygiene) Clinical examination (inspection and probing in the diagnosis and differential diagnosis of periodontal diseases)
III week lectures	PERIODONTIUM STRUCTURE - CLINICAL ASPECTS
III week exercises	Clinical examination - assessment of the level of oral hygiene - PI and IZK - assessment of the condition of the gingiva (GI)
IV week lectures	CLINICAL PICTURE OF PERIODONTOPATHY
IV week exercises	Clinical examination - evaluation of the condition of the gingiva (gingival bleeding index IKG) - assessment of the state of deeper periodontal tissues (NPE; NIG) - assessment of the condition of deeper periodontal tissues (tooth loosening - ILZ)
V week lectures	CLINICAL PICTURE OF PERIODONTOPATHY
V week exercises	Therapy plan
VI week lectures	ETIOLOGY OF PERIODONTOPATHY
VI week exercises	Causal therapy of periodontal disease
VII week lectures	ETIOLOGY OF PERIODONTOPATHY
VII week exercises	Causal therapy of periodontal disease
VIII week lectures	OCCLUSION AND PERIODONTIUM
VIII week exercises	Causal therapy of periodontal disease
IX week lectures	PATHOGENESIS OF PERIODONTOPATHY
IX week exercises	Causal therapy of periodontal disease
X week lectures	PATHOGENESIS OF PERIODONTOPATHY
X week exercises	Causal therapy of periodontal disease
XI week lectures	DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOSIS OF PERIODONTOPATHY
XI week exercises	Causal therapy of periodontal disease
XII week lectures	DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOSIS OF PERIODONTOPATHY
XII week exercises	Causal therapy of periodontal disease
XIII week lectures	CLINICAL ASPECTS OF RENDGENOGRAPHY IN PERIODONTOLOGY
XIII week exercises	Causal therapy of periodontal disease
XIV week lectures	COMPLICATIONS OF PERIODONTOPATHY AND THEIR THERAPY
XIV week exercises	Causal therapy of periodontal disease
XV week lectures	COMPLICATIONS OF PERIODONTOPATHY AND THEIR THERAPY
XV week exercises	Causal therapy of periodontal disease
XVI week lectures	Basic characteristics of healthy periodontium. Clinical picture of periodontium disease. Diagnosis of periodontal disease: history (main complaints)
XVI week exercises	Diagnosis of periodontal disease - history, clinical examination (analysis of radiographs - assessment of bone condition)
XVII week lectures	Diagnosis of periodontal disease (current disease, personal and family history, bad habits and data on maintenance of oral hygiene)
XVII week exercises	Diagnosis of periodontal disease - prognosis and treatment plan
XVIII week lectures	AGING AND PERIODONTICS
XVIII week exercises	Causal phase of periodontitis therapy (identification of dental plaque, motivation and training in proper maintenance of oral hygiene, removal of all supra- and subgingival deposits from the teeth - 3calculus, supragingival dental plaque, subgingival concretions, necrotic cement, smoothing the surface of the tooth root, removal of free content from the periodontal pocket) - on the patient
XIX week lectures	PROGNOSIS OF PERIODONTIC DISEASE
XIX week exercises	Causal phase of periodontal therapy (identification of dental plaque, motivation and training in proper maintenance of oral hygiene, removal of all supra- and subgingival deposits from the teeth - calculus, supragingival dental plaque, subgingival concretions, necrotic cement, smoothing of the tooth root surface, removal of free contents from the periodontal pocket) - on the patient
XX week lectures	THERAPY PLAN FOR PATIENTS WITH PERIODONTOPATHY
XX week exercises	Causal phase of periodontal therapy (identification of dental plaque, motivation and training in proper maintenance of oral hygiene, removal of all supra- and subgingival deposits from the teeth - calculus, supragingival dental plaque, subgingival concretions, necrotic cement, smoothing of the tooth root surface, removal of free contents from the periodontal pocket) - on the patient
XXI week lectures	PRELIMINARY THERAPY OF PERIODONTOPATHY
XXI week exercises	Causal phase of periodontal therapy (identification of dental plaque, motivation and training in proper maintenance of oral hygiene, removal of all supra- and subgingival deposits from the teeth - calculus, supragingival dental plaque, subgingival concretions, necrotic cement, smoothing of the tooth root surface, removal of free contents from the periodontal pocket) - on the patient
XXII week lectures	CAUSAL THERAPY OF PERIODONTOPATHY
XXII week exercises	Evaluation of the success of the causal phase of periodontal therapy (PI, GI, IKG, NIG, ) - on the patient
XXIII week lectures	DRUGS IN THE THERAPY OF PERIODONTIC DISEASE
XXIII week exercises	Diagnosis of periodontal disease - history, clinical examination (analysis of radiographs - assessment of bone condition) - on the patient
XXIV week lectures	CHOICE OF METHOD FOR ELIMINATION OF PERIODONTAL POCKETS
XXIV week exercises	Diagnosis of periodontal disease - prognosis and treatment plan
XXV week lectures	TREATMENT OF PERIODONTAL POCKETS
XXV week exercises	Causal phase of periodontal therapy (identification of dental plaque, motivation and training in proper maintenance of oral hygiene, removal of all supra- and subgingival deposits from the teeth - calculus, supragingival dental plaque, subgingival concretions, necrotic cement, smoothing of the tooth root surface, removal of free contents from the periodontal pocket) - on the patient
XXVI week lectures	RESECTIVE METHODS IN THERAPY OF PERIODONTAL POCKETS
XXVI week exercises	Causal phase of periodontal therapy (identification of dental plaque, motivation and training in proper maintenance of oral hygiene, removal of all supra- and subgingival deposits from the teeth - calculus, supragingival dental plaque, subgingival concretions, necrotic cement, smoothing of the tooth root surface, removal of free contents from the periodontal pocket) - on the patient
XXVII week lectures	CAUSAL PHASE OF PERIODONTAL THERAPY
XXVII week exercises	Causal phase of periodontal therapy (identification of dental plaque, motivation and training in proper maintenance of oral hygiene, removal of all supra- and subgingival deposits from the teeth - calculus, supragingival dental plaque, subgingival concretions, necrotic cement, smoothing of the tooth root surface, removal of free contents from the periodontal pocket) - on the patient
XXVIII week lectures	CAUSAL PHASE OF PERIODONTAL THERAPY
XXVIII week exercises	Causal phase of periodontal therapy (identification of dental plaque, motivation and training in proper maintenance of oral hygiene, removal of all supra- and subgingival deposits from the teeth - calculus, supragingival dental plaque, subgingival concretions, necrotic cement, smoothing of the tooth root surface, removal of free contents from the periodontal pocket) - on the patient
XXIX week lectures	CLINICAL ASPECTS OF BIOLOGICAL WIDTH
XXIX week exercises	Causal phase of periodontal therapy (identification of dental plaque, motivation and training in proper maintenance of oral hygiene, removal of all supra- and subgingival deposits from the teeth - calculus, supragingival dental plaque, subgingival concretions, necrotic cement, smoothing of the tooth root surface, removal of free contents from the periodontal pocket) - on the patient
XXX week lectures	Procjena uspjeha kauzalne faze terapije parodontopatije ( GI, IKG, NIG, DDž) – na pacijentu
XXX week exercises	Assessment of the success of the causal phase of periodontal therapy (GI, IKG, NIG, DDž) - on the patient

Student workload	Student workload (weekly): 3 credits x 40/30 = 4 hours Structure: 1 hour of lectures 2 hours of exercises 1 hour of independent work Student workload (in the semester): Teaching and final exam (4 hx 16 = 64 h). Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (registration, certification...) 2h x 4 = 8 Total workload: 3 x 30= 90 h Additional work 18 h Structure of workload 64 + 8 + 18 = 90 h
Per week	Per semester
7 credits x 40/30=9 hours and 20 minuts 1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 6 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 9 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =149 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 9 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =18 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 7 x 30=210 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 42 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 149 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 18 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 42 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Attendance at lectures and exercises is mandatory .
Consultations	with co-workers every working day, with the teacher by appointment
Literature	CLINICAL PERIODONTOLOGY, edited by Prof. Dr. B. Dimitrijević, group of authors, Department of Textbooks, 2010 2. Leković V., Dimitrijević B., Janković Lj.: Diseases of the mouth - Praktikum, Dečje no ¬vine, Gornji Milanovac, 1988. Linde J. Clinical periodontology and implantology, Globus, Zagreb 2009.
Examination methods	colloquium, practical and oral exam
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / PAEDIATRICS

Course:

PAEDIATRICS/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
11874	Obavezan	7	2	1+1+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	No prerequisites required
Aims	The goal of the pediatric education program for dental students is to acquire knowledge from general pediatric areas and specific branches of pediatrics, with special reference to diseases and pathological conditions encountered in the work of dentists. Through this course, students of dentistry will meet pediatric patients and learn about the specifics of different pediatric ages and the most common pathological conditions of childhood, with an emphasis on a multidisciplinary approach to a sick child, preventive activities in the pediatric population and communication skills in working with children.
Learning outcomes	After completing the course in the subject, the student will be able to: - Defines the main causes of childhood morbidity and mortality and describes the preventive measures that are implemented in pediatric medicine in order to properly develop and preserve the health of children (systematic examinations, early stimulation of development, nutrition, immunization) - Describes the periods and characteristics of child development, lists the stages of psychomotor development of infants and the sexual development of girls and boys at puberty, lists the most important endogenous and exogenous factors that influence the growth and development of the child. - Lists the energy and water needs of children, describes the principles of child nutrition and the most common nutritional and digestive disorders in children. - Lists the basic characteristics, symptoms, diagnosis and therapy of the most common diseases by organ systems. - Perform a clinical examination and assess the status of growth and development and recognize the most common pathological conditions by organs and organ systems in children of different ages. - Recognizes the signs of vital danger in a child, explains and shows the measures of basic life support in a vitally endangered child. - Communicate with the parents and the child during the examination and inform the parents about the childs state of health.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Full professor Olivera Miljanović, MD, PhD; full professor Vesna Miranović, MD, PhD, assistant professor Lidija Banjac, MD, PhD and teaching assistants
Methodology	Lectures, seminars, exercises, simulations, colloquia, and consultations.

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Introduction to Pediatrics. Social pediatrics and child health care
I week exercises	Introductory exercise - orientation on the principles of practical teaching in pediatrics
II week lectures	L: Growth and development of children. Systematic examinations and immunization
II week exercises	Pediatric history taking
III week lectures	Nutrition in childhood. Vitamins and hypovitaminoses. Oral cavity, development deciduous and permanent teeth
III week exercises	Pediatric status praesens
IV week lectures	Crying and elevated body temperature in a child
IV week exercises	Assessment of growth and development. Use of growth charts.
V week lectures	Rrespiratory system diseases
V week exercises	Assessment of respiratory function and recognition of respiratory disorders in children
VI week lectures	Diseases of the digestive system
VI week exercises	Recognition of gastroenterological problems in children and examination of the abdomen
VII week lectures	Hereditary diseases and congenital anomalies. Access to dysmorphic child
VII week exercises	Introduction to the principles of genetic counseling and information
VIII week lectures	Neurological diseases of childhood. Psychomotor retardation and autism
VIII week exercises	The most common neurodevelopmental disorders and neurological diseases in children
IX week lectures	Endocrinological disorders of childhood
IX week exercises	The most common endocrinological disorders: presentation of patients, review.
X week lectures	Allergies and immunodeficiency in children
X week exercises	Immunodeficiency states: diagnosis, laboratory characteristics
XI week lectures	Cardiovascular diseases of childhood
XI week exercises	Recognition of cardiac disorders in children and principles of care
XII week lectures	Emergency pediatrics and basic life support
XII week exercises	Simulated cardiopulmonary resuscitation on mannequins
XIII week lectures	Prevention of injuries and poisoning of childen
XIII week exercises	Solving the tasks: cardiopulmonary resuscitation in children
XIV week lectures	Blood diseases and disorders of hemostasis. Malignant diseases in children
XIV week exercises	Recognition of hematological-oncological disorders in children
XV week lectures	Antibiotics and other drugs administration in in pediatrics
XV week exercises	Colloquium - test

Student workload	Classes and final exam: (2,66 hours) x 16 = 42,56 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, enrollment, certification): (2,66 hours) x 2 = 5,32 hours Total workload for the course: 2 x 30 = 60 hours Load structure: 42,56 hours (teaching and final exam) + 5,32 hours (preparation) + 12 hours (supplementary work)
Per week	Per semester
2 credits x 40/30=2 hours and 40 minuts 1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 0 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =42 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =5 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 2 x 30=60 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 42 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Attending classes, actively participating in exercises and seminars, independent preparation of materials for seminars, solving set problems independently and in a group.
Consultations	After lectures, seminars and exercises, online and live in agreement with the professor and teaching assistant.
Literature	Literature: Janković B, Perišić V. (urednici) Pedijatrija - udzbenik za studente medicine, 2. izd. Beograd - Medicinski fakultet Univerziteta u Beogradu, 2014. Beograd – Službeni glasnik. Additional literature: Janković B, Milenković A, Milovanović D (urednci). Urgentna pedijatrija u vanbolničkim uslovima: priručnik za lekare primarne zdravstvene zaštite, 2002. Unicef Beograd
Examination methods	Class attendance: 5 points Colloquium in pediatric propaedeutics: 10 points. Theoretical colloquium: 15 points Final exam: 70 points Grade: A B C D E F Points: : 90-100 80-89 70-79 60-69 50-59 < 50 Passed exam implies cumulatively accumulated at least 50 points
Special remarks	None
Comment	None

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / RESTORATIVE ODONTOLOGY II

Course:

RESTORATIVE ODONTOLOGY II/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
13242	Obavezan	10	5	1+3+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	Restorative odontology I exam passed
Aims	The goal is to train the student to acquire all the necessary knowledge and skills necessary to independently diagnose and compensate damage to the crown of the tooth with adequate therapeutic procedures, materials and instruments of modern restorative odontology.
Learning outcomes	After completing the two-semester course in Restorative Odontology, the Dentistry student should have the following learning outcomes: 1. Possess communication skills with patients and medical staff. 2. He is able to make a clinical diagnosis of the condition of the pulp based on history, clinical examination and additional tests. 3. He is able to make a plan of the therapeutic procedure. 4. Has the skills to independently perform clinical restoration techniques on carious and non-carious tooth damage. 5. He has the skills to independently perform the clinical phases of work with materials for direct and indirect fillings. 6. Knows, applies and possesses the skills to independently perform clinical techniques for whitening vital and non-vital teeth. 7. Knows possible mistakes and consequences of inadequate application of materials in clinical conditions.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Doc. Dr. Mirjana Đuričković Dr. Nina Marić Dr. Kemal Šahmanović
Methodology	Lectures, exercises, seminar, work in small groups, consultations, methodical exercises, seminar papers, presentation in front of the group, method of student practical activities, colloquiums

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures
I week exercises	Clinical work with patients. Anamnesis and caries diagnosis Reading of orthopantomograms and intraoral X-rays
II week lectures
II week exercises	Clinical work with patients. Preparation for restorative procedures - dry working field; anesthetizing teeth Preparation and restoration of single-surface and multi-surface cavities with amalgam fillings
III week lectures
III week exercises	Clinical work with patients. Preparation and restoration of class III cavities with adhesive systems and composite fillings. Preparation and restoration of class III cavities with adhesive
IV week lectures
IV week exercises	Clinical work with patients. Preparation and restoration of complex Class IV cavities with composite filling
V week lectures
V week exercises	Clinical work with patients. Preparation and restoration of complex Class IV cavities with composite filling
VI week lectures
VI week exercises	Clinical work with patients. Class V cavity restoration on frontal and lateral teeth
VII week lectures
VII week exercises	Clinical work with patients. Preparation and restoration of single-surface cavities on lateral teeth with composite fillings
VIII week lectures
VIII week exercises	Clinical work with patients. Preparation and restoration of multi-surface cavities on lateral teeth using adhesive systems, GJC substrate (open and closed "sandwich technique") and composite fillings
IX week lectures
IX week exercises	Clinical work with patients. Restoration of complex cavities using adhesive composite systems and additional types of retention (grooves and retention points)
X week lectures
X week exercises	Clinical work with patients. Restorative procedure using GJC fillings
XI week lectures
XI week exercises	Clinical work with patients. Restorative procedure for deep caries and preservation of vitality by indirect covering of the pulp - monitoring the success of the therapy
XII week lectures
XII week exercises	Clinical work with patients. Restorative procedure for deep caries and preservation of vitality by direct covering of the pulp - monitoring the success of the therapy
XIII week lectures
XIII week exercises	Clinical work with patients. Restorative intervention - preparation and restoration of teeth with indirect fillings
XIV week lectures
XIV week exercises	Clinical work with patients. Whitening of vital teeth
XV week lectures
XV week exercises	Clinical work with patients. Trauma therapy, making a direct composite veneer
XVI week lectures	S-1. Disinfection and sterilization in the dental office
XVI week exercises	Clinical work with patients. Anamnesis and caries diagnosis Reading of orthopantomograms and intraoral X-rays
XVII week lectures	S-2. Anamnesis, informed consent of the patient, documentation management
XVII week exercises	Clinical work with patients. Preparation for restorative procedures - dry working field; anesthetizing teeth Preparation and restoration of single-surface and multi-surface cavities with amalgam fillings
XVIII week lectures	S-3. Modern materials and instruments of choice today
XVIII week exercises	Clinical work with patients. Preparation and restoration of class III cavities with adhesive systems and composite fillings.
XIX week lectures	S-4. Minimally invasive dental procedures
XIX week exercises	Clinical work with patients. Preparation and restoration of class III cavities with adhesive systems And composite fillings with GJC substrate transfer.
XX week lectures	S-5. Non-carious cervical lesions of teeth, treatment techniques
XX week exercises	Clinical work with patients. Preparation and restoration of complex class IV cavities with composite filling
XXI week lectures	S-6. Marketing and economic profitability in dental medicine
XXI week exercises	Clinical work with patients. Class V cavity restoration on frontal and lateral teeth
XXII week lectures	S-7. Reconstruction of the dental crown of an endodontically treated tooth - case report
XXII week exercises	Clinical work with patients. Preparation and restoration of single-surface cavities on lateral teeth with composite fillings
XXIII week lectures	S-8. Preparation and restoration of class I cavity for amalgam - case report
XXIII week exercises	Clinical work with patients. Preparation and restoration of multi-surface cavities on lateral teeth using adhesive systems, GJC substrates (open and closed "sandwich technique") and composite fillings
XXIV week lectures	S-9. Preparation and restoration of Class II cavity for amalgam - case report
XXIV week exercises	Clinical work with patients. Restoration of complex cavities using adhesive composite System I additional types of retention (grooves and retention points)
XXV week lectures	S-10. Preparation and restoration of class III and IV cavities for composite - case report
XXV week exercises	Clinical work with patients. Restorative procedure using GJC fillings
XXVI week lectures	S-11. Legal obligations and rights of dentists in restorative odontology
XXVI week exercises	Clinical work with patients. Restorative procedure for deep caries and preservation of vitality indirectly covering the pulp - monitoring the success of the therapy
XXVII week lectures	S-12. Indirect and direct covering of the pulp
XXVII week exercises	Clinical work with patients. Restorative procedure for deep caries and preservation of vitality by direct covering of the pulp - monitoring the success of the therapy
XXVIII week lectures	S-13. Uncomplicated crown trauma and their care
XXVIII week exercises	Clinical work with patients. Restorative intervention - preparation and restoration of teeth with indirect fillings
XXIX week lectures	S-14. Complicated crown trauma and their care
XXIX week exercises	Clinical work with patients. Whitening of vital teeth
XXX week lectures	Klinički rad sa pacijentima. Terapija trauma, izrada direktne kompozitne fasete
XXX week exercises	Clinical work with patients. Trauma therapy, making a direct composite veneer

Student workload	In the first semester: Classes and final exam: (2.66 hours) x 16 = 42.56 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): (2.66 hours) x 2 = 5.32 hours Total workload for the course: 2 x 30 = 60 hours Load structure: 42.56 hours (classes and final exam) + 5.32 hours (preparation) + 12 hours (supplementary work) In the II semester: Classes and final exam: (4 hours) x 16 = 64 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): (4 hours) x 2 = 8 hours Total workload for the course: 3 x 30 = 90 hours Load structure: 64 hours (classes and final exam) + 8 hours (preparation) + 18 hours (supplementary work)
Per week	Per semester
5 credits x 40/30=6 hours and 40 minuts 1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 3 excercises 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =106 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =13 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 5 x 30=150 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 106 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Attendance at lectures and exercises is mandatory. In all clinical exercises, the student is obliged to work with patients. Otherwise, the exercise is lost. During the semester, the student must fulfill the norm stipulated in the plan and program. Otherwise, the student loses the right to take the exam.
Consultations	In agreement with the subject teacher
Literature	Živković S. Basics of restorative dentistry. DataStatus. Belgrade; 2019. Mjor I. Pulp and dentin biology in restorative dentistry (translation). Data Status. Belgrade, 2008. Kidd E. Basics of dental caries. Datastatus. Belgrade; 2010.
Examination methods	By fulfilling pre-examination obligations (2 cloquiums of 10 points each is 20 points, practical teaching 25 points and seminar work 5 points - total 50 points) and passing the exam (test -10 points, practical exam 30 points and oral exam 10 points - total 50 points) a student can achieve a maximum of 100 points, whereby the pre-examination obligations contribute up to 50 points. A passing grade is obtained if at least 50 points are accumulated cumulatively.
Special remarks	Strictly professional mandatory
Comment	no

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / MOBILE PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY II

Course:

MOBILE PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY II/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
13243	Obavezan	10	5	+3.5+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	Passed exam Mobile dental prosthetics I
Aims	Training in planning and manufacturing of total and partial dental prostheses
Learning outcomes	The student learns in detail about the biological basis of toothlessness treatment. He learns about the changes in the tissues of the orofacial complex that are a consequence of the loss of natural teeth, processes and directions of resorption of alveolar ridges, types of toothlessness, biological and physical aspects of the load on the remaining oral tissues, the behavior of different oral tissues under load. He learns about the changes in the oral cavity after the loss of natural teeth, as well as the changes that occur in the basic functions of the orofacial system (chewing, swallowing, speech, physiognomy) that are related to edentulism. In the course of theoretical and practical classes, the student should master the basics of planning partial plate and partial skeletal prostheses, learn all the elements of these prostheses and their purpose, and then the methodology of their production. In practical classes, he works independently with patients and goes through all the clinical stages of making partial dental prostheses. He needs to acquire dexterity in communicating with patients, in using modern technologies
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Assis prof Biljana Milošević Dr Zorica Popović Dr Vesna Kisić
Methodology	practical exercises, seminars, colloquiums, exams

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures
I week exercises	Clinical work with patients; Production of total and partial dentures
II week lectures
II week exercises	Clinical work with patients; Production of total and partial dentures
III week lectures
III week exercises	Clinical work with patients; Production of total and partial dentures
IV week lectures
IV week exercises	Clinical work with patients; Production of total and partial dentures
V week lectures
V week exercises	Clinical work with patients; Production of total and partial dentures
VI week lectures
VI week exercises	Clinical work with patients; Production of total and partial dentures
VII week lectures
VII week exercises	Clinical work with patients; Production of total and partial dentures
VIII week lectures
VIII week exercises	Clinical work with patients; Production of total and partial dentures
IX week lectures
IX week exercises	Clinical work with patients; Production of total and partial dentures
X week lectures
X week exercises	Clinical work with patients; Production of total and partial dentures
XI week lectures
XI week exercises	Clinical work with patients; Production of total and partial dentures
XII week lectures
XII week exercises	Clinical work with patients; Production of total and partial dentures
XIII week lectures
XIII week exercises	Clinical work with patients; Production of total and partial dentures
XIV week lectures
XIV week exercises	Clinical work with patients; Production of total and partial dentures
XV week lectures
XV week exercises	Clinical work with patients; Production of total and partial dentures
XVI week lectures
XVI week exercises	Clinical work with patients; Production of total and partial dentures
XVII week lectures
XVII week exercises	Clinical work with patients; Production of total and partial dentures
XVIII week lectures
XVIII week exercises	Clinical work with patients; Production of total and partial dentures
XIX week lectures
XIX week exercises	Clinical work with patients; Production of total and partial dentures
XX week lectures
XX week exercises	Clinical work with patients; Production of total and partial dentures
XXI week lectures
XXI week exercises	Clinical work with patients; Production of total and partial dentures
XXII week lectures
XXII week exercises	Clinical work with patients; Production of total and partial dentures
XXIII week lectures
XXIII week exercises	Clinical work with patients; Production of total and partial dentures
XXIV week lectures
XXIV week exercises	Clinical work with patients; Production of total and partial dentures
XXV week lectures
XXV week exercises	Clinical work with patients; Production of total and partial dentures
XXVI week lectures
XXVI week exercises	Clinical work with patients; Production of total and partial dentures
XXVII week lectures
XXVII week exercises	Clinical work with patients; Production of total and partial dentures
XXVIII week lectures
XXVIII week exercises	Clinical work with patients; Production of total and partial dentures
XXIX week lectures
XXIX week exercises	Clinical work with patients; Production of total and partial dentures
XXX week lectures	Klinički rad sa pacijentima; Izrada totalnih i parcijalnih proteza
XXX week exercises	Clinical work with patients; Production of total and partial dentures

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
5 credits x 40/30=6 hours and 40 minuts 0 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 3 excercises 3 hour(s) i 10 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =106 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =13 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 5 x 30=150 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 106 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Regular attendance at exercises, seminar papers, attendance at the colloquium, exam
Consultations	In agreement with the subject teacher.
Literature	Dragoslav Stamenković: Clinical prosthetics - Partial dentures, Interprint, Belgrade 2006.
Examination methods	Seminar papers during practical classes, colloquium, exams
Special remarks	no
Comment	no

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / FIXED DENTAL PROSTHETICS II

Course:

FIXED DENTAL PROSTHETICS II/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
13244	Obavezan	10	6	+3.5+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	Dental prosthetics-mobile and fixed pre-clinic, Gnatology, Stomatol. materials
Aims	master the implementation of the clinical phases in making a fixed restoration (diagnosis and plan of the trape, tooth preparation, impression taking, trial of the metal substructure and trial of the ceramic part of the fixed restoration and cementation of the restoration for the supporting teeth).
Learning outcomes	1. Knows the types of fixed prosthetic restorations, indications and contraindications for their use, materials and basic principles for making them. 2. Knows the possibilities and importance of pre-prosthetic preparation for fixed prosthetic restorations and is able to use the cheek bow and articulator in planning and making fixed restorations. 3. He is capable of independently taking an anamnesis, performing a dental examination and analysis of X-rays, setting an indication (for making an appropriate prosthetic replacement), and determining a therapy plan. 4. Possesses the skills to independently perform clinical phases in the preparation of fixed restorations. 5. Possesses communication skills with patients, medical staff and knows and applies the principles of teamwork. 6. He is aware of the necessity of continuous education in order to gain knowledge about new stomata. materials and work techniques and the possibilities of their application in dental prosthetics.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Assis prof Biljana Milošević dr Zorica Popović dr Vesna Kisić
Methodology	Lectures, exercises, seminar, work in a small group, consultations, methodical exercises, seminar papers, presentation in front of the group, method of practical student activities

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Clinical work with the patient. Everything that was theoretically and practically mastered in the VII and VIII semesters is applied. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.
I week exercises	Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.
II week lectures
II week exercises	Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.
III week lectures
III week exercises	Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.
IV week lectures
IV week exercises	Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.
V week lectures
V week exercises	Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.
VI week lectures
VI week exercises	Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.
VII week lectures
VII week exercises	Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.
VIII week lectures
VIII week exercises	Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.
IX week lectures
IX week exercises	Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.
X week lectures
X week exercises	Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.
XI week lectures
XI week exercises	Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.
XII week lectures
XII week exercises	Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.
XIII week lectures
XIII week exercises	Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.
XIV week lectures
XIV week exercises	Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.
XV week lectures
XV week exercises	Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.
XVI week lectures
XVI week exercises	Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.
XVII week lectures
XVII week exercises	Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.
XVIII week lectures
XVIII week exercises	Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.
XIX week lectures
XIX week exercises	Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.
XX week lectures
XX week exercises	Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.
XXI week lectures
XXI week exercises	Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.
XXII week lectures
XXII week exercises	Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.
XXIII week lectures
XXIII week exercises	Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.
XXIV week lectures
XXIV week exercises	Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.
XXV week lectures
XXV week exercises	Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.
XXVI week lectures
XXVI week exercises	Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.
XXVII week lectures
XXVII week exercises	Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.
XXVIII week lectures
XXVIII week exercises	Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.
XXIX week lectures
XXIX week exercises	Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.
XXX week lectures	Klinički rad sa pacijentom; Izrada fiksnih stomatoprotetskih nadoknada.
XXX week exercises	Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
6 credits x 40/30=8 hours and 0 minuts 0 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 3 excercises 4 hour(s) i 30 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =128 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =16 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 6 x 30=180 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 36 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 128 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 16 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 36 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	regular attendance of classes and exercises, practical tests, seminars, colloquiums, exams
Consultations	In agreement with the subject teacher
Literature	1. D. Vujošević Lj: Fixed compensations, first part, ECPD, Belgrade, 1998. 2. Radlović-Pantelić S: Dental prosthetics-fixed restorations, second part, University of Belgrade, 1998
Examination methods	2 colloquiums of 5 points each (10 points in total) Seminar paper 10 points Attendance at theoretical classes 10 points Practical teaching (fulfilment of the program 10 points, manual dexterity 5 points, theoretical preparation 5 points) total 20 points Final exam 50 points A passing grade is obtained if a cumulative minimum of 50 points is collected
Special remarks	no
Comment	no

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / FIXED DENTAL PROSTHETICS II

Course:

FIXED DENTAL PROSTHETICS II/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
13244	Obavezan	10	6	+3.5+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	Dental prosthetics-mobile and fixed pre-clinic, Gnatology, Stomatol. materials
Aims	master the implementation of the clinical phases in making a fixed restoration (diagnosis and plan of the trape, tooth preparation, impression taking, trial of the metal substructure and trial of the ceramic part of the fixed restoration and cementation of the restoration for the supporting teeth).
Learning outcomes	1. Knows the types of fixed prosthetic restorations, indications and contraindications for their use, materials and basic principles for making them. 2. Knows the possibilities and importance of pre-prosthetic preparation for fixed prosthetic restorations and is able to use the cheek bow and articulator in planning and making fixed restorations. 3. He is capable of independently taking an anamnesis, performing a dental examination and analysis of X-rays, setting an indication (for making an appropriate prosthetic replacement), and determining a therapy plan. 4. Possesses the skills to independently perform clinical phases in the preparation of fixed restorations. 5. Possesses communication skills with patients, medical staff and knows and applies the principles of teamwork. 6. He is aware of the necessity of continuous education in order to gain knowledge about new stomata. materials and work techniques and the possibilities of their application in dental prosthetics.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Assis prof Biljana Milošević dr Zorica Popović dr Vesna Kisić
Methodology	Lectures, exercises, seminar, work in a small group, consultations, methodical exercises, seminar papers, presentation in front of the group, method of practical student activities

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Clinical work with the patient. Everything that was theoretically and practically mastered in the VII and VIII semesters is applied. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.
I week exercises	Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.
II week lectures
II week exercises	Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.
III week lectures
III week exercises	Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.
IV week lectures
IV week exercises	Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.
V week lectures
V week exercises	Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.
VI week lectures
VI week exercises	Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.
VII week lectures
VII week exercises	Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.
VIII week lectures
VIII week exercises	Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.
IX week lectures
IX week exercises	Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.
X week lectures
X week exercises	Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.
XI week lectures
XI week exercises	Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.
XII week lectures
XII week exercises	Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.
XIII week lectures
XIII week exercises	Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.
XIV week lectures
XIV week exercises	Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.
XV week lectures
XV week exercises	Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.
XVI week lectures
XVI week exercises	Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.
XVII week lectures
XVII week exercises	Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.
XVIII week lectures
XVIII week exercises	Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.
XIX week lectures
XIX week exercises	Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.
XX week lectures
XX week exercises	Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.
XXI week lectures
XXI week exercises	Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.
XXII week lectures
XXII week exercises	Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.
XXIII week lectures
XXIII week exercises	Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.
XXIV week lectures
XXIV week exercises	Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.
XXV week lectures
XXV week exercises	Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.
XXVI week lectures
XXVI week exercises	Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.
XXVII week lectures
XXVII week exercises	Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.
XXVIII week lectures
XXVIII week exercises	Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.
XXIX week lectures
XXIX week exercises	Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.
XXX week lectures	Klinički rad sa pacijentom; Izrada fiksnih stomatoprotetskih nadoknada.
XXX week exercises	Clinical work with the patient. Creation of fixed stomatoprosthetic restorations.

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
6 credits x 40/30=8 hours and 0 minuts 0 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 3 excercises 4 hour(s) i 30 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =128 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =16 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 6 x 30=180 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 36 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 128 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 16 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 36 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	regular attendance of classes and exercises, practical tests, seminars, colloquiums, exams
Consultations	In agreement with the subject teacher
Literature	1. D. Vujošević Lj: Fixed compensations, first part, ECPD, Belgrade, 1998. 2. Radlović-Pantelić S: Dental prosthetics-fixed restorations, second part, University of Belgrade, 1998
Examination methods	2 colloquiums of 5 points each (10 points in total) Seminar paper 10 points Attendance at theoretical classes 10 points Practical teaching (fulfilment of the program 10 points, manual dexterity 5 points, theoretical preparation 5 points) total 20 points Final exam 50 points A passing grade is obtained if a cumulative minimum of 50 points is collected
Special remarks	no
Comment	no

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / ORAL SURGERY II

Course:

ORAL SURGERY II/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
13245	Obavezan	10	5	1+2+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	passed exam in oral surgery I
Aims	Complete training for independent examination of the patient and taking all relevant data (anamnesis and clinical examination), and implementation of the necessary diagnostic procedure in order to establish a diagnosis and differential diagnosis of oral surgical diseases. Furthermore, to apply terminal and conducting anesthesia in the oral cavity, perform extractions of erupted and partially erupted teeth as well as complicated tooth extractions (separation), conduct treatment of intraoperative, postoperative and postextraction complications. The focus of the teaching is ambulatory clinical exercises as well as assisting in the performance of oral surgical procedures.
Learning outcomes	After completing the two-semester course in Oral Surgery II, the student of dentistry should have the following learning outcomes: 1. He is able to independently examine a patient and take all relevant data related to his health and illness (dental and corresponding general history), and carry out the necessary diagnostic tests procedures aimed at diagnosis and differential diagnosis of oral surgical diseases. 2. Applies terminal and conducting anesthesia in the oral cavity in order to perform oral surgical interventions, diagnosis and treatment of orofacial pain, as well as to treat complications of local anesthesia. 3. Perform extractions of erupted and partially erupted teeth as well as complicated tooth extractions (separation). 4. Prescribe medications for preoperative and postoperative treatment of oral surgery patients and carry out treatment of intraoperative, postoperative and postextraction complications, including diagnostics and conservative treatment of oroantral communication. 5. Diagnoses pathological changes in the jaws (cysts, benign tumors, non-tumor lesions, periapical lesions, tooth trauma) and sets indications for surgical treatment methods. 6. Treats acute and chronic dentogenic infections and prescribes appropriate medications. 7. Establish local hemostasis during and after surgical interventions. 8. Prevents and implements the therapy of most emergency conditions in dentistry.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Associate professor Marija Antunović, DDS, PhD Milan Vučetić, DDS, PhD
Methodology	clinical exercises, seminars, colloquiums

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures
I week exercises	Anamnesis and clinical examination in oral surgery.
II week lectures
II week exercises	Differential diagnosis of pain in the oral cavity.
III week lectures
III week exercises	Terminal and mandibular anesthesia.
IV week lectures
IV week exercises	Tooth extraction.
V week lectures
V week exercises	Control of bleeding from the alveolus and soft tissues of the oral cavity.
VI week lectures
VI week exercises	Treatment of difficult eruption of wisdom teeth. Treatment of dolor post extractionem.
VII week lectures
VII week exercises	Root separation of the upper and lower molars.
VIII week lectures
VIII week exercises	Extraction of the lower wisdom tooth.
IX week lectures
IX week exercises	Assistance within the surgical tooth extraction.
X week lectures
X week exercises	Assistance within alveolotomy.
XI week lectures
XI week exercises	Assistance within apicotomy.
XII week lectures
XII week exercises	Diagnosis of oroantral communication. Non-surgical treatment of oroantral communication.
XIII week lectures
XIII week exercises	Submucosal abscess. Incision and drainage of intraoral abscesses.
XIV week lectures
XIV week exercises	Clinical and radiological diagnosis of jaw cysts.
XV week lectures
XV week exercises	Clinical and radiological diagnosis of dental injuries.
XVI week lectures	S - Tooth extraction - principles, indications and contraindications.
XVI week exercises	Tooth extraction.
XVII week lectures	S - Tooth extraction techniques. Complicated extraction.
XVII week exercises	Complicated tooth extraction.
XVIII week lectures	S - Complications during and after tooth extraction.
XVIII week exercises	Diagnosis and treatment of complications during and after tooth extraction.
XIX week lectures	S - Hemostasis in oral surgery.
XIX week exercises	Application of different methods of artificial hemostasis after tooth extraction.
XX week lectures	S - Hemorrhagic diseases in dental practice.
XX week exercises	Application of different methods of artificial hemostasis after tooth extraction.
XXI week lectures	S - Impacted and supernumerary teeth.
XXI week exercises	Radiological and clinical examples of tooth impaction. Tooth extraction.
XXII week lectures	S - Risk patients in dental practice.
XXII week exercises	Tooth extraction in patients with medical risk.
XXIII week lectures	S - Risk patients in dental practice.
XXIII week exercises	Tooth extraction in patients with medical risk.
XXIV week lectures	S - Dentogenic infections.
XXIV week exercises	Treatment of acute dentogenic infections. Tooth extraction.
XXV week lectures	S - Chronic periapical lesions.
XXV week exercises	Radiological and clinical manifestation of chronic periapical lesions. Tooth extraction.
XXVI week lectures	S - Jaw cysts.
XXVI week exercises	Radiological and clinical manifestations of jaw cysts. Tooth extraction.
XXVII week lectures	S – Diseases of the maxillary sinus.
XXVII week exercises	Conservative and surgical treatment of oroantral communication after tooth extraction.
XXVIII week lectures	S – Dentogenic infections.
XXVIII week exercises	Treatment of acute dentogenic infections. Tooth extraction.
XXIX week lectures	S – Orthodontic-surgical procedures.
XXIX week exercises	Tooth extraction as part of the orthodontic treatment.
XXX week lectures	Radiološka i klinička manifestacija i terapija benignih tumora orofacijalne regije.
XXX week exercises	Radiological and clinical manifestation and therapy of benign tumors of the orofacial region.

Student workload	In the semester: Teaching and final exam: (2.66 hours) x 16 = 42.56 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, enrollment, certification): (2.66 hours) x 2 = 5.32 hours Total workload for the course: 2 x 30 = 60 hours Load structure: 42.56 hours (classes and final exam) + 5.32 hours (preparation) + 12 hours (supplementary work) In the 1st semester: Classes and final exam: (4 hours) x 16 = 64 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): (4 hours) x 2 = 8 hours Total workload for the course: 3 x 30 = 90 hours Load structure: 64 hours (classes and final exam) + 8 hours (preparation) + 18 hours (supplementary work)
Per week	Per semester
5 credits x 40/30=6 hours and 40 minuts 1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 3 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =106 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 6 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =13 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 5 x 30=150 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 106 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 30 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Attendance of clinical exercises and active participation of the student is mandatory.
Consultations
Literature	Todorović Lj., Petrović V., Kafedžiska-Vračar V., Jurišić M. Oral surgery. Faculty of Dentistry, University of Belgrade; 2002. Marković A., Čolić S., Stojčev Stajčić Lj., Dražić R., Gačić B. Practice of oral surgery. Faculty of Dentistry, University of Belgrade; 2010. Hupp JR, Ellis III E, Tucker MR. Contemporary Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery. Mosby-Elsevier. St. Louis; 2008. Malamed S. Handbook of Local Anesthesia. Mosby. St. Louis; 2004.
Examination methods	2 practical colloquiums = 20 points. 2 oral colloquiums = 20 points. Seminar work = 9 points. Final exam = 51 points. A passing grade is obtained if a minimum of 50 points is accumulated.
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / OTORHINOLARINGOLOGY

Course:

OTORHINOLARINGOLOGY/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
13246	Obavezan	9	2	1+2+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	Determinated by the Rules of Faculty
Aims	Acquisition of fundamental knowledge in the field of diagnosis and therapy of illnesses of ear, nose, throat, larynx, trachea, esophagus and head and neck.
Learning outcomes	After finishing one semestral course in Othorinolaringology,the student of medicine should possess the following learning outcomes : 1. Becomes able to independently examine the patient and take all relevant information related to his health and disease; 2. Learns about the most important diseases of the ear, nose and throat, from the point of recognizing clinical symptoms and treatment; 3. Integrates the acquired knowledge and skills in planning diagnostic procedures in the treatment of patients; 4. Resolves the emergencies in otorhinolaryngology; 5. Applies evidence based medicine principles in treatment; 6. Assesses the indications for certain surgical procedures.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Doc. dr Elvir Zvrko, Dr. sc Mirko Popović
Methodology	Interactive theoretical and practical teaching, Small group work, Independent performance and demonstration of clinical skills, Seminar papers, Consultations

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Introduction to otorhinolaryngology . Diagnostics of otological diseases.
I week exercises	Introduction to practical otorhinolaryngology classes. Anamnesis. Examination of the ear. Otoscopy,
II week lectures	Diseases of outer ear.
II week exercises	Examination of the nose and sinuses, palpation of the nose and sinuses, anterior rhinoscopy, posterior rhinoscopy, mouth floor examination, oropharyngoscopy.
III week lectures	Diseases of middle ear.
III week exercises	Diagnosis in laryngology, indirect examination of the larynx, laryngeal endoscopy, neck palpation.
IV week lectures	Diseases of inner ear.
IV week exercises	Impedancemetry, audiometry, tuning fork tests (Weber, Rhinne, Schwabach, Gele).
V week lectures	Rehabilitation of damaged hearing, hearing amplifiers.
V week exercises	Assessment of balance organs, caloric vestibular tests, nystagmus, rotatory tests of the vestibular apparatus.
VI week lectures	Anatomy and physiology of the nose and paranasal cavities. Congenital and acquired malformations of the nose. Foreign body in the nose. Inflammation of the skin of the nose. Acute and chronic inflammation of nasal mucosa. Allergic rhinitis. Nasal polyps. Acute and chronic inflammation of the paranasal cavities. Complications associated with paranasal cavity inflammations.
VI week exercises	Foreign bodies of the external hearing canal and cerumen. Injuries of the ear.
VII week lectures	Injuries of the nose. Bleeding from the nose. Facial injuries. Rare diseases of the nose and paranasal cavities. Tumors of the nose and paranasal cavities
VII week exercises	Interventions in rhinology (extraction of foreign bodies of the nose, method of evacuation of secretions from the nose and sinuses according to Protz, Aerosol therapy of rhinosinusitis, application of nose drops). X-ray of the nose and paranasal cavities- the interpretation of the results. Reposition of nasal bones.
VIII week lectures	Diseases of oral cavity and pharynx.
VIII week exercises	Stopping the nose bleeding.
IX week lectures	Anatomy and physiology of the larynx. Diagnostic methods in laryngology and phoniatrics. Congenital malformations of the larynx. Laryngeal trauma
IX week exercises	Rhinomanometry, allergy testing of patients.
X week lectures	Acute and chronic inflammatory processes of the larynx. Benign tumors of the larynx. Pseudo tumors of the larynx.
X week exercises	Interventions in the oral cavity and pharynx, extraction of foreign bodies., incision of the peritonsillar abscess.
XI week lectures	Malignant tumors of the larynx. Basics of phoniatrics.
XI week exercises	Functional endonasal sinus surgery.
XII week lectures	Basics of phoniatrics.
XII week exercises	Laryngeal endoscopy, laryngomicroscopy.
XIII week lectures	Anatomy and patophysiology of the trachea and bronchus, diagnosis in tracheobronchology, corpora aliena tracheae.
XIII week exercises	Therapy, methods of providing patency of the airways, tracheotomy, canullas, patient care, indications, surgical techniques
XIV week lectures	Esophageal motility disorders. Dysphagia. Esophageal diverticulum. Injuries and foreign bodies of the esophagus. Esophageal tumors.
XIV week exercises	Tracheotomy, directoscopy, intubation, conicotomy, esophagoscopy.
XV week lectures	Congenital cysts and fistula in the neck. Lymphadenitis. Neck abscesses. Neck trauma. Neck lymph node metastases.
XV week exercises	Facial and neck injuries.

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
2 credits x 40/30=2 hours and 40 minuts 1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises -1 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =42 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =5 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 2 x 30=60 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 42 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations
Consultations
Literature	Probst R, Grebers G, Iro H. BASIC OTORHINOLARYNGOLOGY. Thieme, 2006.
Examination methods	Pre-exam obligations : Attendance and activity at lectures and practice classes: 0 –18 points, Seminar paper: 0-12 points Final exam: Practical exam: 0 – 10 points, Oral exam: 0 – 60 points
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / PAEDIATRIC DENTISTRY I

Course:

PAEDIATRIC DENTISTRY I/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
13247	Obavezan	10	10	2+3+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	Regulated by the rules of studying at the Faculty of Medicine
Aims	Getting to know the specifics of dental work in children and adolescent patients, as well as the peculiarities of treatment in the period of deciduous, mixed and young permanent dentition.
Learning outcomes	After completing the two-semester course in Childrens Dentistry I, the Dentistry student should have the following learning outcomes: 1. Know the growth and development of the orofacial system, anatomical, histological and morphological characteristics of deciduous and permanent teeth, the chronology of eruption of deciduous and permanent teeth. 2. Knows diseases and therapy of soft tissues in children, oral manifestations of infectious diseases and systemic diseases in children, as well as types and therapy of injuries in primary and permanent dentition. 3. Knows the psychological types of children, the principles of planning dental work with children and possesses communication skills with children, parents and medical staff. 4. He is able to independently examine the child and take all relevant information related to his health and illness (dental and appropriate general history) from the parents or companions, and conduct the necessary supplementary diagnostic tests in order to establish a dental diagnosis. 5. Knows and correctly applies preventive and prophylactic dental methods for deciduous, mixed and permanent dentition. 6. Has the skills to independently perform restorative and endodontic procedures in deciduous, mixed and permanent dentition. 7. Prevents and treats emergency conditions in childrens dentistry.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Assis. Prof. Snežana Matijević Assis. Prof. Mirjana Đuričković Dr Danijela Subotić
Methodology	Lectures, exercises, seminar, work in small groups, consultations, methodical exercises, seminar papers, presentation in front of the group, method of student practical activities, colloquiums

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Basics of childrens dentistry
I week exercises	Introductory exercise. Introducing students to the basics and rules of work and behavior. Familiarizing students with the specifics of work, reception and behavior with children. Recognizing and working with different psychological types of children. Removal of soft deposits. Carton and other documentation. Practical work with patients.
II week lectures	Dental work with children
II week exercises	Dental examination of the child. Extraoral examination. Intraoral examination. Morphological and anatomical differences between deciduous and permanent teeth. Diagnostics of caries, gingivitis and orthodontic irregularities. Planning dental work in childrens mouths: orders, priorities, dentition. Practical work with patients.
III week lectures	Diagnostic methods in pediatric dentistry
III week exercises	Basics of cavity preparation: Deviation from the principles of preparation for deciduous and permanent teeth. Minimal preparations. Practical work with patients
IV week lectures	Dental examination of children.
IV week exercises	Dental materials and means in childrens dentistry. Substrates, fillings for temporary closures, matrices, instruments. Practical work with patients
V week lectures	Planning dental work with children
V week exercises	Therapy of deep caries of milk teeth. Working principles, medications and materials. Indirect covering of the pulp. Practical work with patients
VI week lectures	Specifics of cavity preparation on primary teeth
VI week exercises	Treatment of pulp diseases of milk teeth. Differences in therapeutic procedures. Work methods, pain control, techniques, means, medications. Practical work with patients
VII week lectures	Growth and development of the orofacial system. Dentition. Stages of teething. Germination mechanism. Resorption
VII week exercises	Therapy of pulp diseases of permanent teeth. Indirect and direct covering, medications, means, techniques. Practical work with patients.
VIII week lectures	Irregularities of development
VIII week exercises	Therapy of diseases of the pulp of permanent teeth in children. Vital and mortal extirpation, irrigants, inter-session drug therapy, means for filling and obturation of root canals. Apexogenesis and apexification. Practical work with patients
IX week lectures	Therapy of structural anomalies
IX week exercises	Therapy of pulp disease of permanent teeth with incomplete root growth in children Therapy of permanent teeth with incomplete root canal growth: direct covering, vital amputation, vital extirpation, work technique. Practical work with patients.
X week lectures	Minimally invasive therapy
X week exercises	Therapy of complications of the pulp disease of milk teeth: Periodontitis. Indications and contraindications for treatment. Practical work with patients.
XI week lectures	Pain control in pediatric dentistry
XI week exercises	Therapy of complications of pulp disease of permanent teeth in children: Periodontitis. Indications and contraindications for therapy. Work techniques. Practical work with patients
XII week lectures	Therapy of circular caries
XII week exercises	Oral surgical interventions in children. Extractions of milk teeth. Indications and contraindications. Anesthesia, work technique instruments
XIII week lectures	Diseases of hard dental tissues in children and youth
XIII week exercises	Oral surgical interventions in children. Oral surgical interventions in children. Specifics. Patient preparation. Practical work with patients
XIV week lectures	Diseases of the soft tissues of the oral cavity in children
XIV week exercises	Therapy of diseases of soft oral tissues, lips and tongue in children. Practical work with patients
XV week lectures	Viral manifestations of oral diseases in children
XV week exercises	Therapy of viral infections in childrens mouths. Practical work with patients
XVI week lectures	Diagnostics of pulp diseases of deciduous and permanent teeth
XVI week exercises	Treatment of dental injuries in children. Mouth and teeth injuries in children. Procedure in the first visit. Protocol for caring for children with injuries
XVII week lectures	Treatment of milk teeth diseases
XVII week exercises	Injuries of milk teeth. Therapy of luxation of milk teeth. Therapy of fractures of the hard tissues of primary teeth. Practical work with patients.
XVIII week lectures	Therapy of diseases of young permanent teeth
XVIII week exercises	Injuries to permanent teeth. Therapy of uncomplicated enamel and dentin fractures. Fracture surface protection. Practical work with patients.
XIX week lectures	Oral manifestations of systemic diseases in children
XIX week exercises	Injuries to permanent teeth. Treatment of complicated enamel and dentin fractures with open pulp with and without completed root growth of permanent teeth. Indications for direct pulp coverage, endodontic procedures (vital amputation, high vital amputation, vital extirpation), temporary and permanent fillings. Practical work with patients.
XX week lectures	Injuries to the supporting apparatus of the teeth
XX week exercises	Aesthetic management of tooth crown fractures. Restorations with aesthetic materials with and without retention in the root canal. Practical work with patients.
XXI week lectures	Injuries of hard dental tissues in children
XXI week exercises	Root fracture therapy of deciduous and permanent teeth. Indications and contraindications. Immobilization, endodontic and surgical treatment, transdental implants. Practical work with patients
XXII week lectures	Complications of dental injuries
XXII week exercises	Therapy of luxation of permanent teeth. Reposition, immobilization, endodontic procedures, orthodontic tooth extraction. Practical work with patients.
XXIII week lectures	Oral surgical interventions in children
XXIII week exercises	Therapy of erupted permanent teeth in children. Indications and contraindications. Replantation, immobilization, antibiotics, anti-tetanus protection, endodontic treatment.
XXIV week lectures	Tumors and cysts in children
XXIV week exercises	Prosthetic treatment of children. Prosthetic care in milk dentition (ready-made metal crowns, cast crowns, partial dentures. Specifics in the work). Prosthetic treatment of children with permanent teeth (aesthetic crowns, minimal prosthetic replacements, removable prosthetic works). Materials and work techniques. Practical work with patients.
XXV week lectures	Diseases of the periodontium in children
XXV week exercises	Aesthetic management of structural anomalies of permanent teeth. Methods, techniques, means. Practical work with patients. Teeth whitening in children. Methods and means. Whitening of vital teeth. Whitening of vital teeth. Practical work with patients.
XXVI week lectures	Caring for children with medical risk
XXVI week exercises	Therapy of soft tissue diseases in children. Therapy of bacterial, viral, fungal infections. Practical work with patients.
XXVII week lectures	Antibiotics in pediatric dentistry
XXVII week exercises	Therapy of periodontal diseases in children. Gingivitis therapy. Treatment of juvenile periodontal disease. Practical work with patients.
XXVIII week lectures	Urgent conditions in childrens dentistry
XXVIII week exercises	Procedure for emergency conditions in children. Procedure for anaphylactic shock, foreign body aspiration, syncope, collapse, allergy. Practical work with patients.
XXIX week lectures	Prosthetic treatment of children and youth
XXIX week exercises	Working with disabled children. Scary and shy children. Sedation of children. Practical work with patients
XXX week lectures	Rad sa djecom ometenom u psihofizičkom razvoju. Rad u ambulantnim uslovima sa različitim vrstama hendikepa (slijepi, gluvi, nijemi) Praktični rad sa pacijentima. Rad u opštoj anesteziji.
XXX week exercises	Work in ambulatory conditions with different types of handicaps (blind, deaf, mute) Practical work with patients. Work under general anesthesia. Working with children with disabilities in psychophysical development. Work in ambulatory conditions with different types of handicaps (blind, deaf, mute) Practical work with patients. Work under general anesthesia.

Student workload	In the first semester: Classes and final exam: (6.66 hours) x 16 = 106.56 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): (6.66 hours) x 2 = 13.32 hours Total workload for the course: 5 x 30 = 150 hours Load structure: 106.56 hours (classes and final exam) + 13.32 hours (preparation) + 30 hours (supplementary work) In the II semester: Classes and final exam: (6.66 hours) x 16 = 106.56 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): (6.66 hours) x 2 = 13.32 hours Total workload for the course: 5 x 30 = 150 hours Load structure: 106.56 hours (classes and final exam) + 13.32 hours (preparation) + 30 hours (supplementary work)
Per week	Per semester
10 credits x 40/30=13 hours and 20 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 3 excercises 8 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =213 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 13 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =26 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 10 x 30=300 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 60 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 213 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 26 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 60 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Attendance at lectures and exercises is mandatory. In all clinical exercises, the student is obliged to work with patients. Otherwise, the exercise is lost. During the semester, the student must fulfill the norm stipulated in the plan and program. Otherwise, the student loses the right to take the exam.
Consultations	By agreement with the subject teacher
Literature	Beloica D. Childrens dentistry. Belgrade; in 2006 Beloica D. Childrens dentistry - practicum. Belgrade; in 2006
Examination methods	By fulfilling the pre-examination requirements (activity in lectures 5 points, 2 cloquiums 10 points each is 20 points, practical teaching 25 points - total 50 points) and passing the exam (test - 10 points, practical exam 20 points and oral exam 20 points - total 50 points ) a student can achieve a maximum of 100 points, whereby pre-examination obligations contribute up to 50 points. A passing grade is obtained if at least 50 points are accumulated cumulatively.
Special remarks	Mandatory, clinical, narrowly professional; Clinical exercises are performed in groups of 5 students.
Comment	Clinical work with patients on all exercises

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / PRECLINICAL ORTHOPEDICS JAWS

Course:

PRECLINICAL ORTHOPEDICS JAWS/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
13248	Obavezan	10	2	1+1+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	There are no conditions
Aims	The goal of the Preclinical Orthopedics of the Jaw course is to educate students about the growth and development of the craniofacial system and dentition, preclinical orthodontic procedures, and the design and construction of mobile and fixed orthodontic appliances.
Learning outcomes	Acquired knowledge: definition and field of orthodontics, materials and procedures for taking impressions in orthodontics, materials and procedures for making orthodontic models, anomalies of tooth position, monomaxillary device: active plate according to Schwartz, fixator as an auxiliary device, bimaxillary appliance: Bionator according to Balters, preventive and interceptive orthodontics, basic elements of fixed appliances. Acquired skills: taking orthodontic impressions, taking a record of habitual occlusion in wax, casting the model and processing it according to orthodontic rules, recognizing anomalies in the position of the teeth on the model, making a teardrop hook for the active plate, making a labial arch for the active plate, making and processing the base of the active plate using the technique spraying (cold polymerization), making a bite template in wax, taking a construction bite, control of the made bimaxillary appliance, making a retainer using the pressing technique (Biostar)
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Assis Prof Jasminka Anđelić Dr Snežana Ražnatović Dr Jelena Pipović
Methodology	Lectures, exercises, seminar, work in small groups, consultations, methodical exercises, seminar papers, presentation in front of the group, method of student practical activities, colloquiums

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Introduction to orthodontics. Classification of malocclusions
I week exercises	Printing processes and models
II week lectures	Etiology of malocclusion
II week exercises	Etiology of malocclusion
III week lectures	Concepts of growth and development
III week exercises	Analysis of plaster models in three dimensions
IV week lectures	Prenatal growth and development of the craniofacial system
IV week exercises	Basics of X-ray cephalometry
V week lectures	Postnatal growth and development of the craniofacial system
V week exercises	Cephalometric monitoring of growth
VI week lectures	Assessment of craniofacial typology
VI week exercises	Growth and development of mixed and permanent dentition
VII week lectures	Differences between deciduous and permanent teeth on models
VII week exercises	Orthodontic appliances
VIII week lectures	Assessment of dental and skeletal age
VIII week exercises	Plate appliances
IX week lectures	Plate devices - production techniques and recognition
IX week exercises	Functional appliances
X week lectures	Functional devices - Recognition and creation of bite wall and construction bite
X week exercises	Functional devices - Recognition and creation of bite wall and construction bite
XI week lectures	Fixed appliances
XI week exercises	Devices made by soldering and welding - demonstration, recognition of devices
XII week lectures	Keys to ideal occlusion
XII week exercises	Vacuum-made thermoplastic appliances - demonstration, recognition of the appliance
XIII week lectures	Edgewise appliances
XIII week exercises	Edgewise appliances - appliance setting
XIV week lectures	Preventive devices and procedures
XIV week exercises	Preventive devices
XV week lectures	Interceptive devices and procedures
XV week exercises	Interceptive devices

Student workload	Classes and final exam: (2.66 hours) x 16 = 42.56 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): (2.66 hours) x 2 = 5.32 hours
Per week	Per semester
2 credits x 40/30=2 hours and 40 minuts 1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 0 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =42 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =5 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 2 x 30=60 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 42 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Analysis of plaster models
Consultations	In agreement with the subject teacher.
Literature	Jakšić N., Šćepan I., Glišić B.: Orthodontic diagnostics - practical for basic studies, II edition, Belgrade, 2004. Marković M. (editor): Orthodontics, medical book, Belgrade - Zagreb, 1989.
Examination methods	Colloquium = 1 x 20 points 2 control tests from practical exercises = 10 + 10 = 20 Seminar work = 10 points Final exam = 50 points. A passing grade is obtained if a cumulative minimum of 50 points is collected
Special remarks	no
Comment	no

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / BASIS OF SCIENTIFIC RESEARCH WORK

Course:

BASIS OF SCIENTIFIC RESEARCH WORK/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
13249	Obavezan	9	2	2++0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	There are no requirements for registering and attending the course.
Aims	The main goal of the course Methodology of scientific research work is to train students to independently design research in health care, conduct research, write papers for scientific journals and to present the results of their scientific work.
Learning outcomes	1. Understand the need for a systematic approach to scientific research work. 2. Accept the principles of scientific research work in medicine. 3. Get trained for independent conception of scientific research work. 4. Accept the principles of teamwork. 5. Acquire the necessary knowledge in the oral presentation of works. 6. Acquire the necessary knowledge in submitting papers to journals and the review process.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Dušan Mustur, Assist. Prof., MD, MSc, PhD
Methodology	Lectures, discussions, consultations and seminar papers.

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Introduction. Science, scientific activity and research. General methodology of scientific research.
I week exercises
II week lectures	Scientific methods.
II week exercises
III week lectures	Technology of scientific research.
III week exercises
IV week lectures	Identifying a scientific problem and a formulation of a scientific promblem.
IV week exercises
V week lectures	Establishing a hypothesis that explains the phenomenon.
V week exercises
VI week lectures	Types of scientific publications. Primary, secondary and tertiary publications.
VI week exercises
VII week lectures	Collection, study and arrangement of literary materials and scientific information. The first colloquium.
VII week exercises
VIII week lectures	Preparing the structure or composition of a scientific paper.
VIII week exercises
IX week lectures	Methodology of scientific research work in medicine and dentistry.
IX week exercises
X week lectures	Basics of the ethics of scientific and research work in medicine.
X week exercises
XI week lectures	The multidisciplinary nature of research in medicine.
XI week exercises
XII week lectures	Methodological aspects of experimental research in medicine and dentistry.
XII week exercises
XIII week lectures	Methodological aspects of clinical research in medicine and dentistry.
XIII week exercises
XIV week lectures	The relationship between research and practice in the medical sciences. The 2nd colloquium.
XIV week exercises
XV week lectures	Evidence based medicine (EBM). Evidence based dentistry (EBD).
XV week exercises

Student workload	Teaching and final exam: (2.66 hours) x 16 = 42.56 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, enrollment, certification): (2.66 hours) x 2 = 5.32 hours Total workload for the course: 2 x 30 = 60 hours Load structure: 42.56 hours (classes and final exam) + 5.32 hours (preparation) + 12 hours (supplementary work).
Per week	Per semester
2 credits x 40/30=2 hours and 40 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 0 excercises 0 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =42 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =5 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 2 x 30=60 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 42 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Lectures, discussions, consultations and seminar papers.
Consultations
Literature	Polgar S, Thomas SA. Introduction to Research in the Health Sciences. Fifth Editon. Churchill Livingstone Elsevier. Philadelphia, 2008. Friedland, DF et all Evidence-Based Medicine and the Internet, In: Evidence-Based Medicine: A Framework for Clinical Practice. McGraw-Hill, New York, 1996. Shortliffe EH, Cimino JJ. Biomedical Informatics: Computer Applications in Health Care and Biomedicine. Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg, 2006. Dačić M. Metodologija izrade naučnostručnog rada u biomedicinskim istraživanjima. Viša medicinska škola-Zemun, Beograd. 2005. Lalatović Z. Metodologija naučno-istraživačkog rada sa osnovama statistike. Available from URL: http://www.fms-tivat.me/predavanja4god/Metodologija_naucno_istrazivackog_rada_ZL.pdf. Cucić V. Zdravstvena zaštita zasnovana na dokazima. Velarta, Beograd, 2001.
Examination methods	Regular class attendance 5 points, seminar work 5 points, two colloquiums 20 points each, final exam (test) 50 points. A passing grade is obtained if at least 50 points are collected.
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / BIOETHICS AND ETHICS IN DENTISTRY

Course:

BIOETHICS AND ETHICS IN DENTISTRY/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
13980	Obavezan	11	2	1+1+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	No prerequisites required
Aims	Introducing students to the development of ethics in medicine, basic ethical principles and an innovative bioethical approach to moral issues imposed by the implementation of modern scientific and technical achievements in the field of biomedicine, primarily in the domain of the application of genetic testing, medically assisted human reproduction, gene editing, cloning, transplantation of human organs and tissues; artificial intelligence, animal and human experimental medicine. Acquaintance with the activities of national and international institutions engaged in the protection of human rights and dignity in the field of bioethics.
Learning outcomes	After the one-semester course, the student should have the following learning outcomes: 1. Understands and is ready to apply professional bioethical guidelines in medical practice 2. Is able to recognize certain bioethical challenges and dilemmas related to the application of contemporary achievements and technologies in the field of biomedicine. 3. Knows and can describe the fields of biomedicine within which bioethical principles and protocols are defined. 4. Knows and can describe the activities of European institutions regarding the protection of human rights and the dignity of human beings in the application of biomedicine. 5. Knows and states the legal bioethical framework in Montenegro. 6. Is capable of making independent judgments in making responsible decisions in accordance with bioethical principles
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Full professor Olivera Miljanović, MD, PhD, Full professor Aneta Bošković, MD, PhD, Assist. Professor Novak Lakićević, MD, PhD and teaching associates.
Methodology	Lectures, workshops, simulations, seminars and consultations.

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Scientific progress in biomedicine and the promotion of the protection of human rights i dignity.
I week exercises	Introduction to the principles of practical work
II week lectures	Sociological genesis of morality. Positive and negative moral traits personality.
II week exercises	Distribution of topics from medical ethics and instructions for seminar preparation
III week lectures	Ethics in medicine - moral obligations of healthcare workers
III week exercises	Review of collected literature and seminar preparation
IV week lectures	Ethical problems in certain medical disciplines.
IV week exercises	Presentation of seminar papers
V week lectures	Great and eternal ethical dilemmas.
V week exercises	Presentation of seminar papers
VI week lectures	Analysis of the presented ethical topics
VI week exercises	Presentation of seminar paper
VII week lectures	Biomedicine and human genome research. Genetic data protection. The right to "know/not know" the result of genetic testing.
VII week exercises	Distribution of topics in biomedicine and bioethics and instruction for seminar preparation
VIII week lectures	Ethics of biomedical research. Clinical studies, informed consent to research. Experiments on humans, animals and corpses. Bioethical code of experimental animals.
VIII week exercises	Review of collected literature and seminar preparation
IX week lectures	Medically assisted human reproduction and bioethical principles. Preimplantation and prenatal diagnosis, abortion, prenatal sex selection and gender imbalances at birth. "Surrogate" motherhood
IX week exercises	Presentation of seminar papers: HeLa cells and their biomedical and bioethical significance
X week lectures	Bioethical principles of organ, tissue and cell donation and transplantation. Prevention of organs, tissues and cells."trafficking".
X week exercises	Presentation of seminar papers: Bioethical principles of organ transplantation..
XI week lectures	Cloning, stem cells, gene editing, eugenics – bioethical challenges.
XI week exercises	Review of collected literature and seminar preparation
XII week lectures	Bioethics of new technologies, artificial intelligence, clinical bioethics.
XII week exercises	Presentation of seminar papers: Reproductive cloning and chimerism
XIII week lectures	Bioethical institutionalization: significance and action of international bioethics organizations in the field of human rights protection and dignities: Helsinki Declaration, UNESCO, WHO.
XIII week exercises	Presentation of seminar papers: Bioethical aspects of prenatal diagnostics.
XIV week lectures	Bioethics in Europe:Committee for Bioethics of the Council of Europe - Convention for the Protection of Human Rights and Dignity of the Human Being with regard to the Application of Biology and Medicine (Oviedo Convention) and its additional protocols. Application of bioethical principles in Montenegro.
XIV week exercises	Presentation of seminar papers: Bioethical aspects of medically assisted fertilization and surrogate motherhood.
XV week lectures	Review of material and discussion with teachers
XV week exercises	Presentation of seminar papers: Solidarity and cooperation in bioethics.

Student workload	Classes and final exam: (2,66 hours) x 16 = 42,56 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): (2,66 hours) x 2 = 5,32hours Total workload for the course: 2 x 30 = 60 hours Load structure: 42,53 hours (classes and final exam) + 5,32 hours (preparation) + 12 hours (supplementary work)
Per week	Per semester
2 credits x 40/30=2 hours and 40 minuts 1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 0 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =42 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =5 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 2 x 30=60 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 42 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Attending classes, actively participating in seminars, independent preparation of materials for seminars, solving set problems independently and in a group.
Consultations	After lectures, seminars and exercises, online and live in agreement with the professor and teaching assistant.
Literature	Turza K. Medicina i društvo – Uvod u medicinsku etiku. Medicinski fakultet Beograd, 2015. www.coe.int/en/web/bioethics/home http://www.who.int/ethics/en/ http://www.unesco.org/new/en/social-and-human-sciences/themes/bioethics/ https://ec.europa.eu/research/ege/index.cfm Poseban materijal koji su predmetni nastavnici pripremili za sve studente.
Examination methods	Class attendance - 10 points Two seminar papers of 15 points each - a total of 30 Final written exam 60 points Grade: Passed / passed or not passed / passed Passed exam implies cumulatively accumulated at least 50 points
Special remarks	None
Comment	None

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / PAEDIATRIC DENTISTRY II

Course:

PAEDIATRIC DENTISTRY II/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
13981	Obavezan	12	6	2+4+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	Passed exam Childrens Dentistry I
Aims	Getting to know the specifics of dental work in children and adolescent patients, as well as the peculiarities of treatment during deciduous, mixed and young permanent dentition.
Learning outcomes	After completing the two-semester course in Childrens Dentistry II, the Dentistry student should have the following learning outcomes: 1. Know the growth and development of the orofacial system, anatomical, histological and morphological characteristics of primary and permanent teeth, the chronology of eruption of primary and permanent teeth. 2. Knows diseases and therapy of soft tissues in children, oral manifestations of infectious diseases and systemic diseases in children, as well as types and therapy of injuries in primary and permanent dentition. 3. Knows the psychological types of children, the principles of planning dental work with children and possesses communication skills with children, parents and medical staff. 4. He is able to independently examine the child and take all relevant information related to his health and illness (dental and appropriate general history) from the parents or companions, and conduct the necessary supplementary diagnostic tests in order to establish a dental diagnosis. 5. Knows and correctly applies preventive and prophylactic dental methods for deciduous, mixed and permanent dentition. 6. Has the skills to independently perform restorative and endodontic procedures in deciduous, mixed and permanent dentition. 7. Prevents and treats emergency conditions in childrens dentistry.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Doc. dr Mirjana Đuričković Dr Danijela Subotić
Methodology	Lectures, exercises, seminar, work in small groups, consultations, methodical exercises, seminar papers, presentation in front of the group, method of student practical activities, colloquiums

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	S-1. Behavior of the child in the dental office.
I week exercises	Practical work with patients.
II week lectures	S-2. Local anesthesia in children
II week exercises	Practical work with patients.
III week lectures	S-3. Sedation and work under general anesthesia in handicapped children
III week exercises	Practical work with patients.
IV week lectures	S-4. Rehabilitation priorities in deciduous, mixed and permanent dentition
IV week exercises	Practical work with patients.
V week lectures	S-5. Diagnosis of oral diseases in children
V week exercises	Practical work with patients.
VI week lectures	S-6. Teething and chronology
VI week exercises	Practical work with patients.
VII week lectures	S-7. Dental examinations and documentation in childrens dentistry
VII week exercises	Practical work with patients.
VIII week lectures	S-8. Specificities of dental caries
VIII week exercises	Practical work with patients.
IX week lectures	S-9. Early childhood caries therapy
IX week exercises	Practical work with patients.
X week lectures	S-10. Therapy of deep caries of young permanent teeth
X week exercises	Practical work with patients.
XI week lectures	S-11. Minimally invasive methods of caries treatment
XI week exercises	Practical work with patients.
XII week lectures	S-12. X-ray diagnostics in children
XII week exercises	Practical work with patients.
XIII week lectures	S-13. General principles for the application of antibiotic therapy in childrens dentistry
XIII week exercises	Practical work with patients.
XIV week lectures	S-14. Psychological types of children
XIV week exercises	Practical work with patients.
XV week lectures	S-15.Epidemiological research in childrens dentistry
XV week exercises	Practical work with patients.
XVI week lectures	S-1. Indications and contraindications for the treatment of diseased pulp in pediatric somatology
XVI week exercises	Practical work with patients.
XVII week lectures	S-2. Methods of treatment of the diseased pulp of primary teeth
XVII week exercises	Practical work with patients.
XVIII week lectures	S-3. Endodontic treatment of teeth with incomplete root growth
XVIII week exercises	Practical work with patients.
XIX week lectures	S-4. Endodontic treatment of diseased periodontal tissues of permanent teeth with completed root growth.
XIX week exercises	Practical work with patients.
XX week lectures	S-5. Surgical therapy of permanent teeth with completed root growth
XX week exercises	Practical work with patients.
XXI week lectures	S-6. Gingivitis in children
XXI week exercises	Practical work with patients.
XXII week lectures	S-7. Procedure in the treatment of patients with injuries
XXII week exercises	Practical work with patients.
XXIII week lectures	S-8. Class I fracture of a permanent tooth - case report ​
XXIII week exercises	Practical work with patients.
XXIV week lectures	S-9. Class II fracture of a permanent tooth - case report ​
XXIV week exercises	Practical work with patients.
XXV week lectures	S-10. Traumatic extraction of a permanent tooth - case report
XXV week exercises	Practical work with patients.
XXVI week lectures	S-11. Basic principles of prosthetic care in primary dentition
XXVI week exercises	Practical work with patients.
XXVII week lectures	S-12. Therapy of dentogenic infections in childrens dentistry
XXVII week exercises	Practical work with patients.
XXVIII week lectures	S-13. Preparation of the child for oral surgical intervention
XXVIII week exercises	Practical work with patients.
XXIX week lectures	S-14. Minimally invasive prosthetic works in childrens dentistry
XXIX week exercises	Practical work with patients.
XXX week lectures	Praktični rad sa pacijentima
XXX week exercises	Practical work with patients.

Student workload	In the 1st semester: Classes and final exam: (4 hours) x 16 = 64 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): (4 hours) x 2 = 8 hours Total workload for the course: 3 x 30 = 90 hours Load structure: 64 hours (classes and final exam) + 8 hours (preparation) + 18 hours (supplementary work) In the II semester: Teaching and final exam: (2.66 hours) x 16 = 42.56 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, enrollment, certification): (2.66 hours) x 2 = 5.32 hours Total workload for the course: 2 x 30 = 60 hours Load structure: 42.56 hours (classes and final exam) + 5.32 hours (preparation) + 12 hours (supplementary work)
Per week	Per semester
6 credits x 40/30=8 hours and 0 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 4 excercises 2 hour(s) i 0 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 16 =128 hour(s) i 0 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 8 hour(s) i 0 minuts x 2 =16 hour(s) i 0 minuts Total workload for the subject: 6 x 30=180 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 36 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 128 hour(s) i 0 minuts (cources), 16 hour(s) i 0 minuts (preparation), 36 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Attendance at theoretical and practical classes is mandatory. Presentation of the seminar work and participation in the discussion on the given topic is mandatory and is graded. In all clinical exercises, the student is obliged to work with patients. Otherwise, the exercise is lost. During the semester, the student must fulfill the norm stipulated in the plan and program. Otherwise, the student loses the right to take the exam.
Consultations
Literature	Beloica D., Dječija stomatologija, Beograd 2006. Glavni urednik Beloica D. Dječja stomatologija – praktikum, Beograd 2006.
Examination methods	By fulfilling pre-exam obligations (2 cloquiums of 10 points each is 20 points, practical teaching 30 points - total 50 points) and passing the exam (test -10 points, practical exam 20 points and oral exam 20 points - total 50 points) the student can achieve the maximum 100 points, whereby pre-examination obligations contribute up to 50 points. A passing grade is obtained if at least 50 points are accumulated cumulatively. ​
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / CLINICAL DENTISTRY - PRACTICE

Course:

CLINICAL DENTISTRY - PRACTICE/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
13982	Obavezan	12	14	+33.32+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	no
Aims	The goal is to acquaint the student with the tasks, organization and working conditions in a dental office, as well as with the specifics of dental work with patients of all age and socio-economic groups.
Learning outcomes	After completing Clinical Dental Practice, a student of Dentistry should have the following learning outcomes: 1. Know the organization of work in a dental practice. 2. Know and explain organizational levels and methods of financing in dental practice. 3. Know, explain and analyze the content of dental services from mandatory health insurance. 4. Knows the principles of planning dental work with patients of all ages and has communication skills with them and the medical staff. 5. He is able to independently examine the patient and take all relevant data related to his health and illness (dental and appropriate general history), and conduct the necessary additional diagnostic tests in order to establish a dental diagnosis. 6. He is capable of managing dental documentation independently. 7. Knows and correctly applies preventive and prophylactic dental methods 8. Has the skills to independently perform simple dental procedures in various dental branches 9. Prevents and treats emergency conditions in dentistry 10. Assists in dental work with patients under general anesthesia.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Assis prof Mirjana Đuričković Assis prof Biljana Milošević Dr Kemal Šahmanović Dr Aleksandra Žuža Dr Ognjen Kovačević dr Božidar Đurović dr Vesna Kisić Dr Snežana Ražnatović
Methodology	Preparing students for a dental internship after obtaining a university degree.

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures
I week exercises	Preventive and pediatric dentistry - clinical work with patients. The student knows the organization of work in a childrens dental office. And analyzes the content of dental services from mandatory health insurance. The student knows the psychological types of children, the principles of planning dental work with children and possesses communication skills with children, parents and medical staff. He independently examines the child and collects all relevant information related to his health and illness (dental and appropriate general history) from the parents or companions, and conducts the necessary additional diagnostic tests in order to establish a dental diagnosis. Knows and correctly applies preventive and prophylactic dental methods in deciduous, mixed and permanent dentition. Full performance of restorative and endodontic procedures in primary, mixed and permanent dentition. Prevents and treats emergency conditions in childrens dentistry. Assists in dental work with children under general anesthesia.
II week lectures
II week exercises	Preventive and pediatric dentistry - clinical work with patients. The student knows the organization of work in a childrens dental office. And analyzes the content of dental services from mandatory health insurance. The student knows the psychological types of children, the principles of planning dental work with children and possesses communication skills with children, parents and medical staff. He independently examines the child and collects all relevant information related to his health and illness (dental and appropriate general history) from the parents or companions, and conducts the necessary additional diagnostic tests in order to establish a dental diagnosis. Knows and correctly applies preventive and prophylactic dental methods in deciduous, mixed and permanent dentition. Full performance of restorative and endodontic procedures in primary, mixed and permanent dentition. Prevents and treats emergency conditions in childrens dentistry. Assists in dental work with children under general anesthesia.
III week lectures
III week exercises	Preventive and pediatric dentistry - clinical work with patients. The student knows the organization of work in a childrens dental office. And analyzes the content of dental services from mandatory health insurance. The student knows the psychological types of children, the principles of planning dental work with children and possesses communication skills with children, parents and medical staff. He independently examines the child and collects all relevant information related to his health and illness (dental and appropriate general history) from the parents or companions, and conducts the necessary additional diagnostic tests in order to establish a dental diagnosis. Knows and correctly applies preventive and prophylactic dental methods in deciduous, mixed and permanent dentition. Full performance of restorative and endodontic procedures in primary, mixed and permanent dentition. Prevents and treats emergency conditions in childrens dentistry. Assists in dental work with children under general anesthesia.
IV week lectures
IV week exercises	Preventive and pediatric dentistry - clinical work with patients. The student knows the organization of work in a childrens dental office. And analyzes the content of dental services from mandatory health insurance. The student knows the psychological types of children, the principles of planning dental work with children and possesses communication skills with children, parents and medical staff. He independently examines the child and collects all relevant information related to his health and illness (dental and appropriate general history) from the parents or companions, and conducts the necessary additional diagnostic tests in order to establish a dental diagnosis. Knows and correctly applies preventive and prophylactic dental methods in deciduous, mixed and permanent dentition. Full performance of restorative and endodontic procedures in primary, mixed and permanent dentition. Prevents and treats emergency conditions in childrens dentistry. Assists in dental work with children under general anesthesia.
V week lectures
V week exercises	Preventive and pediatric dentistry - clinical work with patients. The student knows the organization of work in a childrens dental office. And analyzes the content of dental services from mandatory health insurance. The student knows the psychological types of children, the principles of planning dental work with children and possesses communication skills with children, parents and medical staff. He independently examines the child and collects all relevant information related to his health and illness (dental and appropriate general history) from the parents or companions, and conducts the necessary additional diagnostic tests in order to establish a dental diagnosis. Knows and correctly applies preventive and prophylactic dental methods in deciduous, mixed and permanent dentition. Full performance of restorative and endodontic procedures in primary, mixed and permanent dentition. Prevents and treats emergency conditions in childrens dentistry. Assists in dental work with children under general anesthesia.
VI week lectures
VI week exercises	Preventive and pediatric dentistry - clinical work with patients. The student knows the organization of work in a childrens dental office. And analyzes the content of dental services from mandatory health insurance. The student knows the psychological types of children, the principles of planning dental work with children and possesses communication skills with children, parents and medical staff. He independently examines the child and collects all relevant information related to his health and illness (dental and appropriate general history) from the parents or companions, and conducts the necessary additional diagnostic tests in order to establish a dental diagnosis. Knows and correctly applies preventive and prophylactic dental methods in deciduous, mixed and permanent dentition. Full performance of restorative and endodontic procedures in primary, mixed and permanent dentition. Prevents and treats emergency conditions in childrens dentistry. Assists in dental work with children under general anesthesia.
VII week lectures
VII week exercises	Restorative odontology with endodontics - clinical work with patients. The student learns about the organization of work in a dental office and is trained to make a clinical diagnosis of the state of the pulp based on history, clinical examination and additional tests. The student independently performs clinical restoration techniques on carious and non-carious tooth damage and independently performs clinical techniques in endodontic procedures. The student knows the side effects of medications used in dental treatment.
VIII week lectures
VIII week exercises	Restorative odontology with endodontics - clinical work with patients. The student learns about the organization of work in a dental office and is trained to make a clinical diagnosis of the state of the pulp based on history, clinical examination and additional tests. The student independently performs clinical restoration techniques on carious and non-carious tooth damage and independently performs clinical techniques in endodontic procedures. The student knows the side effects of medications used in dental treatment.
IX week lectures
IX week exercises	Restorative odontology with endodontics - clinical work with patients. The student learns about the organization of work in a dental office and is trained to make a clinical diagnosis of the state of the pulp based on history, clinical examination and additional tests. The student independently performs clinical restoration techniques on carious and non-carious tooth damage and independently performs clinical techniques in endodontic procedures. The student knows the side effects of medications used in dental treatment.
X week lectures
X week exercises	Restorative odontology with endodontics - clinical work with patients. The student learns about the organization of work in a dental office and is trained to make a clinical diagnosis of the state of the pulp based on history, clinical examination and additional tests. The student independently performs clinical restoration techniques on carious and non-carious tooth damage and independently performs clinical techniques in endodontic procedures. The student knows the side effects of medications used in dental treatment.
XI week lectures
XI week exercises	Restorative odontology with endodontics - clinical work with patients. The student learns about the organization of work in a dental office and is trained to make a clinical diagnosis of the state of the pulp based on history, clinical examination and additional tests. The student independently performs clinical restoration techniques on carious and non-carious tooth damage and independently performs clinical techniques in endodontic procedures. The student knows the side effects of medications used in dental treatment.
XII week lectures
XII week exercises	Restorative odontology with endodontics - clinical work with patients. The student learns about the organization of work in a dental office and is trained to make a clinical diagnosis of the state of the pulp based on history, clinical examination and additional tests. The student independently performs clinical restoration techniques on carious and non-carious tooth damage and independently performs clinical techniques in endodontic procedures. The student knows the side effects of medications used in dental treatment.
XIII week lectures
XIII week exercises	Oral medicine - clinical work with patients. The student independently examines the patient and proposes an orientation treatment plan, prevents and implements the therapy of emergency conditions in oral medicine
XIV week lectures
XIV week exercises	Oral medicine - clinical work with patients. The student independently examines the patient and proposes an orientation treatment plan, prevents and implements the therapy of emergency conditions in oral medicine
XV week lectures
XV week exercises	Preventive counseling centers - health education work with children and parents. The student gets to know the organization of work in Counseling Centers for Pregnant Women and Pediatric Counseling Centers, performs health-educational dental work with pregnant women, parents and small children and promotes oral health.
XVI week lectures
XVI week exercises	Oral surgery - clinical work with patients. The student independently examines the patient and collects all relevant data related to his health and illness (dental and appropriate general history). Applies appropriate anesthesia in the oral cavity in order to perform oral surgical interventions. Treats acute and chronic dentogenic infections, and prescribes appropriate medications and establishes local hemostasis, during and after surgical interventions.
XVII week lectures
XVII week exercises	Oral surgery - clinical work with patients. The student independently examines the patient and collects all relevant data related to his health and illness (dental and appropriate general history). Applies appropriate anesthesia in the oral cavity in order to perform oral surgical interventions. Treats acute and chronic dentogenic infections, and prescribes appropriate medications and establishes local hemostasis during and after surgical interventions.
XVIII week lectures
XVIII week exercises	Oral surgery - clinical work with patients. The student independently examines the patient and collects all relevant data related to his health and illness (dental and appropriate general history). Applies appropriate anesthesia in the oral cavity in order to perform oral surgical interventions. Treats acute and chronic dentogenic infections, and prescribes appropriate medications and establishes local hemostasis during and after surgical interventions.
XIX week lectures
XIX week exercises	Oral surgery - clinical work with patients. The student independently examines the patient and collects all relevant data related to his health and illness (dental and appropriate general history). Applies appropriate anesthesia in the oral cavity in order to perform oral surgical interventions. Treats acute and chronic dentogenic infections, and prescribes appropriate medications and establishes local hemostasis during and after surgical interventions.
XX week lectures
XX week exercises	Oral surgery - clinical work with patients. The student independently examines the patient and collects all relevant data related to his health and illness (dental and appropriate general history). Applies appropriate anesthesia in the oral cavity in order to perform oral surgical interventions. Treats acute and chronic dentogenic infections, and prescribes appropriate medications and establishes local hemostasis during and after surgical interventions.
XXI week lectures
XXI week exercises	Dental prosthetics - clinical work with patients. The student independently sets indications for the production of prosthetic restorations and independently participates in the production of fixed and mobile prosthetic restorations.
XXII week lectures
XXII week exercises	Dental prosthetics - clinical work with patients. The student independently sets indications for the production of prosthetic restorations and independently participates in the production of fixed and mobile prosthetic restorations.
XXIII week lectures
XXIII week exercises	Dental prosthetics - clinical work with patients. The student independently sets indications for the production of prosthetic restorations and independently participates in the production of fixed and mobile prosthetic restorations.
XXIV week lectures
XXIV week exercises	Dental prosthetics - clinical work with patients. The student independently sets indications for the production of prosthetic restorations and independently participates in the production of fixed and mobile prosthetic restorations.
XXV week lectures
XXV week exercises	Dental prosthetics - clinical work with patients. The student independently sets indications for the production of prosthetic restorations and independently participates in the production of fixed and mobile prosthetic restorations.
XXVI week lectures
XXVI week exercises	Periodontology--clinical work with patients. The student knows and correctly applies the instruments used in the causal therapy of periodontitis and independently performs the causal therapy of periodontitis.
XXVII week lectures
XXVII week exercises	Periodontology--clinical work with patients. The student knows and correctly applies the instruments used in the causal therapy of periodontitis and independently performs the causal therapy of periodontitis.
XXVIII week lectures
XXVIII week exercises	Periodontology--clinical work with patients. The student knows and correctly applies the instruments used in the causal therapy of periodontitis and independently performs the causal therapy of periodontitis.
XXIX week lectures
XXIX week exercises	Dento-facial orthopedics - clinical work with patients. The student applies preventive and interceptive measures to orthodontic patients and assists the orthodontist during the control of patients with orthodontic appliances.
XXX week lectures	Ortopedija vilica- klinički rad sa pacijentima. Student primijenjuje preventivne i interceptivne mjere kod ortodontskih pacijenata i asistira ortodontu prilikom kontrole pacijenata sa ortodontskim aparatima
XXX week exercises	Dento-facial orthopedics - clinical work with patients. The student applies preventive and interceptive measures to orthodontic patients and assists the orthodontist during the control of patients with orthodontic appliances.

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
14 credits x 40/30=18 hours and 40 minuts 0 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 33 excercises -15 hour(s) i 20.8 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 18 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =298 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 18 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =37 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 14 x 30=420 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 84 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 298 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 37 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 84 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Attendance and clinical work with patients is mandatory. The teacher, responsible for professional practice, keeps records of regular attendance and student activities during professional practice.
Consultations	Professional staff engaged to perform professional practice in the aforementioned institutions hold consultations with students in the term that is defined at the beginning of professional practice.
Literature	All relevant literature used by the staff when performing dental work in the mentioned institutions is available for inspection students during their clinical dentistry.
Examination methods	Grades are given descriptively, pass or fail.
Special remarks	Clinical dentistry - practice must be carried out according to the established plan and program.
Comment	no

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / FORENSIC MEDICINE, DENTISTRY AND MEDICAL LAW

Course:

FORENSIC MEDICINE, DENTISTRY AND MEDICAL LAW/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
13983	Obavezan	11	2	1+1+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites
Aims	After completing classes and passing the exam, the student should be qualified for independent expert identification of physical injuries in general, especially injuries of the maxillofacial region, alcohol expertise, expertise of malpractice and malpractice of patients from the framework of dentistry, identification of unknown living persons and unknown human cadavers, especially in mass accidents, expert identification of issuing false medical records, diagnostics
Learning outcomes	A student of the Faculty of Dentistry, after completing the forensic course, possesses the following Learning outcomes: 1. Describes physical injuries in living persons, with special reference to injuries maxillofacial regions, diagnoses their type and adequately fills and guides the dental Documentation. 2. It can establish a relationship between illness and injury; There is a difference between complications and Consequences; Familiar with the principles of injury qualification. 3. Distinguishes death by origin and significance of performing autopsies;
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	prof. dr Miodrag Soc
Methodology	lectures, exercises, seminars, colloquiums

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Forensic medicine – dentistry as a special medical discipline. Getting acquainted with the provisions legal regulations
I week exercises	Follow the topic of the first lecture.
II week lectures	Forensic medical expertise and forensic expert
II week exercises	Practicing through prosecutorial and judicial records.
III week lectures	Criminal liability of health care workers.
III week exercises	Cases of criminal liability of the doctor.
IV week lectures	Natural damage to health.
IV week exercises	Autopsy
V week lectures	Expert diagnotics. Violent damage to health. Mechanical injuries at all.
V week exercises	Theoretical exercise through case presentations with the use of photographs
VI week lectures	Physical injuries: thermal injuries. Injuries by electricity. Ionizing radiation injuries.
VI week exercises	Theoretical exercise through case presentations with the use of photographs
VII week lectures	Asphyxia no injuries at all.
VII week exercises	Theoretical exercise through case presentations with the use of photographs
VIII week lectures	Nutritional, bacterial and psychological injuries. Iatrogenic damage to health. Death in the dental chair
VIII week exercises	Theoretical exercise through case presentations with the use of photographs
IX week lectures	Chemical injuries. Alcohol. Drugs
IX week exercises	Autopsy II
X week lectures	Injury expertise with special reference to injuries of the maxillofacial region
X week exercises	Case reports through prosecutorial and judicial records.
XI week lectures	Dying and death
XI week exercises	Theoretical exercise
XII week lectures	Identification: identification of living persons, identification of unknown corpses, identification. in the mass accidents
XII week exercises	Theoretical exercise through case presentations with the use of photographs. Anthropology
XIII week lectures	Descent, suicide, murder
XIII week exercises	Theoretical exercise through case presentations with the use of photographs
XIV week lectures	Information of the patient and his consent to medical intervention
XIV week exercises	Ethical principles of informed consent.
XV week lectures	Criminal legal aspect of medical experiments. Consent of the patient
XV week exercises	Case presentation through prosecutorial and judicial records

Student workload
Per week	Per semester
2 credits x 40/30=2 hours and 40 minuts 1 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 1 excercises 0 hour(s) i 40 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 16 =42 hour(s) i 40 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 2 hour(s) i 40 minuts x 2 =5 hour(s) i 20 minuts Total workload for the subject: 2 x 30=60 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 42 hour(s) i 40 minuts (cources), 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts (preparation), 12 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Attendance at lectures and exercises.
Consultations
Literature	1. FORENSIC MEDICINE, Dragana Čukić, Faculty of Medicine in Podgorica, 2012, Basic textbook of Forensic Medicine for Students of Medicine and Dentistry Faculty of Medicine in Podgorica. 2. CLINICAL AND FORENSIC ASPECTS INJURY OF MAXILLOFACIAL REGION, Konstantinović V., Puzović D., Institute for textbooks, Belgrade, 2011. 3. FORENSIC MEDICINE, V. Popović and T. Atanasijević, Faculty of Medicine in Belgrade, 2010
Examination methods	2 colloquiums of 20 points Seminar paper 10 points Final exam 50 points. A passing score is obtained if a minimum of 50 points are collected cumulatively. 50-59 points – grade E; 60-69 points – grade D; 70-79 points – grade C; 80-89 points – grade B, 90-100 points - rating A.
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points

Faculty of Medicine / STOMATOLOGY / DENTAL PROTECTION

Course:

DENTAL PROTECTION/

Course ID	Course status	Semester	ECTS credits	Lessons (Lessons+Exercises+Laboratory)
13984	Obavezan	11	4	2+2+0

Programs	STOMATOLOGY
Prerequisites	There are no strings attached
Aims	Course objectives: The aim of the course should ensure that the student, after completing the course from this optional module, improves his knowledge of the public health aspects of oral diseases, and based on that, plans the needs for preserving and improving oral health in all members of a certain community and proposes a preventive program.
Learning outcomes	After completing the one-semester course and passing the exam in the Dental Association course, the Dentistry student should have the following learning outcomes: 1. Knows, explains and applies the principles of oral health promotion. 2.Knows and applies indicators of oral health 3.Analyzes and assesses the state of oral health. 4.Able to create a plan of preventive, prophylactic and therapeutic measures and propose a preventive program suitable for an individual, a certain part of the population or for the entire community. 5.Able to to organize and implement a prevention program in the local community.
Lecturer / Teaching assistant	Doc. dr Mirjana Đuričkovic
Methodology	Lectures, exercises, colloquiums, seminars, final exam

Plan and program of work
Preparing week	Preparation and registration of the semester
I week lectures	Introduction to the subject, definition and importance of the subject.
I week exercises	Indicators of oral health. Methods of epidemiological research and monitoring of oral diseases. Determining the needs for oral health. Socio-medical aspects of oral diseases.
II week lectures	Social and medical importance of oral health.
II week exercises	Strategies in the prevention of oral diseases. Program protection in dentistry. Selection of topics for the seminar work
III week lectures	Planning needs to preserve oral health.
III week exercises	Promotion of oral health; Health education; Motivation of the individual and society. Literature review for the final seminar paper.
IV week lectures	Methods of epidemiological research.
IV week exercises	Organization and implementation of dental health care in the local community. Software protection. Program protection evaluation. National program of preventive dental health care
V week lectures	Oral health indicators.
V week exercises	Preparation of going to the field (written notification, permission to enter the institution and consent of the research participants) for the needs of the preparation of the seminar paper
VI week lectures	The role of the environment in preserving oral health.
VI week exercises	Preparation of the plan and program of going to the field
VII week lectures	Program prenatal prevention of oral diseases.
VII week exercises	Forming a research report, survey, questionnaire
VIII week lectures	Programmatic postnatal prevention of oral diseases.
VIII week exercises	Communication with members of the community for the purposes of developing a plan and program for going to the field
IX week lectures	School dental care.
IX week exercises	Going to the field and collecting data for the preparation of the seminar paper
X week lectures	Preventive program - the role of the community.
X week exercises	Going to the field and collecting data for the preparation of the seminar paper
XI week lectures	Promotion of oral health.
XI week exercises	Going to the field and collecting data for the preparation of the seminar paper
XII week lectures	Health education - methods and means.
XII week exercises	Going to the field and collecting data for the preparation of the seminar paper
XIII week lectures	Dental care for certain categories of the population (special needs, elderly).
XIII week exercises	Processing of data obtained from research in the field for the preparation of a seminar paper
XIV week lectures	Organization of dental health care in the community, quality, evaluation.
XIV week exercises	Processing of data obtained through research for the preparation of a seminar paper
XV week lectures	Strategies in preserving oral health.
XV week exercises	Presentation of the obtained results and defense of the seminar paper

Student workload	Teaching and final exam: (5.33 hours) x 16 = 85.28 hours Necessary preparations before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): (5.33 hours) x 2 = 10.66 hours Total workload for the course: 4 x 30 = 120 hours Load structure: 85.28 hours (teaching and final exam) + 10.66 hours (preparation) + 24.06 hours (supplementary work)
Per week	Per semester
4 credits x 40/30=5 hours and 20 minuts 2 sat(a) theoretical classes 0 sat(a) practical classes 2 excercises 1 hour(s) i 20 minuts of independent work, including consultations	Classes and final exam: 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 16 =85 hour(s) i 20 minuts Necessary preparation before the beginning of the semester (administration, registration, certification): 5 hour(s) i 20 minuts x 2 =10 hour(s) i 40 minuts Total workload for the subject: 4 x 30=120 hour(s) Additional work for exam preparation in the preparing exam period, including taking the remedial exam from 0 to 30 hours (remaining time from the first two items to the total load for the item) 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts Workload structure: 85 hour(s) i 20 minuts (cources), 10 hour(s) i 40 minuts (preparation), 24 hour(s) i 0 minuts (additional work)
Student obligations	Attendance at theoretical and practical classes is mandatory. Presentation of the seminar work and participation in the discussion on the given topic is mandatory and is graded.
Consultations
Literature	Vulović M. I saradnici: Preventivna stomatologija, Draslar partner, Beograd 2005.god. strane 13-34, 381-407, 343-369
Examination methods	2 colloquiums of 15 points each; Practical teaching 15 points. Activity during lectures 5 points. Final exam max up to 50 points (Preparation of the final seminar paper 20 points. Defense of the final seminar paper 30 points) A passing grade is obtained if a minimum of 50 points is accumulated
Special remarks
Comment

Grade:	F	E	D	C	B	A
Number of points	less than 50 points	greater than or equal to 50 points and less than 60 points	greater than or equal to 60 points and less than 70 points	greater than or equal to 70 points and less than 80 points	greater than or equal to 80 points and less than 90 points	greater than or equal to 90 points